Está en la página 1de 264

Lesson 1:

Bird ave, pjaro /berd/

Beautiful Hermosa/s /biuriful, biutiful/

Boy nio /boy/

First name primer nombre /first neim/

Brother hermano/broder/

It ello /it/ (cosa o animal )

Cat gato /ct/

Last name apellido /last neim/

Dog perro /d@g/

Middle initial inicial del Segundo nombre/mirol

Friend amigo /frend/

inishial/

Girl nia /guerl

Outside afuera /autsaid/

He l /ji/

Pretty bonito, muy /a /priti/ /priri/

Hello hola /jelou /(formal)

How are you? como estas? /jao ar iu/

Here aqu /jir/

Sister hermana /sister/

Hi hola /jai/ (informal)

There ah, all, all /der/

I yo

/ai/

They ellos/as (cosas/animales)/dei/

Please Por favor /plis/

To be ser o estar /tu bi/

The el, la, los, las /de/

What time is it? que hora es?/uataim isit/

Sad triste /sad/

Yellow amarillo /ielou/

She ella /shi/

You t, usted, ustedes /iu/

Water agua /uater/

My name is Mary. Me llamo mari./mai neim is

We nosotros /ui/

mary/

See you nos vemos

Sharpener sacapuntas /sharpener/

Bye adios
Teacher maestro/a /ticher/
Lo que est entre las /diagonales/ es la pronunciacin, cuando vea th es como una z
espaola. Los pronombres personales: I, you, he, she, it, we, they. Se usan en lugar
del nombre propio. I siempre se escribe en mayscula.
El verbo To be significa ser o estar. En Ingls este verbo se considera verbo
auxiliar por lo tanto hay veces que se puede traducir como tener llegar, etc.
To be en Afirmativo en presente
Las contracciones se usan solo cuando
simple

hay complemento

Si no hay complemento, no se usa la

Se quita la a, i, al poner el apostrofo

contraccin
Sujeto + verbo
I am= yo soy, estoy

Sujeto + verbo + complemento


Im Mexican= yo soy mexicana/o.

You are= t eres, estas

Youre American= t eres

(ud./ustedes)

americana/o

He is = l es, esta

Hes Spanish = l es espaol

She is= ella es, esta

Shes Cuban= ella es cubana.

It is= es, esta

Its Australian= es australiano/a

We are= nososotros somos, estamos

Were friends= nosotros somos

They are= ellos, ellas (cosas) son,

amigos

estn

Theyre students= ellos son

estudiantes
1 one
Alphabet: how do you spell your name? Como deletreas tu nombre?
A ei B bi C ci D di E i
F ef G yi H eich
I ai J yei K kei
L el M emN en O ou P pi Q kiu R ar S es T ti U iu V vi
W dabliu X ex Y uai Z zi
Traduce al ingls
1. Yo soy
2. T eres
3. El es
4. Ella es
5. es
6. Nosotros somos
7. Ellas son

8. Yo estoy triste.
9. Tu estas hermosa.
10. El esta afuera.
11. Ella esta bonita.
12. Esta amarillo.
13. Nosotros estamos aqu.
14. Ellos estan all.

Completa con las formas del verbo TO BE (am, is, are) y traduzca.
1. I ________ here.
2. You __________ there.
3. John
_________American.
4. Mary __________ sad.
5. Robert and Mary

6. The birds _________ yellow.


7. Anna __________ Mexican.
8. The girls _________ sisters.
9. The boys _________ brothers.
10. The dog __________ pretty.

__________ friends.
Traduce las siguientes frases al ingls.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Yo estoy aqu
T estas all
El esta triste
Ella es bonita.
Es amarillo.

6. Nosotros somos hermanos.


7. Ustedes son hermanas.
8. Ellas son americanas.
9. El gato es bonito.
10. Las nias son hermanas

Lee y traduce: To be_________, am_________, are______, is____,


Dictado (escribe las oraciones que te dicte la maestra)
1.
2.
3.
4.

Mary is here.
Roy is there.
John is sad.
Anna is beautiful.

6.
7.
8.
9.

We are sisters.
The boys are brothers.
They are yellow.
The dog is outside.

5. Alice is American.

10. The girls are pretty.


2 two

Lesson 2:
Alarmclock despertador

Happy feliz/japi/

/alarmclok/

Nice bonito, agradable/nais/

Blue azul, triste /blu/

Pen pluma /pen/

Chubby gordito/a/chabi/

Pencil lpiz /pensol/

Classroom saln /clasrum/

Short chaparro, corto, bajito /short/

Clock reloj de pared /clok/

Strong fuerte /strong/

Curly chinito/curli/

Student estudiante /student/

Daughter hija /dorer, doter/

Watch reloj de mano, ver /uach/

Early temprano /erli/

Little, Small chico, pequeo /lirol//smol/

Fat gordo /fat/ [es descortez]

My: Mi, Mis /mai/

Pet mascota /pet/

Your: Tu, Tus, su, sus de ti, usted, uds. /es/iur/

Tired cansado /taierd/

His: Su, Sus (de l)/jis/

Table mesa /teibol/

Her: Su, Sus (de ella) /jer/

Son hijo /san/

Our: Nuestro/s, nuestra/s /auar/

Yes si /ies/

Its: su, sus /its/ de un animal o cosa

Lick lamer /lek/

Their: su, sus de (ellos, ellas, animales) /deir/

On en, sobre /an/

To be early llegar temprano

Tall alto /tol/


She is early ella llega temprano.
Los adjetivos posesivos my, your, his, her, our, its, their se colocan antes del
sustantivo, se usan con la ropa y partes del cuerpo aun que en espaol no se use.
Wash your hands = lvate las manos, put on your hat = Ponte el sombrero.
Negative: La forma negativa se puede

Question: se pone primero el verbo

usar con o sin contraccin.

to be y despus la persona.

Is not = Isnt/are not = arent


I am not = no soy, no estoy (yo)

Auxiliar+sujeto+objeto.
Am I?soy, estoy? (yo)

You are not = no eres, no ests (t, uds.)

Are you? eres, estas? (t, usted,

He is not = no es, no est (l)

uds)

She is not = no es, no est (ella)

Is he? es, esta? (l)

It is not = no es, no est (cosa animal)

Is she? es, esta? (ella)

We are not = nosotros no somos, no

Is it? es, esta? (cosa animal)

estmos

Are we? somos, estamos?(nosotros)

They are not = no son, no estan (ellos,

Are they? son, estn? (ellos, ellas,

ellas, cosas o animales)


cosas o animales)
Sujeto + verbo + not
Verbo + sujeto
Respuestas cortas:
yes, I am. No, I am not. Yes, you are. No, you arent.
Yes, he is. No, he isnt. yes, she is. No, she isnt. yes, it is. No, it isnt yes, we
are. No, we arent. Yes, they are. No, they arent en las respuestas cortas no se
usan las contracciones en las afirmativas, solo en las negativas.
3 three
Cambia las siguientes frases al negativo y al interrogativo: e.g. it isnt. is it?
Youre sad.
Her pencil is short.
Your pen is blue. My pet is tall.
Im Mexican.
Youre American.
Hes Spanish.
Shes Cuban.
Its Australian. Were friends.
Theyre students.Were happy.
Negative Questions: Las contracciones son obligatorias excepto para am not
Am I not? no soy, no estoy (yo)?
Arent you? no eres, no ests (tu, usted, ustedes)?
Isnt he? no es, no est (l)?
Isnt she? no es, no est (ella)?
Isnt it? no es, no est (cosa o animal)?
Arent we? no somos, no estamos (nosotros)?
Arent they? no son, no estn (ellos, ellas, cosas o animales)?
Completa las frases con los adjetivos posesivos: my, your, his, her, its, our, their
1. _____ bird is cold. (mi)
6. ________friend is here. (su de
2. _______ cat is pretty. (tu)
ellos)
3. ________brother is here. (su de l)
7. ________ clock is red. (su de ella)
4. ________ sister is there. (su de ella) 8. ________ student is nice. (de usted)
5. ________friends are sad. (nuestros) 9. _______watch is black. (su de ellos)
10. _______ pet is blue. (su de ella )

Traduce las siguientes frases al ingls.


1. Mi nio no es americano.
6. es usted Americano?
2. Sus nias (de ella) son mexicanas.
7. es l fuerte?
3. Estas aqu?
8. Es ella feliz?
4. Esta l all?
9. Es Joseph bonito?
5. Tu reloj no es amarillo.
10. Es su mascota de l alta?
Lee y traduce: watch__________, lick_________.
Dictado
1. The dogs lick the boy.
2. My girls are short.

6. I am not blue.
7. Your friends are not fat.

3. Are his pets little?


4. Are my pencils yellow?
5. Are you early?
Contesta las siguientes preguntas.
1. Are you Mexican?
2. Am I tall?
3. Are you tired?
4. Is she nice?
5. Are you strong?
6. Are you happy?
Lesson 3:
Afraid miedo, asustado /afreid/

8. They are chubby.


9. We are curly.
10. Our sister is tall.
7. Are they friends?
8. Is he American?
9. Are you short?
10. Am I curly?
11. Is it blue?
12. Are you chubby?
4 four
How old is he? que edad tiene l?

And y/e /and/

Im twenty years old.Tengo 20

Angry enojado /angri/

aos.

Animal animal /animol/

Jealous celoso /yels/

Cold frio /cold/

Mad enojado /md/

Cool fresco, chido /cul/

Nervous nervioso /nerves/

Hes at home l esta en casa /jis at

Old viejo /old/

jom/

Only solo /onli/

Head Cabeza /jed/

Proud orgulloso /praud/

Hot caliente, verse bien /h@t/

Scared asustado /skerd/

How old are you? Cuantos aos

Surprised

tienes? /jao old ar iu/

Thanks gracias /thenks/

Need necesitar, necesidad /nid/

Years aos /iers/

Skinny = delgado

Slim/thin = delgado

sorprendido /sorpraist/

zero 0, oh 0, One 1, two 2, three 3, four 4, five 5, six 6, seven 7, eight 8, nine
9, ten 10, eleven 11, twelve 12, thirteen 13, fourteen 14, fifteen 15, sixteen 16,
seventeen 17, eighteen 18, nineteen 19, twenty 20, thirty 30, forty 40, fifty
50, sixty 60, seventy 70, eighty 80, ninety 90, one hundred 100, one thousand
1,000, one million 1,000,000 Para leer las cifras en ingls es comn leerlas de
dos en dos ejemplo, 2010 twenty-ten or two thousand and ten
Para leer 1300 se puede leer thirteen hundred (one thousand and three
hundred). Es comn decir zero entre letras, y oh entre nmeros como 5:05
five oh five. Entre nmeros de dos cifras va un entre ellos.
El verbo to be = tener cuando va seguido de adjetivos que los cuales no se pueden
tocar. Por ejemplo:

como temeroso = afraid, asustado = scared, etc.


I am afraid. = tengo miedo.
It is cool. = Esta fresco.
You are scared. = t tienes miedo.

He is hot!!!= se ve muy bien!.


He is hot. = l tiene calor.
She is cold. = ella tiene frio.
They are jealous = tienen celos
estn celosos.
Complete las oraciones con el verbo ser o estar y traduzca las siguientes frases al
espaol. (am, is, are)
1. I __________ Japanese.
7. Lus __________ scared.
2. I __________ mad.
8. Mnica __________ jealous.
3. We __________ hot.
9. Mike and Tom __________ friends.
4. You __________ nervous.
10. Ana and Adn _________tired.
5. Juan __________ cold.
11. Lus and you __________ surprised.
6. Maria __________ afraid.
12. Ral and I __________ proud.
5 five
El verbo to be= tener tambin se usa cuando hablamos de la edad, la cual no se
puede tocar.
How old are you? Cuantos aos tienes? How old is he?Cuantos aos tiene l?
I am 11 years old. tengo once aos.
He is 4 years old. l tiene 4 aos.
Are you twelve years old? Tienes 12? Yes, I am 12 years old.Si tengo 12
Complete las siguientes oraciones con el verbo to be. (am, is, are)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

How old
How old
How old
How old
How old

__________ your brother?


__________ they?
__________ she?
__________ his son?
__________ her sister?

He _________ 19 years old.


They _________ 17 and 20.
She ___________ 23 years old.
John __________ 5 years old.
Mary __________ 3 years old.

Para decir que tenemos objetos se usa el verbo have o has = tener
I have a book. Yo tengo un libro.
Traduzca al ingls.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Tengo miedo.
Nuestro animal tiene calor.
T tienes miedo.
Su gato de ella tiene frio.
Mi hermana tiene 10 aos.

6.- Cuantos aos tienes?


7.- Tengo once aos.
8.- Esta fresco.
9.- Tienes 3 aos?
10.- Cuantos aos tiene su hermana (de l)?

Lee y traduce: need____________, scare__________, thank_____________

Dictado
1. I am cold.
2. Mike is afraid.
3. Brian is here.
4. Josh is his son.
5. Alice is her sister.

6. His dog is three years old.


7. Their animals arent tired.
8. Are you Mexican?
9. Am I your friend?
10. Are you my sister?

Conversation
1. Are you cold?
2. Are you hot?
3. Are you eleven?
4. Is he John?
5. Are they here? (ya llegaron?)

6.- Are you surprised?


7.- Are you happy?
8.- Is he tired?
9.- Are they friends?
10.- are you tall?
6 six

Lesson 4
A/an un una /a,an/

Empty vacio, vaciar /empti/

Apple manzana /apol/

Ham jamn /jam/

Backpack mochila /bakpak/

Im very hungry. Tengo mucha hambre. /aim

Big grande /big/

very jangri/

Black negro /blak/

Im very thirsty. Tengo sed./aim very

Book libro, reservar /buk/

thersti/

Brown color caf/braun/

Im late Llego tarde /aim leit/

Busy ocupado/bizi/

Little pequeo /lirol/

Capital capital /capirol/

Man hombre, seor/man/

Car carro /car/

Mexican mexicano /meksican/

Coffee caf (bebida)/cofi/

Naughty travieso /noti/

Cow vaca /caou/

New Nuevo /un, niu/

Desk escritorio /desk/

Notebook libreta /noutbuk/

Fine bien /fain/

Red rojo /red/

Flat plano, apartamento /flat/

School escuela /skul/

Glasses lentes, vasos /glases/

Sea food mariscos /si fud/

Good bueno /gud/

Shrimp camarn /shrimp/

Green verde /grin/

Small chico /smol/

Guy tipo, hombre, seor /gai/

Soft suave /soft/

Hair cabello /jer/

Sweet dulce (sabor) /suit/

Bad mal/malo, mala /bad/

Too muy, tambin /tu/ + adjetivo

Horse caballo /jors/

Umbrella sombrilla /umbrela/

House casa /jaus/

Uniform uniforme /yiuniform/

Octopus pulpo /octopus/

University Universidad /yiuniversity/

Tuna atn /tuna/

Where donde/uer/

Young joven /iong/

Woman mujer, seora /woman/

In en, dentro de /in/

Im very afraid. Tengo mucho miedo.

Juice jugo /yus/

Im very hot. Tengo muchisimo calor.

Ready listo /redi/

Wavy ondulado /gueivi/

Juice jugo /yus/


Smooth suavecito /smuth/
*Los adjetivos en ingls no tienen singular, ni plural, ni femenino, ni masculino como
en espaol. S la frase tiene el verbo to be el sustantivo y el adjetivo tienen el
mismo orden que en espaol. Las nacionalidades por lo regular no se pluralizan.
Sujeto + Verbo + Adjetivo
They are American. = ellos son americanos.
Is the table green? Es verde la mesa?
We are friends. = nosotros somos amigos.
Are the pens red? son rojas las plumas?
Erica is a good student. = Erica es una buena estudiante.
Apples are yellow, red and green. = Las manzanas son amarillas, rojas y verdes
7 seven
*Si no hay verbo to be entre el adjetivo y el sujeto, el adjetivo va primero y
despus el sustantivo.
Articulo + adjetivo + sustantivo
The black hare = la liebre negra.
The black cows = las vacas negras.
The black hair = el pelo negro.
The black books = los libros negros.
A black book = un libro negro.
An orange book.= un libro naranja.
El ingls no tiene la terminacin ita, ito, para el diminutivo, simplemente se agrega
Little o small antes de la palabra.
Little boy niito, little girl niita, small dog perrito, little cat gatito, Etc.
Traduzca las siguientes frases al ingls.
1. Yo soy mexicano

12. Las nias altas no son malas.

2. El pajaro negro esta aqui

13. son ellas altas?

3. eres mexicana?

14. Su perro de l esta enojado

4. El libro azul est en la mesa.

15. no es azul

5. ustedes no son estudiantes

16. es gordito?

6. es l americano?

17. La pluma negra esta en la mochila.

7. Nuestro amigo es feliz

18. no son amarillos

8. ellos no son hermanos

19. es usted chinito?

9. es el pequeo?

20.Sus perros son amigos

10. Su hermana esta triste

21. Ellos no estn cansados.

11. son ellos fuertes?


Artculos indefinidos:
a y an se usan en ingls en singular aunque en espaol no se usen.
A= un, una + sonido consonante.

An= un, una + sonido vocal (a,e,i,o,u)

No la escritura s no el sonido, es lo que cuenta.


No se usan con incontables, ni en plural. Its juice.Theyre big pens.
It is an apple = es una manzana.
It is a pen = es una pluma.
It is a red book.= Es un libro rojo.
It is a notebook = es una libreta.
Its a university = es una Universidad.
Its a horse = es un caballo.
Its an umbrella = es una sombrilla.
Hes an FBI agent. = es un agente del FBI.
Shes an honest person. = ella es una persona honesta.
It is a nice uniform = es un uniforme bonito.
It is a uniform for school. = es un uniforme para la escuela.
It is an hour too late for school. =es una hora muy tarde para la escuela.
8 eight
Complete las siguientes oraciones con los artculos a/an
1. My birthday is in _________ very important month.
2. Is your house in _________ busy street?
3. Our boy is ___________ naughty boy.
4. She is __________ American girl.
5. It is not ________ University School.
6. The guy is on ________ empty taxi.
7. He is ____________ honest man.
8. His boy is _________ young boy.
9. Her girl is ________ tall girl.
10. Their bird is in ________ house.
You: singular or plural?
You are an American.
T eres Americano.
Singular
uno
You are Friends.
Ustedes son amigos.
Plural
dos
Are you happy?
Eres feliz?/ Son felices?
(depende a quien se le pregunte, puede ser singular o plural)
Traduzca al espaol.
1. How old are you? I am 30 years old.
2. Are you Mexican? Yes, I am.

3. Is she American? No, she isnt.


4. Is the table white? No, it is black.
5. The little dog is black.
6. The boys arent brothers. The boys are friends.
7. The girls are sisters. They are not friends.
8. Is it a little school? No, It isnt small, its big.
9. We are Mexican. We arent American.
10. Ashley is sad. She is not happy.
Acomoda las siguientes palabras para formar frases.
1. /boy/the/is/happy. _________________________________________
2. /apple/a/is/red/here. _______________________________________
3. /there/are/pets/pretty/the. __________________________________
4. /and/an/orange/are/here/a/pear. _______________________________
5. /boys/the/are/friends/happy/my________________________________
6. /beautiful/sisters/his/are/____________________________________
7. /pets/our/nervous/are/_______________________________________
8. /animals/scared/are/old/the____________________________________
9. /jealous/the/girls/angry/are/___________________________________
10. /surprised/boy/is/proud/the/___________________________________
9 nine
Translate into English
1. Mi lpiz es amarillo y mis plumas son negras.
2. Tu libreta es roja y tus libros son azules.
3. Su reloj de el es blanco y sus lentes son cafs.
4. Nuestro saln es grande. Nuestra escuela es pequea.
5. Nuestros escritorios son lisos. Nuestras sillas son suaves.
6. Ella es una muchacha americana.
7. Son mexicanos, no son americanos.
8. El nio de ella es pequeo; no es grande.
9. Estn aqu las plumas rojas?
10. No, las plumas no estn aqu.
Haz preguntas para las siguientes fraces.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Fine, thank you.


My name is Mike.
I am twenty-one years old.
I am Mexican.

Lee y traduce: book______________, empty______________


Dictation
1. Robert is an honest man.
6. Ivan is an American boy.
2. Ashley is a happy girl.
7. The cat is black and white.
3. The big dog is brown.
8. My sisters are sad.
4. My brothers are happy.
9. He is a young man.
5. She is twelve years old.
10. That man is 30 years old.
Conversation
1. How old are you?
2. Are you Mexican?
3. Is your book red?
4. Is your pencil yellow?
5. Is your notebook little?
6. Are your pens here?
7. Is your classroom big?
8. Is your chair black?
9. Is your table white?
10. Is your sister tall?
10 ten
Lesson 5
A lot (of) mucho/s /a lot/

At midnight A la media noche /at midnait/

As mientras, cuando /as/

At night en la noche /at nait/

Cold cuts carnes frias/cold

At noon al mediodia /at nun/

cots/

For me para mi /for me/

Come venir, llegar/cam/

For para o por (se usa antes de sustantivos)

Crab cangrejo/crab/

High school prepa /jai skul/ de 9-12 grado

Due debe (entregarse) /du/

Im very warm.Tengo mucho calor./aim very

Exam examen/eksam/

warm

Father pap /fadzther/

In the afternoon. En la tarde. /in the

Fix arreglar /fix/

afternun/

Go ir /gou/

In the morning en la maana /in de morning/

Homework

tarea /jom-uork/

Open abierta /oupen/

Idioms modismos /idioms/

Outside afuera /autsaid/

In en, dentro de /in/

Parts partes /parts/

Mother mam /moder/

Phone/Telephone telfono,

Movie pelcula/muvi/

telefonear/foun//tlefon/

Office Oficina /ofis/

Play jugar o tocar algun instrumento /plei/

Theater teatro/zieter, zierer/

Elementary school primaria /elementari/

Thing cosa/thing/

Primary school escuela primaria /praimari/

Trick truco, engaar /trik/

The boy has a toy. l nio tiene un juguete

Work trabajar /uork/

To a, hacia, para, que /tu/

Child, Children nio, nios, nia, Today hoy /tudei/


nias, hijas, hijo/s

With con/uith/

Sorry about that lo siento por

Wood madera

eso /sori abaut dat/


Woods Bosque /wud, wuds/
Tiempo: Present simple: A los verbos se les agrega s o es cuando se habla de la
tercera persona del singular, l, ella, y una cosa, o un animal. **Los verbos que
terminan en o, s, sh, ch, x se les agrega es, y a los verbos que terminan en y
precedido de una consonante se cambia la y por i y se agrega es Los verbos que
terminan en y pero tienen una vocal antes no se les quita la y simplemente se les
agrega la s.S no sabes cuales verbos llevan es piensa como en espaol un lpiz, dos
lpices, si no suena la s, ponle la es.
To eat = comer
To go = ir
To do = hacer
I eat = yo como
I go = yo voy
I do = yo hago
You eat= t comes,

You go = t vas

You do = t haces

He eats= l come

He goes = l va

He does = l hace

She eats = ella come

She goes = ella va

She does = ella hace

It eats = (animal) come

It goes = va

It does = hace

We eat= comemos

We go = vamos

We do = hacemos

They eat = ellos comen

They do = ellas hacen

To play = jugar
I play = yo juego

They go = ellos van


11 eleven
To study = estudiar
I study = yo studio

You play = t juegas

You study=t estudias

You kiss = t besas

He plays = l juega

He studies = l estudia

He kisses = l besa

She plays = ella juega

She studies = ella

She kisses = ella

It plays = juega

estudia

besa

We play = nos.jugamos.

It studies = estudia

It kisses = besa

They play = ellos juegan

We study = estudiamos

We kiss= besamos

They study=ellos

They kiss =ellos

El verbo to have

estudian
I have = yo tengo

besan
He has = l tiene

significa tener y es

You have = t tienes

She has = ella tiene

irregular por lo tanto

We have = tenemos

It has = tiene

cambia a has cuando

They have =ellos tienen

To kiss = besar
I kiss = yo beso

hablamos de he, she, it.


El verbo have to se

I have to eat.

She has to run.

traduce como tener que


Tengo que comer.
Ella tiene que correr
La particula to se usa entre dos verbos y se puede traducir como para.
I play to win= juego para ganar. He studies to do well on his exam = l
estudia para que le vaya bien en su examen.
La particula to tambin se usa despus de verbos que indican movimiento.
I go to school. Voy a la escuela.
Translate into Spanish.
1. He eats red apples.
2. The dog does tricks.
3. He studies high school.
4. We play football soccer.
5. You have a sister.

6.- She goes to elementary school.


7.- The cat licks the boy on his hand.
8.- They study a lot.
9.- They have a little dog.
10.- We do our English homework.

Complete the following sentences add s or es when necessary.


1. Mary ____________________ a letter. (write)
2. Roy and Rick
_____________________ here. (study)
3. Robert __________________ a song. (sing)
4. Ivan and I ______________________ there. (dance)
5. Anna ____________________ to the house. (go)
6. The Mexican children ____________________ outside. (play)
7. The little dog ___________________ a nice house. (have)
8. The American girls _____________________ a lot.
(eat)
9. John _____________________ the car. (fix)
10. The tall boys _____________________ here. (be)
12 twelve
Traduce al espaol
1. Mary reads a letter.
2. Roy and Rick work here.
3. Robert sings a song.
4. Ivan and I play there.
5. Anna comes to the house.
6. The children eat outside.
7. The dog has a house.
8. The girls play a lot.
9. John fixes the car.
10. The boys play here.
Traduce al ingls
1. El come mucho a la medianoche.

2. Ella hace su tarea en la tarde.


3. El examen es en la maana.
4. Ellos ven pelculas en la noche.
5. El teatro esta abierto.
6. El perro y el gato hacen trucos.
7. La mesa es caf.
8. Yo trabajo en la maana.
9. Los nios juegan afuera.
10. Ellos tienen mucha tarea.
Lee y traduce: fix________, go________, trick________,
work________, open________, phone________, play________,
Dictado
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Mike eats apples.


The cat does tricks.
He studies primary school.
We play football soccer.
You have a brother.

6.- She goes to work.


7.- The dog licks the girl.
8.- They study a lot.
9.- They have a cat.
10.- We do our work.

Conversation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

What is your name?


Where is your mom?
What time is it?
What year is it?
Where is the map?

6.- How do you spell your name?


7.- Where is your dad?
8.- What day is today?
9.- When is your birthday?
10.- How are you today?
13 thirteen

Lesson 6
At en, a la/at/

Birthdate fecha de nacimiento /berdeit/

By por, frente a /bai/

Birthday fecha de cumpleaos /berdei/

Comic comedia /comic/

Junior High secundaria /yunior jai/7-9

Drawing dibujo /droing/

My Saints day el da de mi santo.

From de

On Friday morning. El viernes en la maana.

(procedencia)/from/

On Monday afternoon. El lunes en la tarde.

How como/jao/

On Sunday night. El domingo en la noche.

How many cuantos/jao

Picnic da de campo /piknik/

meni/

The car is very nice El carro es muy bonito /de

Ice hielo /aiz/

car is veri nais/

Lakes lagos /leiks/

There are hay/der ar/ (dos)

Letter carta, letra/lerer/

There is hay /der is/(uno)

Map mapa, dibuja un

These estos, estas /diis/

mapa /map/

This este, esta, esto/dis/

On en, sobre/on/

This one este, esta, esto/dis uan/

Read to leerle a/rid/

Use usar/ius/

Say decir/sei/

Write escribir/rait/.

Sing cantar/sing/

Well bien/uel

Soccer fut-bol/soker/

Come in adelante, entra /kam in/

Song cancin /song/

I dont know no se /ai dot no/

Study estudiar /stadi/

I dont understand no entiendo /ai dont

Comedy comedia

anderstend/

Action accin

Horror horror

Thriller suspenso

Documentary documental

Ordinal Numbers se usan para las fechas en ingls pero no siempre.


First 1st
sixth 6th
eleventh 11th
sixteenth 16th
Second 2nd

seventh 7th

twelfth 12th

seventeenth 17th

Third 3rd

eighth 8th

thirteenth 13th

eighteenth 18th

Fourth 4th

ninth 9th

fourteenth 14th

nineteenth 19th

Fifth 5th
tenth 10th
fifteenth 15th
twentieth 20th
Twenty-first 21st para nmeros de dos cifras la segunda sufre el cambio.
Thirty-second 32nd por lo regular las letras que se le agregan al nmero son
chicas y en la parte de arriba. Forty-third 43rd, fifty-fourth 54th, sixty-fifth
65th, los numeros terminados en y cambia por ie antes de agregar th eightyeightieth
Para escribir las fechas en ingls por lo regular se escribe el
mes/da/ao month/day/year
The date is August 1st, 2011

My birthdate is December 5th, 2001.


14 fourteen
Prepositions
on: el, los, en, sobre + da, fechas
of = de, pertenencia + mes,
in= en + mes, ao, estaciones, expresiones
to = a, hacia, hasta + da, hora, lugar
by= antes de, frente a, por, el, antes de + da
from = de (procedencia)
at= en, a la, a las, + tiempo, das festivos, expresiones, lugar especifico.

Week
Sunday

Days
Domingo

Das de la semana (se escriben en mayusculas)


I go to school on Saturday. (da exacto)

Monday

Lunes

Voy a la escuela el sbado.

Tuesday

Martes

He has to register to school by Wednesday.

Wednesda

Miercole

El se tiene que registrar a la escuela el antes del

y Thursday

mircoles.

Friday

Jueves

We come on Mondays.

Saturday

Viernes

Nosotros venimos los lunes.

Sbado
Months of the year
Meses del ao (se escriben en mayusculas)
January
My birthday is in January. Mi cumpleaos es en enero.
February

Mexicos Independence Day is on September 16th.

March

La independencia de Mxico es el 16 de septiembre.

April

The two hundredth anniversary of the Independence is in

May

September 2010

June

El 200 aniversario de la independencia es en sept. del 2010.

July

Today is the 4th of July. Hoy es el 4 de Julio.

August

School is from Monday to Friday. La escuela es de Lunes a

September

Vienes.

October

We are in 2011, Estamos en el 2011.

November

Today is July 27th, 2011. Hoy es el 27 de Julio del 2011

December

The school is from 8 to 1 p.m. La escuela es de 8 a 1.


The school is from August to June. La escuela es de agosto a
junio.
I eat at 3:00 oclock. Yo como a las tres en punto.

El orden de las palabras en ingls


I

take

my book

home

Sujeto

verbo

objeto

complemento lugar y tiempo

When

are

Palabra interrogative

Aux.

you

at night.

happy?

Sujeto
Complemento?
15 fifteen
Complete las siguientes oraciones con las preposiciones in, on, fromto, of.
1. My birthday is __________July.(en)
2. Their anniversary is ___________ June. (en)

3. I go to school __________ Tuesdays. (los)


4. He goes to the office _______ Saturdays. (los)
5. Today is the 1st _________ the month ____________ May. (dede)
6. We go to the park ________ Monday ________Saturday. (dea)
7. They go to the house ________ Wednesdays. (los)
8. She is in her house ___________ Sundays. (los)
9. John goes to his house ___________ December. (en)
10. Mary comes _____________ March. (en)
Traduce las siguientes frases al espaol.
1. I go to the park on Saturday.
2. He has to register to school by Monday.
3. We come on Mondays.
4. My birthday is in December.
5. Mexicos Independence Day is on September 16th.
6. The anniversary of the Independence is in September
7. Today is the 4th of July.
8. School is from Monday to Friday.
9. We are in the year 2012,
10. Today is August 27th, 2011.
Write into English
1. Hoy es el primero de mayo.
2. Maana es el tres de abril del 2011.
3. Mi hermana va al parque los domingos.
4. Ellos trabajan los sabados.
5. Mi cumpleaos es el 5 de septiembre.
6. Maria va a su casa a las 8:00
7. Nosotros estudiamos en la maana.
8. Ellos cantan los lunes en la tarde.
9. Ella dice adios
10. El escribe buenos das
16 sixteen

Lee y traduce: Draw__________, map__________,


read__________,say__________, sing__________,
study__________, use__________, write __________,

Dictation
1. We go to the park on Saturday.
2. John has to register to school by Friday.
3. They come on Wednesday.
4. My birthday is in December.
5. Mexicos Independence Day is on September 16th.
6. The anniversary of the Independence is in September
7. Today is the 4th of July.
8. School is from Monday to Friday.
9. We are in the year 2011,
10. Today is August 27th, 2011.
Conversation
1. Whats your name?
2. Whats your last name
3. What day is today?
4. Where are you?
5. Is it Monday today?
6. Is she in her school?
7. Where is your mom?
8. What is her name?
9. Where is your father?
10. What is his name?
11. Where is your house?
12. What color is it?
13. Where is your book?
14. What color is it?
15. Where is your backpack?
16. What color is it?
17. Where is your chair?
18. What color is it?
19. What time is it?

17 seventeen
Lesson 7
A Little bit poquito /a lirol/

Have a good day! Que tengas buen da.

Land tierra, aterrizar /land/

/jaf a gud dei/

Bar

Have a nice day! Que tengas buen da.

barra/bar/

Many muchos/meni/

/jaf a nais dei/

Of de (pertenencia) /of/

Loaf of bread tira de pan/ louf of

Ones unos /uans/

Park parque, estacionar/park/

Or o, u, ni /or/

Jarra /picher/

Live vivir /liv/

Plenty (of) Bastante /plenti of/

Bring traer/bring/

Rest descansar, resto /rest/

Can poder, lata/kan/

See you later. Hasta luego. /si iu leiter/

Candy dulce, dulces/candi/

Everyday todos los das /evridei/

City ciudad/citi/ciri/

Everything todo/evrithing/

Greet saludar /grit/

Fine, and you?-Bien y tu? /fain, and iu/

Greetings Saludos /gritings/

Good afternoon Buenas tardes /gud

Help ayudar/jelp/

afternun/ de las 12 a las 5

Alley callejn /ali/

Good bye/Bye.Adis /gud bai, bai/

Sing cantar

Good day! Bueno das /gud dei/

Street calle /strit/

Good evening Buenas noches (saludo),

Take llevar o tomar /teik/

/gud ivining/ de las 6 a las 8

Very muy/veri/

Good morning Buenos das/gud morning/

Nilly willy al aventon / nili

Good night buenas noches (despedida)

guili/

/gud nait/ 9 enseguida

Street calle /strit/

See you tomorrow.Nos vemos maana. /si

Avenue avenida /avenue/

iu tumorou/

Exit salida /exit/

Some alguno(s) /som/ en afirmativo

Yield seder el paso /ield/

That one ese, esa, aquel, aquella/dat uan/

Road camino /roud/

That que, ese, esa, aquel, aquella/dat/

Turn pike caseta de cobro

These, these ones estos, estas

/rurn paik/

Those esos, esas aquellos, aquellas/dous/

Dead end calle cerrada /ded/

The lady la seorita /de leidi/

U turn vuelta en u /iu turn/

How are you? Cmo estas?/jao ar iu/

One way street un solo

How do you do? Cmo estas?/mucho

sentido /uan wei strit/

gusto /jao du iu du/

Two way street de dos

Its a pleasure to meet you es un placer

sentidos /tu uei strit/

conocerte. /its a pleshur to mit iu/

Toll roads carretera de cobro

I mean quiero decir /ai min/

/tol rouds/

High way dos carriles uno de ida, y otro

Pitcher

de venida /jai wui/


Free way cuatro carriles, dos de ida y dos
de venida /fri wui/

18 eighteen
La preposicin in en o dentro de. on en, sobre de, o encima de.
The boys are in the house. Los muchachos estn en la casa.
The boy is in the house. El muchacho est en la casa.
The books are on the table. Los libros estn en la mesa.
The book is on the desk. El libro est en el escritorio.
Complete el siguiente ejercicio con las preposiciones in y on.
1. The book is ___ the table.
6. The homework is ____the class.
2. The boy is ____ the school.
7. The children are ____ the park.
3. The girl is ____ the house.
8. The child is ___ the school.
4. The pens are ___ the desk.
9. The teacher is ____ the class.
5. The notebooks are____ the table. 10. The pencil is ___ the book.
Traduzca al espaol
1. My birthday is in December.
2. Your birthday is on Tuesday.
3. His birthday is on May 4th.
4. Their anniversary is on Sunday.
5. Our books are on the table.
6. My school isnt open on the 16th of September.
7. They study from Monday to Friday.
8. They are in the office.
9. We live in Colima.
10. They do their work.
Traduzca al ingls
1. El tiene un lpiz.
2. Yo tengo una hermana
3. El tiene 20 aos.
4. Ella tiene frio.
5. Ellos estn en la casa.
6. El perro come tambin.
7. La pelcula est en la escuela
8. El telfono est en la mesa.
9. Hoy es el 23 de septiembre.
10. La clase es el sbado.
19 nineteen

Lee y traduce: bring__________, can__________,


have__________, help__________, land__________,
live__________, park__________, rest__________,
see__________, sing__________, take__________,
Dictation
1. My birthdate is June 4th, 2010.
2. Robert is in the park on Mondays.
3. Mary is in my English class.
4. We are in the school.
5. They are in their house on Saturday.
6. The telephone is on the desk.
7. The notebook is in the office.
8. The boys are in school at 8:00 a.m.
9. The girls are in the house at 2:00 p.m.
10. The children are in the theater on Sundays.
Conversation
1. Is the pen on the desk?
2. Is today the first of the month?
3. Are the books on the table?
4. Are the boys in the house?
5. Are you in the office?
6. Is the school big?
7. Are the houses red?
8. Is the dog with the cat?
9. Are they cell phones?
10. Are the children in the chairs?
11. When is your birthday?
12. Are they i-pods?

20 twenty

Lesson 8
Because porque/bics/

Fast rpido, ayunar

Breakfast desayuno ligero5:00-

Learn aprender/lern/

9:00 /breikfast/

Lie mentir/lai/

Brunch almuerzo 10:00-11:00/br@nch/ Lunch almuerzo 12:00-1:00/l@nch/


But pero, sino/bat/

Now ahora/nao/

Buy comprar /bai/

Parents papas, padres/parents/

Child hijo/a, nio, nia/chaild/

Put poner o meter /put/

Children hijas/os, nias/os/children/

Slow lento /slou/

Die morir /dai/

Slowly lentamente /slouli/

Dinner comida 5:00-6:00/diner/

Snack colacin a cualquier hora entre

Factory fabrica/factory/

comidas, comer algo /snak/

Family familia /famili/

Supper cena 7:00-10:00/saper/

Floor piso /flor/

Talk to platicar con /tok tu/

Garage cochera, taller/garash/

Visit visitar/visit/

Get up levantarse/guet ap/ /guerap/

Wait for esperar a /ueit for/

I like all kinds of candy. Me gusta

Wake up despertarse/ueik ap /

toda clase de dulces./ai laik ol kainds

Wash lavar/uash/

Late tarde/leit/

What que, lo que/uat/

Leave salir, dejar, partir /liv/

When cuando /uen/

Type escribir, teclear, tipo /taip/

Why? Por qu?/uai/

Average built complexin promedio

Fit en forma /fit/

/avrech bilt/

Plump gordito /plum/

Muscular musculoso /moskular/

Doubt duda /daut/

Tiempo: presente simple


Cuando en la frase hay dos verbos simples juntos se pone la particula
to entre los verbos para indicar que el segundo verbo esta en
Infinitivo el cual equivale a la terminacin -ar, -er, -ir en espaol.
Fijese que el segundo verbo de la frase ya no lleva la terminacin s,
ni es puesto que el primer verbo es el que esta conjugado.
Fijese como las palabras a mi me, a ti te, a l le, a nosotros nos, a ellos les
no se traducen al ingls, simplemente se escriben los pronombres personales.
El verbo to like = gustar o simpatizar. El to despus de like no se traduce.
I like = a mi me gusta
I like to go. = me gusta ir.
You like = a ti te gusta

You like to come. = a ti te gusta venir.

He likes = a l le gusta

He likes to eat. = a l le gusta comer.

She likes = a ella le gusta

She likes to dance.= a ella le gusta bailar

It likes = le gusta

It likes to fly. = le gusta volar.

We like = a nosotros nos gusta We like to swim. = nos gusta nadar.


They like = a ellos les gusta.

They like to run. = a ellos les gusta correr.


21 twenty-one

Tiempo: presente simple


Have to = tener que, tambin significa haber cuando va seguido de un verbo
en pasado participio.
En este caso la preposicin to se traduce como que.
La partcula to solamente se usa cuando le sigue un verbo.
I have to eat. Tengo que comer.
I have three pens. Sigue un sustantivo no lleva to.
I have = yo tengo
I have to go. = yo tengo que ir
You have = t tienes

You have to come. = t tienes que venir.

He has = l tiene

He has to eat. = l tiene que comer.

She has = ella tiene

She has to dance. = ella tiene que bailar

It has = tiene

It has to fly. = tiene que volar

We have = nosotros tenemos

We have to swim=nosotros tenemos que nadar

They have = ellos tienen

They have to run. = ellos tienen que correr

Complete las siguientes frases con el verbo like/likes o have/has


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

I _______________ to study.
We ______________ candy.
She _____________ the movies.
You _____________ to run.
Robert _____________ Mary.

6.- He ______________ to work.


7.- They _____________ pens.
8.- It ____________ to fly.
9.- They ____________ apples.
10.- Ana ______________ John.

Traduzca las siguientes frases al espaol.


1. I like to eat green apples.
2. John and his sister have a red book.
3. You like to work early.
4. My friend and I have a yellow pencil.
5. He likes to study English.
6. John has a red pen in his backpack.
7. She likes to run fast.
8. Mary has a big notebook on her desk.
9. We like the tall boys.
10. My sister has a baby girl.

11. They like the American girls.


12. My sister has two tall boys.

22 twenty-two
Traduzca al ingls.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Me gusta el gato.
A Juan le gusta el perro.
A mi hermana le gusta correr.
A mi hermano le gusta comer.
A ti te gusta la escuela.

6.- a ella le gusta la oficina.


7.- a ellos les gusta su libro.
8.- a nosotros nos gusta jugar.
9.- Nuestra escuela esta bonita.
10.- Ellos tienen que estudiar.

Lee y traduce: buy__________, die__________, get up__________,


leave__________, type__________, fast__________, lie__________,
learn__________, put__________, slow__________, snack__________,
talk__________, visit__________, wait for__________, wake
up__________, wash__________,
Dictado
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

I do my English homework.
You go to Williams Institute.
She likes to study Spanish.
We kiss the baby boy.
He comes to school early.

6.- Mary eats big apples.


7.- Ana swims with her brother.
8.- Alice and I like to run.
9.- They dance in the park.
10.-We work in the office.

Conversation
1. Is your hair curly?
2. Are you tall?
3. Are your eyes black?
4. Are they students?
5. Is your hair brown?
6. Is the table blue?
7. Is your notebook big?
8. Is the boy strong?
9. Is your pen red?
10. Are apples red, green or yellow?

Lesson 9
After despus de que /after/

23 twenty-three
Count contar /caunt/

Attend school asistir a la escuela /atend

Sick enfermo /sik/

skul/

So as que, tan, muy, para

Before antes de que /bifor/

que, puesto que, por lo

Feel sentir /fil/

tanto /so/

For para, por /for/

Speak to hablar con /spik

Hat sombrero /jat/

tu/

Hit golpear /hit/

Spring primavera, brotar

Hour hora /auar/

/spring/

How much is it? cuanto cuesta? /jao

Student estudiantes

mach/

/student/

Husband esposo /jasband/

Summer verano /samer/

Its one minute to nine. falta 1 min. para

Teach ensear /tich/

la 9

Tomorrow maana /tumorou/

Minute minuto /miniut/

Walk caminar /uok/

Please por favor /plis/

Want querer /uant/

Run correr /ran/

Weak dbil /uik/

See ver /si/

Who quien /ju/

Fix arreglar /fix/

Wife esposa /uaif/

Slim Delgado, adelgazar /slim/

Winter invierno /uinter/

Youre welcome De nada /iur uelcom/

Wives esposas /uaifs/

(You are) welcome bienvenido /iu ar

Fall caer, otoo /fol/

uelcom/

A piece of un pedazo de /a

Hate odiar /jeit/

pis of/

Dislike disgustar /dislaik/

Sunny side up huevo

Goal meta /goul/


estrellado
Home or House? Home puede ser cualquier lugar, donde uno se sienta a gusto.
I feel at home. Me siento como en casa.
Antes de la palabra home no se usa el
articulo The.
Home = a casa
At home = en casa

to the house = a casa


at the house = en casa

From home = de casa

from the house = de casa

Traduce las siguientes oraciones al ingls utiliza en una home y en otra house.
1. Voy a casa.
6.- estoy en casa.
2. Ella viene de casa.
7.- l corre a su casa.
3. Vamos a casa.
8.- ustedes vienen de casa.
4. Ellos cantan en casa.
9.- l arregla su casa.
5. Mi hermana esta en casa.
10.- Mi maestra no esta en casa.
24 twenty-four
El artculo definido THE = el, la, los, las: se usa en ingls cuando
se habla de algo especifico, si se habla en general no se usa.
I go to school. I go to the school that is by my house.
I like movies. I like the comic movies.
She likes apples. She likes the green apples.
*El artculo the no se usa con los ttulos: Dr. Mr. Mrs. Miss, and Ms.
Escribe the/a/an cuando sea necesario, si dos artculos son posibles,
Escrbelos dos. S ninguno es posible, deja el espacio en blanco.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

They are ______ good boys.


She is _______ American girl.
He is ________ tall boy.
It is ________ yellow Apple.
I like ________green apples.

6. - I go to ______ school.
7. - She is at ____ home.
8. - He is in _____ house.
9. - You go ______ home.
10. - We eat _____ apples.

Near = cerca
This este, esta, se usa en singular seguido de un sustantivo.
This one ste, sta se usa sin sustantivo, cuando ya esta mencionado
el sustantivo.
These estos, estas, stos, stas se usa en plural con o sin sustantivo.
These ones se usa para el plural cuando ya se menciono el sustantivo
antes o queda sobre entendido.
This book is yellow and this one is green. Este libro es amarillo y este
es verde.
These pencils are yellow and these are red. Estos lpices son
amarillos y estos son rojos.
These ones are not red. Estos no son rojos.

Complete with this, this one, these, or these ones.


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

_______ boy is my brother, __________ is my friend. (near)


Ricky eats________9 pieces of candy. I eat _______________. (Near)
We work in _________ office. They work in _____________. (near)
Are _________ your shoes or ___________? (near)
__________ crayons are nice. _____________ arent. (near)

25 twenty-five
Far = lejos
That ese, esa aquel, aquella: se usa en singular seguido de un
sustantivo.
That one se, sa, aquel, aquella: se usa sin sustantivo en singular
Those esos, esas, aquellos, aquellas, se usa en plural con o sin
sustantivo.
Those ones esos, esas, quellos, aquellas, se usa cuando ya se sabe de
qu estamos hablando en plural.
That park is little and that one is big. Ese parque es pequeo y aquel
es grande.
Those cars are new and those are old. Esos carros son nuevos y esos
son viejos.
Those ones are pretty. Esos son bonitos.
Completa con los adjetivos that, that one, those, and those ones.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

_________books are yours. ________ are my books. (far)


I bring __________ apple to school. You bring ____________. (far)
I live on ____________street. My cousin lives on ___________.(far)
Is _________ my pen or ______________? (far)
I like __________ pencil. I dont like _____________. (far)

Traduzca al espaol
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

These boys are nice. Those arent.


My father is tall. My mother is short.
I have to write Good Bye
She has to say Good night
This is my book. Your book is that one.
Robert has to buy everything in the city.

7. Some of these pieces of candy are bad.


8. That street is very pretty. That one isnt.
9. I like to eat apples. She likes to eat the green ones.
10. Mary is at home, but her brother is at the office.

26 twenty-six

Traduzca al ingles
1. Yo voy a casa todos los dias.
2. Esos nios estudian mucho y aquel estudia poquito.
3. Los libros rojos son pequeos.
4. Vamos a casa el lunes en la tarde.
5. Ellos no estn en casa los viernes en la noche.
6. A mi mam le gustan estas casas grandes, a mi me gustan esas pequeas.
7. Nuestros libros estn en esta mesa. Tus libros estn en aquella.
8. Nosotros vivimos en esta ciudad. Ellos viven en aquella.
9. El tiene un lpiz, una pluma, y una libreta en su mochila.
10. Es esa mi mochila sobre esa mesa? No, tu mochila esta por ac.
Lee y traduce: attend__________, feel__________, run__________,
fix__________, slim__________, count__________, speak__________,
spring__________, teach__________, fall__________, hit__________.
Dictation
1. I live in this house. My brother lives in that one.
2. She uses yellow pencils for school, but I use blue ones.
3. Mary has to work every day.
4. We like to help our students.
5. Josh is a boy and Jessie is a girl.
6. Erica likes this candy and Mike likes this one.
7. These cokes are cold, but those ones arent.
8. That girl is tall, but her brother isnt.
9. Robert has everything to work.
10. The boys live on this street and I live on that one.
Conversation
1. How are you?
2. Are you in this school?
3. Is he in that house?

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Are those boys in that park?


Is your birthday in this month?
Are you and your brother from Mexico?
Is it Friday night?
Are those your books?
Is that girl Mary?
27 twenty-seven

Lesson 10
Around alrededor/araund/

Each other uno al otro /ich oder/

Chair silla /cher/

Grandfather abuelo /grandfader/

Cousin primo, prima /cosin/

Grandmother abuela /grandmoder/

Crow Cuervo /croo/

Grandparents abuelos /gradparents/

Dislike disgustar /dislaik/

Miss Smith la seorita Smith /mis smith/

Do/does hacer (accin mental

Mr. Smith el seor /mister smith/

o no especificada) /du/das/

Mrs. Smith la seora Smith /misis/

Door puerta /dor/

Ms. Smith la seo Smith (no especifica si

Easy facil /izi/

es casada) /mz smith/

Fast rpido, ayunar /fast/

Oversleep, overslept quedarse dormido

Fence cerca, barda, cercar

/overslip, overslept/

/fens/

Rug alfombra /rag/

Fish pescar /fish/

Sit down sentarse /sit daun/

Floor piso /flor/

So big tan grande /so big/

Garden jardn /garden/

So many muchos, tantos /so meni/

Hate odiar /jeit/

So much mucho, tanto /so mach/

How many? cuantos? /jao

Take a shower baarse (en regadera)

meni/

/teik a shauer/

Know saber, conocer /nou/

Think of/about pensar en/acerca de

Living room sala /living rum/

Too big demasiado grande /tu big/

Mat tapete /mat/

Too many demasiados /tu meni/

Open abrir /open/

Too much demasiado+sustantivo /tu mach/

Race jugar carreras /reis/

Understand entender /anderstend/

Rest descansar, restante

Very much mucho /very mach/

/rest/

Wall pared /wol/

Shop comprar, tienda /shop/

What do you do? A que te dedicas?

So so ms o menos /soso/

/uat du iu du/

Sofa sofa /sofa/

What time a que hora /uat taim/

Store tienda, almacenar

Window ventana /windou/

/stor/

Take a bath baarse (en tina) /teik a

Wavy ondulado /weivi/

bath/

Yard patio /yard/

Visit conocer un lugar

Farewell despedida

Health salud

Welfare bienestar
Mean(s) significa, medios
Mr. Mrs. Ms.Se usan con los apellidos, o nombre y apellido; el articulo the no se
usa con los ttulos.
Gerundio o presente participio: a los verbos se les agrega ing para
convertirlos a gerundio que equivale a la terminacin -ando, -yendo en
espaol.
Eat comer

play jugar

eating comiendo playing jugando


28 twenty-eight
S el verbo termina en e precedido de una consonante se le quita la e, antes de
agregar _ing: come coming, live living, love- loving, leave leaving, give
giving, etc. excepto be being, see seeing, agree agreeing, free- freeing
S el verbo tiene una sola silaba terminado en consonante-vocal-consonante se
duplica la consonante final. Get getting, put putting, stop stopping, shop shopping
Los verbos terminados en x, -w no se duplica la consonante final.
Fix - Fixing, plow - plowing S el verbo tiene dos silabas y el acento est en
la segunda silaba se duplica la consonante final. Begn beginning, contrlcontrolling A otros solo se les agrega ing.vsit- visiting,
Los verbos terminados en _ie cambia la ie por y antes de agregar _ing.
Die Dying = morir, lie lying= mentir, tie tying = amarrar, lie lying down =
acostarse
Add ing to the following verbs. Agrega ing a los siguientes verbos:
Begin____________
Be____________
Cut____________

Run____________
Study____________
Come____________

Eat____________
Play____________

Tiempo: Present Continuos o Present progressive


to be (am, is, are) + verbos con _ing Tambin se usa para un futuro inmediato.
I am studying tonight. = I will study tonight. = Im going to study
Affirmative
Negative are not, is not
I am studying = estoy estudiando
I am not studying. No estoy estudiando

You are reading = t estas leyendo

You arent reading. No estas leyendo

He is writing = l esta escribiendo

He isnt writing. El no esta escribiendo

She is looking = ella esta mirando

She isnt looking. Ella no esta mirando

It is sleeping = esta durmiendo

It isnt sleeping. No esta durmiendo

We are talking = estamos hablando

We arent talking. No estamos hablando

They are leaving = estan yndose


Interrogative
Am I studying? Estoy estudiando?

They arent leaving. No estan yndose.


Interrogative Negative con contraccin
Am I not studying? no estoy estudiando?

Are you reading? estas t

Arent you reading? no estas leyendo?

leyendo?

Isnt he writing? No esta escribiendo?

Is he writing? Esta l

Isnt she looking? No esta ella mirando?

escribiendo?

Isnt it sleeping? No esta durmiendo?

Is she looking? esta ella mirando?

Arent we talking? No estamos

Is it sleeping? esta durmiendo?

hablando?

Are we talking? estamos

Arent they leaving? No se estan yndo?

hablando?
Are they leaving?estan yndose?
29 twenty-nine
Translate into Spanish.
1. He is writing a letter.
2. She is looking at the boy.
3. It is sleeping on the floor.
4. He is running slowly.
5. She is cooking dinner.
6. We are typing our homework.
7. They are reading a book.
8. I am talking a lot.
9. You are sitting down.
10. I am not walking home.
11. You are not eating candy today.

12. She is not reading a book.


13. We are not watching the movie.
14. Am I talking to your friend?
15. Are you writing everything?
16. Is he talking slowly?
17. Is she studying English?
18. Are they sitting down?
19. Why is he going?
20.What is she writing?
21. When are they coming?
22.He is not speaking Spanish.

Complete the following sentences with to be (am, is, are). + el verbo ing.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Mary ________________________ a letter. (write)


Roy and Rick _______________________ here. (study)
Robert _____________________ a song. (sing)
I ________________________ there. (dance)
Anna _____________________ to the house. (go)
The children ______________________ outside. (play)

7. The girls _______________________ a lot.


(eat)
8. John _______________________ the car. (fix)
9. The teacher _______________________ the students. (teach)
10. _______________ Monica____________ candy? (eat)

Las siguientes palabras llevan la terminacin _ing y se pueden usar sin el verbo
to be, cuando se usan como actividades. Shop= comprar, race=jugar
carreras, fish= pescar, skate= patinar-----Shopping, swimming, dancing,
racing, skating, fishing, etc.
I like swimming. Me gusta nadar.
I like to swim. Me gusta nadar.

He hates skating. El odia patinar.


He hates to skate. El odia patinar.

She loves dancing. Le encanta bailar. We dislike fishing. Nos disgusta pescar.
She loves to dance. Le gusta bailar.

We dislike to fish. Nos disgusta pescar.

30 thirty

Write into English


1. Estoy pensando en mi amiga.
2. Andrew esta sentado en la silla.
3. Stephanie esta escribiendo mucho.
4. Ellos estn platicando en ingls.
5. El gato esta durmiendo en el sof.
6. El carro esta andando. (run)
7. Mis abuelitos estn descansando.
8. El Sr. smith esta abriendo la puerta.
9. La Sra. smith esta leyendo.
10. La Srita esta caminando.
Lee y traduce: do__________, fence__________, know__________,
rest__________, hate__________, open__________, sit__________,
store__________, think__________, dislike__________,
shop__________, race__________, fish__________
Dictation
1. He is writing a book.
2. She is looking at the dog.
3. The cat is sleeping on the sofa.
4. He is running fast.

5. She is cooking breakfast.


6. We are typing our emails.
7. They are reading the newspaper.
8. I am talking to my family.
9. You are sitting down in a chair.
10. I am not walking to the park.
Conversation
1. Am I talking to your friend?
2. Are you writing everything?
3. Is he talking slowly?
4. Is she studying English?
5. Are they sitting down?
6. Why is he going?
7. What is she writing?
8. When are they coming?
9. Is she reading a book?
10. Are we watching the movie?
11. Is he speaking Spanish?

31 thirty-one

Lesson 11
Aunt tia /ant/

Near cerca de /nir/

Bad malo, mal /bad/

Necklace collar /nekles/

Call llamar /col/

Nephew sobrino /nefiu/

Clean limpiar /clin/

Nest nido /nest/

Curtain cortina /cortin/

Next prximo, enseguida /next/

Daughter hija /doter, dorer/

Next to junto a /next tu/

Day da /dei/

Niece sobrina /nis/

Dirty sucio /dirti, diri/

Paper papel, periodico /peiper/

Each other uno al otro /ich oder/

Room cuarto, lugar, espacio /rum/

Every cada /evri/

Skate patinar /skeit/

Finish terminar, acabar /finish/

Talk to hablar con /tok tu/

Have/has tener, haber /jav, has/

Tell decir, contar /tel/

If s /if/ para expresar condicin

Think about/of pensar en, acerca de

Look at mirar a /luk at/

/think abaut/of/

Make hacer (manual) /meik/

Tonight Esta noche./tunait/

Mall centro commercial /mol/

Uncle tio /ancol/

Math matemticas /math/

Week semana /uik/

Month mes /month/

Whats your name? Como te llamas?

Popsicle paleta de hielo /ppsicol/

More than anything else Ms que

Thank you Gracias, agradecer

nada /mor dan enithing els/

/thankiu/

Middle name Segundo nombre /midol/

White blanco /uait/

Son hijo /san/

Stuck atorado /stak/

Much much /mach/ no se usa en

Doll mueca /dol/

afirmativo

Going to: Future idiomatic o progressive: se usa para planes, intenciones,


predicciones.
S traducimos be going to literalmente significa est yendo, pero no es muy
comn en espaol decir estoy yendo por lo tanto lo vamos a traducir como voy
a, vas a, etc.
Afirmative

Negative

I am going to run. yo voy a correr

I am not going to run = no voy a correr

You are going to eat. t vas a comer

You arent going to eat = no vas a comer

He is going to study. l va a estudiar

He is not going to study = no va a estudiar

She is going to write. ella va a

She is not going to write = no va a escribir

escribir

It is not going to fly = no va a volar

It is going to fly. va a volar

We are not going to read = no vamos a leer

We are going to read. vamos a leer

They are not going to speak = no van a

They are going to speak. van a

hablar

hablar

32 thirty-two
Interrogative
Interrogative Negative
Am I going to run? voy a correr?
Am I not going to run? no voy a
Are you going to eat? vas a

correr?

comer?

Arent you going to eat? no vas a

Is he going to study? va a

comer?

estudiar?

Isnt he going to study? no va a

Is she going to write? va a

estudiar?

escribir?

Isnt she going to write? no va a

Is it going to fly? va a volar?

escribir?

Are we going to read? vamos a

Isnt it going to fly? no va a volar?

leer?

Arent we going to read? no vamos a

Are they going to speak? van a

leer?

hablar?

Arent they going to speak? no van a


hablar

Completar con to be (am, is, are) + going to + verb


1. The boy ____________________________________( eat)
2. My mom ____________________________________( talk)
3. The boys _____________________________________ (run)
4. My sisters __________________________________ ( eat)
5. He ______________________________________ (sleep)
6. My brothers ________________________________ (run)
7. We ______________________________________ (rest)
8. The boy ___________________________________ (study)
9. They ________________________________________ (come)
10. I ________________________________________ (come)
Pronombres objetivos se colocan despus del verbo para indicar que ellos
reciben la accin del verbo.
Me me (yo)

You te, le, lo, la, les, los, las (t, usted, ustedes)

Him le, lo (l)

Her le, la (ella)

It lo, la (ello)

Us nos (nosotros)

Them les, las, los (ellos, ellas)


Help me. Ayudame.
Take us. Llevanos.

Give them. Dales.

Bring her. Traela.


Tell him. Dile.
I help you. Yo te ayudo.
A veces se pueden traducir al espaol como los pronombres personales. I, you,
he, she, it, we, they aunque en ingls se deben usar los pronombres objetivos.
He gives her the ball. El le da la pelota a ella.
She talks to me. Ella habla conmigo.
They come with us. Ellos vienen con nosotros.

Traduzca al espaol

33 thirty-three

1. Im going to the elementary school with him.


2. She is going to the blue house with her.
3. Peter is going home with us.
4. Monica is going to eat early today with them.
5. She is going to take the children to the big park with me.
6. We are going to study French with him.
7. They are going to live in Mexico City with them.
8. Is your brother going to come early with her?
9. Are you going to write a Spanish letter for them?
10. Im not going to come late tonight for you.
Traduzca al ingles

1. Ana va a hablar ingls con l.


2. Luis no va a levantarse temprano.
3. Va Mary a estudiar el lunes co ellos?
4. Nosotros vamos a trabajar el sbado con ella.
5. Ellos no van a desayunar tarde conmigo.
6. Vas a almorzar con tu familia?
7. Ustedes van a comer con sus hijos?
8. El perro va a comer su cena con nosotros.
9. Yo voy a comer una colacin con l.
10. Voy a estudiar los verbos con ella.
Punctuation
Period .

Colon :

Apostrophe

Quotation marks

Parenthesis ()

point . cuando va entre nmeros

Slash /

question mark ? en ingls solo se usa el signo del final.

At @

dot . cuando se usa para paginas web

Hyphen

Exclamation mark!!! Solo se usa al final

Semicolon ;

Comma

34 thirty-four

Lee y traduce: call__________, clean__________, finish__________,


have__________, look__________, make__________,
thank__________, talk__________, tell__________, think__________,
Dictation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Im going to study English and Im not going to speak Spanish.


The girl is going to school in the morning.
The children are going to come after school.
Are the students going to take their books to school?
Why are you going to the park? Because I want to run.
What are you doing now? I am eating a snack.

7. I am going to eat a snack bar, but not junk food.


8. The dog is going to eat its supper.
9. They are not going to have brunch.
10. Mary speaks English well, but she is not a good student.

Conversation
1. Whats your name?
2. Whats your middle name?
3. Whats your second name?
4. Whats your last name?
5. How old are you?
6. Why are you studying?
7. Are you sick?
8. Is he a student?
9. What time is it?
10. What day is today?
11. What month is it?
12. What year is it?

35 thirty-five
Lesson 12
I have one left. Me queda uno. /ai jaf

Add aadir /ad/

uan left/

Any algunos (en negativo o ?) /eni/

I have plenty of time. Tengo

Be married to estar casado con /bi

bastante tiempo./ai jaf plenti of taim/

meried tu/

I have plenty. Tengo

Beat batir, pulsar, golpear /bit/

bastante./plenti/

Blend licuar, mezclar /blend/

Marry casarse con /meri/

Boil hervir /boil/

May I come in? Puedo entrar?

Break quebrar /breik/

May I drink some water? Puedo

Chop picar/chop/

tomar agua? /mei ai drink som uarer/

Close your books - Cierren sus

May I go out? Puedo salir? /mei ai go

libros /clous iur buks/

aut/

Close your notebooks- Cierren sus

May I go to the bathroom- Puedo ir

libretas /clous iur noutbuks/

al bao? /mei ai go tu de bathrum/

Cut cortar /cot/

Melt derretir /melt/

Favorite favorite /feivrit/

Mix mezclar /miks/

Fine, thank you bien, gracias. /fain,

Open your books -Abran sus libros

thenk iu/

/open iur buks/

First name primer nombre /first

Open your notebooks - Abran sus

neim/

libretas /open iur noutbuks/

Fry freir /frai/

Page pgina /peich/

Get married casarse /guet meried/

Peel pelar /pil/

Get your book- agarra tu libro. /guet

Pour vaciar, vertir /pur/

iur buk/

Right now ahorita /rait nao/

Get your notebook out- Saca tu

Stand up Prense, ponerse de pie

libreta. /guet iur noutbuk aut/

/stand ap/

Get your pen out- Saca tu pluma.

Talk to the person next to you

Get your pencil out-Saca tu lpiz

Platiquen con el compaero de al

Grate rayar (queso) /greit/

lado. /tok tu de person next tu iu/

Here it is aqui esta

The old man el anciano /de old man/

Here you are aqui tienes. /jir iu ar/

The old woman la anciana

Kind clase de, tipo de, amable /kaind/

The young man/boy el joven

Ship barco, embarcar, enviar /ship/

The young woman/girl la joven

Slice rebanar /slais/

Vacation vacaciones /vakeishion/

Stir revolver/stir/

Warm tibiar, calientito /worm/

Strain colar /strein/

Chores quehaceres de la casa /chors/

Errands mandados /erends/

The lady la seorita /de leidi/

Run errands hacer mandados

So so ms menos

Match partido, encuentro, juego

/jir iriis/

36 thirty-six
El uso de las preposiciones con tiempo y lugar
In: en, dentro de; un lugar. I am in the room.
Of: de pertenencia. This is the book of the students.
At: en, a, a las; se usa antes de un lugar especifico, o tiempo at 2:00 p.m.
I am at school at 10:00 a.m.

From: de, desde; se usa para indicar procedencia o tiempo from 2 to 6, from
Monday to Friday
I study from Monday to Saturday.
By: por, frente a; se usa despus de verbos que indican movimiento con la idea
de pasar por o frente a. by eleven oclock. Antes o a las 11 en punto.
I walk by your house everyday by 2:00 p.m.
To: a, hacia, para; se usa con tiempo y despus de verbos que indican
movimiento
It is ten to three. I go to school.
I walk to school from 7:00 to 7:20
With con
In the morning en la maana

at noon al medio da.

In the afternoon en la tarde 12-5

at night en la noche 8-11

In the evening en la tarde 5-8

at mid-night a la media noche

In the city en la ciudad

at 24 Morelos street en la calle Morelos # 24

In my house en mi casa

at the movie theater en el cine

From Mexico de Mexico

by the park por el parque

From school de la escuela

by the movies frente al cine.

Complete las siguientes frases con las preposiciones:


to, in, on, by, from, of, at, with y la palabra that = que, cuando sea necesario.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

The girls go _____________ the park. (a)


Who is drinking coke ____________ the kitchen? (en)
Its one minute____________ go out ___________ the school. (para/de)
My wife takes my daughter _________ the dentist. (a)
They have many neighbors _________ dance very well. (que)
Tomorrow Im going ___________ see a play at the theater with my cousin.
(a)
7. We are going _________ run tomorrow. (a)
8. Im going _________ your school on Sunday. (por)
9. We feel weak ___________ go ___________ the party. (para/a)
10. Today she is going ________ him. (con)
37 thirty-seven
Tiempo: presente simple
Can: poder es un verbo auxiliar y no necesita de otro auxiliar para negativo o
interrogativo.
Can
Can interrogative

I can = yo puedo

Can I? = yo puedo?

You can =t puedes

Can you? = t puedes?

He can = l puede

Can he? = l puede?

She can = ella puede

Can she? = ella puede?

It can = puede

Can it? = puede?

We can = nosotros podemos

Can we? = podemos nosotros?

They can = ellos pueden


Can negative cant/cannot
I cant = yo no puedo

Can they? = pueden ellos?


Cant: interrogative negative
Cant I? = yo no puedo?

You cant = t no puedes

Cant you? = t no puedes?

He cant = l no puede

Cant he? = l no puede?

She cant = ella no puede

Cant she? = ella no puede?

It cant = no puede

Cant it? = no puede?

We cant =nosotros no podemos

Cant we? = nosotros no podemos?

They cant =ellos no pueden

Cant they? = ellos no pueden?

Respuestas cortas: yes, I can. No, I cant. Yes, you can. No, you cant
Tambien se usa para pedir permiso pero es un poco informal.
Can I go to the restroom? Puedo ir al bao? informal
May I go to the restroom? Puedo ir al bao? formal
Traduzca al espaol
1. I cant live at Ignacio Sandoval # 261
2. My brother goes by the park when he goes to the movies.
3. The children are in their house after school.
4. This girl is from Guadalajara, but she lives in Colima.
5. They can eat lunch at noon from Monday to Friday.
6. I can drink coffee at night but I feel weak at mid-night.
7. How much is the book? Its $2.00 dollars.
8. Where are their wives? They are running errands.
9. My husband wants to learn Spanish, but he has a lot of chores to do.
10. The students cant walk to school before 8:00 in the morning.

38 thirty-eight

Traduzca al ingls
1. Los estudiantes van a la escuela.

2. Quien se est comiendo mi helado


3. Falta un minuto para entrar a la escuela.
4. Mi esposo lleva mi hijo a la escuela.
5. Yo tengo muchas amigas que bailan muy bien.
6. Maana voy a ver una pelcula con mi mam.
7. Vamos a ir a caminar maana.
8. Voy a pasar por enfrente de tu casa.
9. Me siento muy dbil para ir al parque.
10. Hoy te voy a ver.
Lee y traduce: melt__________, mix__________, open__________,
peel__________, pour__________, stand__________, warm__________,
add__________, beat__________, blend__________, boil__________,
break__________, shop__________, cut__________, fry__________,
get__________, slice__________, stir__________, strain__________
Dictation
1. I want some milk, so I am going to buy some tomorrow.
2. I cant see you today as I want to, because I am busy.
3. That boy is very handsome.
4. Can you come to my house today?
5. That boy is naughty.
6. Can we go to see a movie with our mom today?
7. I feel very sick to play.
8. Can you pass Mary the apple please?
9. My teacher teaches well.
10. Who hit me on my head with the ball?
Conversation
1. Can you spell your name?
2. What is your favorite song?
3. Who is your favorite artist?
4. Who is your favorite singer?
5. Are you attending elementary, junior high or high school?
6. What is your hobbie?
7. What is your favorite color?
8. Can you sing or dance?
9. Is it one minute to nine?
10. Where are you living?
11. Can you count the chairs in this room?
39 Thirty-nine
Lesson 13

A lot of books muchos libros All the boys, girls, etc todos los nios,
Answer responder /anser/

todas las nias, etc.

Ask about preguntar por

CD player tocadiscos /cidi pleier/

Ask for pedir /ask for/

Each other uno al otro, se /ich other/

Bark ladrar /bark/

For a living para mantenerse /for a livin/

Bowl platn /boul/

Just a minute please un momento por favor

Closed cerrado /cloust/

leaves hojas de plantas

Flower flor /flauer/

Light luz, encender /lait/

Gas gas /gas/

loud fuerte de volume /laud/

Give dar, regalar /guif/

Picture cuadro, pelicula /pictchur/

Hes late l llega tarde /jis

Theres no room no hay lugar

leit/

Theres room hay lugar, espacio

I like it me gusta /ai laik it/

Time vez, tiempo /taim/

Im early llego temprano

To be early llegar temprano

/aim erli/

To be late llegar tarde

Inside adentro /in said/

Too big demasiado grande

Other otro /other/

Turn off apagar /turn of/

Pop/soda refresco /pap/

Turn on encender /turn on/

River ro /river/

Wait a minute please espere un minuto por

Spoken hablado /spoken/

favor.

Wait for me esperame

It is very nice es muy bonito

Vase florero /veis/

Its very big es muy grande

Very much mucho /very

Its very early es muy temprano

mach/

Its very late es muy tarde

Kitchen cocina /kitchen/

Its very small (little) es muy pequeo

Last ultimo, durar /last/

I dont care. No me importa. Me es

Cup taza /kap/

indiferente. /ai dont ker/

Blond/e rubio/a /blond/

I dont live in Mexico any longer. Ya no

They say dicen /thei sei/

vivo en mexico. /ai dont liv in meksico eni

Ready listo /redi/

longuer/

Money dinero /mony/

I dont work here any more. Ya no

Radio radio /rueidio/

trabajo aqu.

Stove estufa /stouf/

Dining room comedor /daining rum/

Then entonces /then/

Ask a question hacer una pregunta

Meat carne /mit/

Hes very nice. El es muy simpatico

Take a bath tomar un

Hes eating dinner. El est comiendo

bao /teik a bath/

Pork Puerco, cerdo (carne) /pork/

Take a shower vaarse en

Pig puerco (animal)

regadera
40 forty
Presente Simple, con verbos simples utilizamos auxiliares para negar o
preguntar.
Do-does se usan en ingls para acompaar al not, y en lugar del signo de
interrogacin que en ingls no se usa el signo del inicio- <---- solamente el
signo del final-----> ?
No se usan los auxiliares do/does con el verbo TO BE. (am, is, are) puesto que
este es verbo auxiliar y para negarlo simplemente ponemos am not, isnt, aren
t.
Tampoco se usa do y does con el auxiliar can, puesto que can tambin es
auxiliar y para negarlo simplemente ponemos cannot o cant.
En frases afirmativas los verbos llevan, S ES cuando hablamos de he, she,
it.
Al poner el auxiliar does se le quita la S la ES al verbo.
+ Sujeto Verbo
() Auxiliar Sujeto Verbo?
Sujeto Auxiliar Not Verbo
To eat = comer afirmativo
To do = hacer afirmativo como verbo
I eat = yo como
I do = yo hago
You eat =t comes

You do =t haces

He eats = l come

He does = l hace

She eats = ella come

She does = ella hace

It eats = come

It does = hace

We eat = nosotros comemos

We do = nosotros hacemos

They eat = ellos comen


Negative without contraction
I do not eat = yo no como

They do = ellos hacen


Negative with contraction
I dont do = yo no hago

You do not eat= t no comes

You dont do = t no haces

He does not eat= l no come

He doesnt do = l no hace

She does not eat = ella no come

She doesnt do = ella no hace

It does not eat = no come

It doesnt do = no hace

We do not eat = nosotros no

We dont do = no hacemos

comemos

They dont do = ellos no hacen

They do not eat = ellos no comen


Questions Do, Does =
Do I eat? = yo como?

Negative questions con contraccin


Dont I do? = yo no hago?

Do you eat? = t comes?

Dont you do? = t no haces?

Does he eat? = l come?

Doesnt he do? = l no hace?

Does she eat? = ella come?

Doesnt she do? = ella no hace?

Does it eat? = come?

Doesnt it do? = no hace?

Do we eat? = nosotros comemos?

Dont we do? = no hacemos?

Do they eat? = ellos comen?


Dont they do? = no hacen?
Para preguntar con palabras interrogativas primero se coloca la palabra
interrogative: Where do you eat? Donde comes?
41 forty-one
Afirmativo del verbo have como tener Afirmativo para las terceras personas
I have yo tengo.
He has- tiene l
You have t tienes.

She has - tiene ella

We have nosotros tenemos.

It has - tiene

They have ellos tienen.


Negative: do not, does not + verbo

Interrogative: el signo solo va al final

simple
I dont have yo no tengo.

Do I have? - tengo?

You dont have t no tienes.

Do you have? - tienes t?

He doesnt have l no tiene.

Does he have? - tiene l?

She doesn have- ella no tiene.

Does she have? - tiene ella?

It doesnt have no tiene.

Does it have? - tiene?

We dont have nosotros no tenemos.

Do we have? - tenemos nosotros?

You dont have ustedes no tienen.

Do you have? - tienen ustedes?

They dont have ellos no tienen.

Do they have? - tienen ellos?

Respuestas cortas:
Yes, I do. No, I dont. Yes, he does. No, he doesnt. Yes, she does.
No, She doesnt, Yes, it does. No, it doesnt. Yes, we do. No, we dont.
Yes, they do. No, they dont.
Translate into Spanish.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

He does not eat pork meat.


He does not do exercise.
She does not study French.
It does not want to take a bath.
It does not run fast.
We do not eat junk food.
You do not swim in the ocean.
They do not talk to each other.
You do not speak Japanese.

16. Do John and Ana talk to the


boys?
17. Do they live in Colima?
18. Do you read fast?
19. Do they speak Italian?
20.Where does he live?
21. Where does she study English?
22.What does he do for a living?
23.Why does she eat a lot?

10. We do not sleep well.


11. Does he like to swim in the
river?
12. Does she like hard candy?
13. Does it like to sleep on the
floor?
14. Does he eat everything?
15. Does it run fast?

24.What time does he study


Spanish?
25.Where do you live?
26.Where do we go next?
27.What do you want to drink?
28.Who do they talk to?
29.What time do they go to work?
30.Do you like green apples?

42 forty-two
Aveces las oraciones terminan en la particula to para no repetir lo anterior
mensionado.
My aunt wants me to go with her, but I dont want to. (la particula to) =
(go with her)
Mi tia quiere que yo vaya con ella, pero yo no quiero. (ir con ella)
He has to study English, but I dont have to. (study English)
El tiene que estudiar ingls pero yo no. (tengo que estudiar ingls)
Change the following sentences into Negative and Interrogative
1.My grandmother lives near here.
2. The garden has a lot of green trees.
3. I understand spoken English.
4. They know that blond girl, she is doing errands.
5. We do our math homework after our chores.
6. He is in the living room chair.
7. The plastic sofa is in the yard.
8. The windows and doors are open.
9. She eats so many yellow apples.
10. Mrs. Smith does a lot of chores in the house.
Translate into English
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Yo voy a la escuela en la maana con mi prima.


Ella viene a estudiar en la tarde con su abuelo.
El trabaja en la noche con sus paps.
Me gusta comer al medio da.
A mi prima le gusta visitar a mi abuela.
El sr. Smith es demasiado grande para correr tan rpido.
La silla esta frente a la ventana.
El se sinta en el sof que esta en la sala.

9. Tienes un lpiz?
10. Tienen ellos muchos primos?

43- forty-three
Lee y traduce: answer__________, ask__________,
bark__________, give__________, like__________,
wait__________, last__________, turn__________,
light__________, leave__________,
Dictation
1.
The sofa is very big for the living room.
2.
The fence around the yard is too tall; I cant see the street.
3.
What time can you come to visit Ms. Smith?
4.
The floor in the factory is so old.
5.
I am sleeping on the rug.
6.
Mr. and Mrs. Smith are going to the movies.
7.
My room doesnt have a door.
8.
Do you have a pen?
9.
Do they have many friends?
10.
Does he have an apple?
Conversation
1. Are we walking?
2. Can you see your book?
3. Do you like to read?
4. Does he study English?
5. How do you feel?
6. Who is he?
7. How much does it cost?
8. What do you want from the store?
9. What time do you want to read?
10. What color is the door?
11. Do you run fast?
12. Do you like to eat apples?
13. Do you eat oranges?

14. Do you like to drink milk?


15. Do you like to study a lot?
16. Do you want to read?
17. Where do you live?
18. Where do you study?
19. Where do you work?
20.Do you have a pet?
21. How do you spell your last name?
22.How old are you?
23.When is your birthday?
44 - Forty-four
Lesson 14
Ask for pedir
Agree estar de acuerdo
Belong to pertenencerle a

Allow permitir

Break down quebrar

Appear aparecer

Get along llevarse bien

Attempt intentar

Get home llegar a casa

Avoid evitar

Get in entrar

Dare atreverse

Get off bajarse (car)

Delay retrasar

Get out salir

Deny negar

Get ready alistarse, prepararse

Dont mind no te preocupes

Get up levantarse

Hope tener la esperanza de

Give up darse por vencido

Involve involucrar

Go away alejate

Laugh reirse

Go down bajarse (bus, train)

Laundry ropa sucia

Go in entrar

Leaf hoja de arbol

Go off continua, prosigue

Leaves hojas de arboles

Go out salir

Listen up escuchar

Hurry up apurarse

Look forward to estar ancioso de

Listen to escuchar

(a)

Mean significar o querer decir

Look up voltear hacia arriba

Mind importar, mente, portarse bien

Mess desastre, cochinero

Miss extraar, perder

Nest nido

Regret arrepentirse

Put on ponerse

Seem parecer

Refuse reusarse

Take off quitarse

Ride down - andar en bicicleta hacia

Tend tener la costumbre de

abajo

Throw away tirar

Ride up andar en bicicleta hacia arriba

Turn back voltear hacia atras

Sit down sentarse

Turn down bajarle volumen

Slow down bajar la velocidad

Turn in entregar

Speak down hablar despectivamente

Turn over voltear (hoja)

Speak softly hablar bajito

Turn up subir el volumen

Speak up hablar fuerte de volumen

Work out hacer ejercicio

Speed up sube la velocidad

Necklace collar

Take in meter

Mess desastre, cochinero

Report reporte, informe

Dresses vestidos

45 forty-five
Imperativo Para frases imperativas no utilizamos la palabra you en ingls.
Para negar las frases imperativas se utiliza el dont (do not).
Go vete, vayan, vayanse
Come ven, vengan
Dont eat- no comas, no coman
Dont go- no te vayas, no se vayan
Do your homework. Has tu tarea.
Dont do that. No hagas, hagan eso.
Lets se usa para hacer invitaciones para nosotros; se usa para hacer una
sugerencia, incluyendo a la persona que habla. El verbo que le sigue a lets se usa en
la forma base.
Lets not se usa para el negativo.
Lets go vamos
lets not go no vayamos
Lets eat comamos
lets not walk no caminemos
Lets run corramos
lets not drive no condujamos
-----Why dont we go to the movies? Es otra forma de sugerir algo.----------Porque no vamos al cine? Hay que ir al cine.
Translate into Spanish.
1. Go home.
6. Lets write the words.
2. Eat your apple.
7. Lets not sing tonight.
3. Dont come late.
8. Lets talk to the teacher.
4. Read your homework.
9. Lets not go to the movies.
5. Study the verbs.
10. Lets read everything.
Make = hacer manual y do hacer mental o no especificado
I make a cake.
We are making a chair.
He makes a hat.
I do my math homework. They are doing their work.

She does a lot.

I like to do many things. It likes to make a mess.


You love to do it.
Las siguientes expresiones, se salen un poco de la regla, as que
aprndetelas.
Do + homework, a favor, an exercise, your best, the laundry, housework, the
dishes.
Make + mistake, an appointment, a phone call, a list, a bed, a noise.
Complete with: (verbs)+to do/to make, (am, is, are)+ doing/making, (he, she, it) +
does, makes, (I, you, we, they) + do, make.
1. He is __________ a table.
6. We __________ our English lesson.
2. My brother __________ a
7. They ___________ their work.
8. They like _______ dresses.
necklace.
3. She is __________ her homework. 9. We love _________ our work
10. What do you like __________?
My sister _________ breakfast.
4. It is __________ a nest.
5. Andrew _________ a mess.
46 forty-six

Translate into English


1. Vamos a hacer un pastel.
6. Has la tarea.
2. Mi tio tiene pelo negro.
7. Dime que mes es.
3. Mi hija tiene las manos sucias.
8. Vete a tu cuarto.
4. No llames a mi ta.
9. Ven a comer.
5. El centro comercial esta junto al banco.
10. No hables con mi vecino.
Lee y traduce: belong__________, break__________, give__________,
hurry__________, listen__________, look__________, mess__________,
put__________, refuse__________, ride__________, sit__________,
slow__________, speed__________, take__________, allow__________,
appear__________, attempt__________, avoid__________,
dare__________, delay__________, deny__________, mind__________,
hope__________, involve__________, laugh__________,
mean__________, miss__________, regret__________, seem__________
Dictation
1. I have a lot of things to do this morning.
2. Do you have to finish your homework tonight?
3. Lets go to the movies next week.
4. Dont tell me that I have to make a rug.
5. Every month is different.
6. I think I have to finish this letter today.
7. If my son is not near my daughter, where is he?
8. Look at those curtains in that room, they are blue.
9. He has to make some white chairs.

10. She has to finish her work report by the last day of every month.
Conversation
1. How do you spell your moms name?
2. Whats your name?
3. Whats your favorite color?
4. What are you studying?
5. What color are your eyes?
6. What color is your hair?
7. Do you like to eat yellow apples?
8. Do you have a lot of homework to do?
9. Is the paper easy to read?
10. Can you type fast?
11. Can you come tomorrow?
12. Are you sick?
13. Who is that guy?
14. Do you want to see a movie?
15. How many brothers and sisters do you have?
47 forty-seven
Lesson 15
Ago hace (tiempo
Bathroom, restroom, W.C. bao, tocador
pasasdo)

Did you eat breakfast? Desayunaste

At five oclock a las

Excuse me, pardon me con permiso,

5:00

disculpa

Bed cama

Go ahead adelante, continua

Bedroom recamara, cuarto

Have a great day! Que tengas un dia

Could poda, pudo

fabuloso!

Dress vestido, vestirse

Hes sitting down el esta sentado

Each cada

I was ten years old in July. Cumpl 10

Excited emocionados

aos en Julio.

Forget olvidar

Im going to be hungry. Voy a tener

Go back regresar

hambre.

Hard duro, difcil

Im going to be twenty years old. Voy a

Pass pasar

cumplir 20 aos.

Have a seat! Sientese

Im sorry lo siento, siento que, perdname

Im thirsty. Tengo sed.

Im very sleepy.Tengo mucho sueo

In order to para

Its a quarter to five son 4:45

Keep guardar

Its five oclock son las 5 en punto

Put on ponerse

Its five-thirty son las 5:30

Kick patear

Its ten after five son las 5:10

Laugh at reirse de

Its thirty past five son las 5:30

Lawn, grass pasto

Its very cold hace mucho frio

Look for buscar a

Its very hot hace mucho calor

Yesterday ayer

Out loud, aloud, loud en voz alta

Help yourself sirvete.

Please sit down por favor, sientese

Without sin

Reindeer ciervo deer venado Fawn venadito

Cute bonita, simpatica

Sleep in quedarse dormido en la maana

Soon pronto

Surely, certainly con mucho gusto

Straw paja, popote

Thats why por eso

Suit traje (ropa)

There are going to be va haber

Shawl mantn

Theres going to be va haber

Shoes zapatos

Wear llevar puesto

Sleep dormir

What time is it? Que hora es?

Scream gritar

So much tanto
So many tantos

48 forty-eight
Despus de las preposiciones los verbos llevan _ing aunque en espaol no.
Excepto *To= a, al, hacia, para se usa entre dos verbos y despus de verbos
que indiquen movimiento. I go to school. I like to study. El verbo despus del
to no lleva ing.
Before going antes de ir,

After coming despus de venir.

Besides Reading adems de leer


Without saying it sin decirlo.
Instead of writing en lugar de escribir
For not coming por no venir
For not trying it por no intentarlo
Thanks for coming gracias por venir
In= en, dentro de se usa antes de los meses, los aos y lugares no especificos
On= en, sobre se usa antes de los das de la semana en lugar de THE, y lugares
At= en, a las - se usa para los lugares especficos y la hora
Of= de (pertenencia) indica a quien le pertenece algo, tambin se utiliza para
indicar de que material algo est hecho

For = para, por (duracin de tiempo) se usa para indicar que algo es para alguien.
By= por, frente a se usa para indicar quien hizo algo, despus de verbos que
indican movimiento go, run,
From= de (procedencia)

Under directamente debajo de

Below abajo de

Close cerca de

Above arriba de

Before= antes de

After= despus de

All over por todo

Near= cerca de

Next to= junto a

Toward(s) hacia

Without= sin

With = con

Close to cerca de

Until= hasta (tiempo)

Behind atrs de

Around al rededor de

As far as hasta (distancia) Up hacia arriba


In front of en frente de

Out afuera

Down hacia abajo


Through a traves de

Over directamente encima de Beside a un lado deAmong entre 3 o ms


Across from en frente de

Between entre dos

Across from cruzando

Completa las siguientes frases con la preposicin correcta.


1. The desk is ____________ the small window. (junto a)
2. See you ______________ Monday morning. (el)
3. The pencil is ______________ the red book. (sobre)
4. I go _______________ my mom to the movies. (con)
5. The book is _____________ the table outside. (sobre)
6. The notebook is ____________the green pencils. (junto a)
7. The dog is walking ___________ me, and I am scared. (hacia)
8. The fan is _____________ the round table. (arriba de)
9. The shoes are_______________ the big bed. (abajo de)
10. The water is running _______________ the garage floor. (por todo)
49 forty-nine
11. I am ___________ the little house. (adentro)
12. We are ______________ the street. (en)
13. He lives _______________ Madero # 35(en)
14. She goes _______________ the English school. (a)
15. They are ______________ Mexico City. (de)
16. This notebook is ____________ you. (para)
17. We run _____________the Regional Park at noon. (al)
18. This is the book _____________ the cute girl. (para)
19. ________________ I go, I am going to eat. (antes de)
20.________________ you come, we are going to sleep. (despus de)
Pronombres posesivos: se usan sin mensionar el objeto o personas o cuando ya
antes se mensiono el sustantivo.
Mine - Mo, ma, mos, mas

Yours -Tuyo, tuya, tuyos, tuyas, suyo, suyos


His, - Suyo, suya, suyos, suyas (de l)
Hers, - Suyo, suya, suyos, suyas (de ella)
Theirs -Suyo, suya, suyos, suyas (de ellos, ellas, animales)
Ours - Nuestro, nuestra, nuestros, nuestras
This book is mine. That one is yours. Este es mi libro. Aquel es el tuyo.
Completa las siguientes frases con los pronombres posesivos
1. This is my pen. This is ______________.(la mia)
2. Those are your books. These are ______________.(los tuyos)
3. These are her pens. These are _______________.(la de ella)
4. That is his notebook. That is ________________.(la de l)
5. She is my mom. She is _________________.(la de ella)
6. My daughter is over there. That girl is _______________ (la tuya)
7. This one is my child. That one is_________________ (el de el)
8. Those are his books. Those ones are _________________ (de ella)
9. My pencils are yellow. _______________ are green. (de ellos)
10. This one is your book. That one is________________(el mio)

50 fifty

Traduzca al ingles
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

El agua esta corriendo por toda la calle.


Los zapatos estn debajo de la silla en la recamara.
Ese es tu libro, el mio esta por aca.
Mis plumas estn en mi caja de lpices, las tuyas estn aqu.
El gato esta caminando hacia el raton.
Estas son mis libretas, las de el estn en su mochila.
Nos vemos maana en la maana.
Ella es mi mam, la de l esta en la esquina.
El frutero esta sobre la mesa cuadrada.
Aquel es mi carro, este es del vecino.

Lee y traduce: dress________, excite________, forget________,


pass________, keep________, kick________, help________,
sleep________, wear________,
Dictado
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

This is my pen. That is yours.


Those are your books. These are his.
These are her pens. Those are ours.
That is his notebook. This one is mine.
She is my mom. That woman is hers.
The desk is next to the small window.
See you on Monday morning.
The pencil is in the red book.
I go with my mom to the movies.
The book is on the table outside.

Conversacion
1 Where is your book?
2 Where are your pens?
3 Where is your pencil?
4 Where is your backpack?
5 Where is your notebook?
6 Where is your phone?
7 Where is your house?
8 Where is your family?
9 Where are your shoes?
10 Where are your clothes?

Lesson 16
Afraid of tener miedo de

51 fifty-one
Be away estar lejos

After doing despus de hacer

Be back estar de regreso

Angry about something molesto por algo

Belong to pertenecerle a

Angry with somebody molesto con alguien

Come back regresar de all

Ask somebody for pedirle a alguien algo

para ac

Call somebody llamarle a alguien

Depend on depende de

Climb over the fence escalar sobre la

Fall down caerse

barda

Fed up with harto de

Different from diferente de

Full of lleno de

Different to diferente a

Get in entrar

Drive off conducir (retirarse del lugar)

Get on the bus subirse al

Fall off the bike caerse de la bicicleta

camin

Fed up with doing harto de hacer

Get out salirse

Feel/Be sorry for somebody sentir

Get up levantarse

tristeza por alguien

Go away irse

Good at telling bueno para decir

Go back regresar de aqu para

Interested in interesado en

all

Look around voltear (comparar precios)

Go in entrar

Married to casado con

Good at bueno para

Nice/Kind of somebody to help me amable

Happen to sucederle a

de alguien por ayudarme

Keep safe mantener seguro

Nice/Kind to somebody agradable con

Lie down recostarse

alguien

Listen to escuchar a

Phone somebody telefonearle a alguien

Look after cuidar a

Sorry about a situation lamentar una

Look at mirar a

situacin

Look for buscar a

Sorry for not phoning you lamenter el no

Look good verse bien

llamarte

Look out asomarse

Sorry for/about doing something lamentar

Look up mirar hacia arriba

hacer algo

Run away huir

Speak to/Talk to somebody about

Sit down sentarse

something hablar con alguien hacerca de

Stand up ponerse de pie

Thank somebody for agradecerle a auguien

Take care of cuidar a

por

Try to find tartar de

Thanks for helping gracias por ayudarme

encontrar a

Think about/of pensar en

Turn around voltear (la

Think of buying pensar en comprar

cabeza)

Turn over the page voltear la pagina

Wait for esperar

Without saying sin decir

Expect a baby esperar un

Write to somebody escribirle a alguien

bebe

Nest nido
52 fifty-two
Para decir hay en ingls se usan dos palabras
There is hay se usa para singular, para uno, y para lo que no se puede
contar.
There are hay se usa para plurar, para muchos.

There is some water in the cup. Hay agua en la taza.


Figese como el some no se necesita traducir en espaol.
El negativo es
There isnt o theres no,

No hay.

There arent o there are no.

No hay.

Para preguntar invertimos el verbo be:


Is there?

Hay?

Are there?

Hay?

There is a boy.

Hay un nio.

There are many girls.

Hay muchas nias.

There isnt a dog here.

No hay un perro aqui.

There arent any apples.

No hay manzanas.

Is there a cat here?

Hay un gato aqui?

Are there any oranges left?

Hay naranjas? Quedan naranjas?

Traduce las siguientes frases al espaol.


1. There are 60 seconds in a minute.
2. There are 60 minutes in an hour.
3. There are 24 hours in a day.
4. There are 7 days in a week.
5. There are 12 months in a year.
6. There are 28 or 29 days in February.
7. Other months have 30 or 31 days.
8. There are 52 weeks in a year.
9. There are 365 days in a year.
10. Every four years there are 366 days in a year.
11. There are about 4 weeks in a month.
12. There is an open window in the high school.
13. There are twenty letters on the desk.
14. Is there a chair for me to sit and eat my breakfast?

53 fifty-three

Translate into English


1. Hay un libro en la mesa.
2. Hay dos lpices en la libreta.

3. Hay tres plumas sobre el libro.


4. No hay dos telfonos en el escritorio.
5. Hay un carro en la cochera?
6. Yo pelo y rebano las papas y l las frie.
7. Parate por favor y Saca tus lpices de tu mochila.
8. Abre tu libro en la pagina 10.
9. Hay tanto trabajo en el patio para el Sr. y la Sra. Jackson.
10. Hay una cerca verde alrededor del jardn.
Possessive s el apostrofo y la s significan elde, lade, losde, lasde
Se coloca el nombre, se agrega el apostrofo y la s despus el objeto.
Johns cousin El primo de Juan
The cousin of John.
Charles(s) mother = la mam de Charles

The mom of Charles.

The boys(s) sister = la hermana de los nios.

The sister of the boys.

The boys sister La hermana del muchacho

The sister of the boy.

Jesuss (s) pen = la pluma de Jesus

The pen of Jesus.

Marys cousin. El primo de Maria.


The cousin of Mary.
Traduce las siguientes frases usando s s depende del sustantivo.
1. El libro del nio es azul.
2. Los lpices de la nia son amarillos.
3. El carro de la maestra es blanco.
4. La silla de la estudiante es blanca.
5. La pluma del alumno es roja.
6. Los hijos del seor son chicos.
7. La hermana de Charles es alta.
8. Los libros de los nios son pequeitos.
9. El vaso de Ana esta en la mesa.
10. La mochila de Luis esta en el suelo.
Translate into Spanish
1. The boys ball is yellow.
2. There is an American teacher in this school.
3. Are there three apples on the table?
4. Is there a yellow pencil in the book?
5. There arent many people in the street.
6. The girlsfather is tall.
7. The dogs mother is black and white.
8. The birdsnest is little.
9. The teachers sons bike is small.
10. The students book is over there.
54 Fifty-four
Lee y traduce: dress__________, excite__________,
forget__________, pass__________, keep__________,

kick__________, help__________, sleep__________,


wear__________,
Dictation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Whats your name?


Where do you live?
Are you married?
Do you have any children?
What is your favorite food?
Do you like the rain?
Are you going out this vacation?
What are you doing right now?
How do you spell your name?
10. What kind of movies do you like?

Conversation:
1. How are you?
2. Whats your first name?
3. Whats your last name?
4. Whats your middle name?
5. Whats the old mans name?
6. Whats your favorite vacation?
7. May I go to the bathroom?
8. May I drink some water?
9. May I go out?
10. What are you doing right now?
11. Do you want to peel the apples?
12. Are you slicing cheese?
13. Are you going to warm the milk?
14. Are you going to warm the coffee and the milk?
15. Do you like to add milk to your coffee?
16. Is there a mat at the door?
17. Are there a lot of comic books in the house?
18. Is there homework today?
19. How do you spell your dads name?
20.Do you like to eat apples?
21. How many books do you have?
55 fifty-five
Lesson 17
About acerca de

A loaf of bread barra de pan

Almost casi

Ask for the book pide el libro

Awful horrible

Ask someone for something peguntale a

Begin empezar

alguien por algo

Both ambos

Ask your mother for the book preguntale/

Bread pan

pidele a tu mam por el libro.

Butter mantequilla

Ask your mother pregunte a tu mam

Catch atrapar

Every afternoon todas las tardes

Country pais, campo

Every morning todas las maanas

Crawl gatear

Every night todas las noches

Drink tomar, beber

I was hungry - tenia hambre

Egg huevo

It was cold, warm, etc. hacia frio, calor,

Find encontrar

etc.

Find out averiguar

Its made of wood, metal, glass, paper,

Get obtener

etc. esta hecho de Madera, metal, vidrio,

Lesson leccin

papel, etc.

Meat carne

Next month el mes entrante

Men hombres

Next week la semana entrante

Milk leche, ordear

Next year el prximo ao

More mas

They are made of crystal, bricks, etc son

Onto en, ensima

hechos de cristal, ladrillos etc.

Into al, adentro

To be early llegar temprano

Over here. por ac

To be late llegar tarde

Over there por all.

Turn off the boom box apga la grabadora

People gente

Turn off the light apaga la luz

Pine tree pino

Turn off the radio apaga el radio

Question pregunta,

Turn off the water cierra el agua

cuestionar

Turn on the cd player. Ponga el toca discos

Raw crudo

Turn on the T.V. Ponga el televisor

Sell vender

What are they made of? de que son?

Soup sopa

What are you waiting for? Que esperas?

Trees arboles

What kind is it? Qu clase es?

Women mujeres

Whats it made of? De que esta hecho?

Go by pasar

Which cual

(por/enfrente de)

Word palabra
Pick up the phone - contesta el telfono

56 fifty-six
El pasado del verbo to be: was para singular, were para plural. Except you se
usa con were
Present:

I am happy.

Past:
I was sad.
I was yo era, yo estaba

It is black.

They are black.

Traffic was slow. Cars were fast.


I wasnt
Was I?

You were t eras, t estabas

You werent

Were you?

He was l era, l estaba

He wasnt

Was he?

She was ella era, ella estaba

She wasnt

Was she?

It was era, estaba

It wasnt

Was it?

We were eramos, estbamos

We werent

Were we?

They were ellos eran, estaban they werent


Were they?
Respuestas cortas: Yes, I was. No, he wasnt. Yes, we were. No, we werent.
Yes, he was,
Completa con las formas del verbo TO BE (was, were)
1. I ________ here.
6. John _________ American.
2. Anna __________ Mexican.
7. The girls _________ sisters.
3. You __________ there.
8. Mary __________ sad.
4. The boys _________ brothers.
9. The dog __________ pretty.
5. Robert and Mary________here
10. The birds _________ yellow.
Change the following sentences into Negative and Interrogative
1. I was at home yesterday.
2. She was reading and writing.
3. The teacher was listening.
4. The man was typing.
5. The dog was playing with the children.
6. The children were in the yard.
7. The cars were going by.
8. The music was too loud.
9. The TV was so big.
10. They were studying a lot.
11. The girls were talking so much.
*Antes de los verbos casi no se usa la palabra for sino to y se traduce como
para. Its too early to go to the movies. Es muy temprano para ir al cine. I
have all the pencils to give the students. Tengo todos los lapices para darles
a los alumnos. * Se puede usar for antes de verbos pero los verbos deben ir

en gerundio. I go for studying English. Voy para estudiar ingls. * Antes de


sustantivos se usa for: The pencils are for the students. Los lapices son
para los estudiantes.
57 fifty-seven

Translate into English


1. Esperame para ir contigo.
2. No hay lugar en el florero para poner las flores.
3. Enciende la luz para leer.
4. Cierra el agua para irnos.
5. Que hora es para decirle a mi mam.
6. Un momento por favor voy a contestar el telfono
7. Es muy temprano para ir a la escuela.
8. Ellos dicen que hay muchas flores bonitas en el mercado.
9. Todos los nios van a esperarme para ir al jardn.
10. El estaba muy triste para comer.
Lee y traduce: begin__________, catch__________, crawl__________,
drink__________, find__________, milk__________,
question__________, sell__________,
Dictation
1. They were very late to go to the movies.
2. She was very early and the door was closed.
3. Was she too tired to write the letter?
4. What was that on the table?
5. That was a picture.
6. The water is in the cup.
7. The vase has flowers.
8. I like the little dog very much.
9. There is too much room in the kitchen.
10. They say that I am early to take all the girls with me.
Conversation:
1.
Whats your name?
2.
Where do you live?
3.
What are you working on?
4.
Are you married?
5.
Do you have any children?
6.
What is your favorite food?
7.
Do you like the rain?

8.
9.
10.
11.

Are you going out this vacation?


What are you doing right now?
What kind of movies do you like?
Can you spell Colima?
58 fifty-eight

Lesson 18
A few men. Pocos hombres

A great deal of mucho (se emplea antes de

A little milk. Poca leche.

sustantivos en singular)

A little while un ratito

After a while Despus de un rato.

All that todo eso

As far as I know Que yo sepa.

Asleep dormida

Bark ladrar, corteza de un arbol

Barn establo

Chemist quimico/a

Chicken pollo

Enough suficiente, se usa antes de los

Comfortable comodo

sustantivos y despus de los adjetivos y

Field campo

adverbios.

Get angry at enojarse con

Enough time suficiente tiempo

Get mad at enfurecerse

Get here, there, llegar aqu, all

con

Get sleepy darle a uno sueo

Get to Llegar a.

Go to bed. Irse a dormir/a la cama.

Hay heno, paja

Go to sleep irse a dormir

Hen gallina

He goes to the movies El va al cine

Into al, adentro

He got here (there) early Lleg temprano.

Invite invitar

He got thirsty. Le dio sed.

Its blue. Es azul.

He got to Mexico at six El lleg a Mexico a las

Jump brincar

6.

Later ms tarde

He said good bye to her l se despidio de ella.

Lay down acostar

He started home l se fue a su casa.

Leave dejar, salir, partir

He was out of town El estaba fuera de la

Manger comedero

ciudad.

Other otro

He went out of town. l salio del pueblo

Others otros

I listened to the radio Yo escuche el radio.

Place lugar, colocar

It doesnt make any difference No importa.

Rise elevarse

It doesnt matter No importa, no le hace.

Rooster gallo

Lie

Selfish egoista

Say good-bye to Despedirse.

Start empezar

Set the table Poner la mesa.

Story historieta

Tall enough los suficientemente alto

mentir

Sun sol

Thats all right Esta bien.

Type teclear Typing

Tiny diminuto

tecleando

Teeny pequeito

Rest descansar

What color is it? De que color es?


Shade sombra, sombrear
Bowl platon

59 fifty-nine
Phrasal verbs: Las frases verbales son muy importantes en el ingls,
porque solo una palabrita hace la diferencia. A veces si se traduce la
preposicin a veces no. Look at mirar a, put on ponerse, Get in entrar,
get out salir, get up subir, get down agacharse, get ready alistarse,
get hungry darle a uno hambre, get sleepy darle a uno sueo, get fired
estar despedido, etc.
Look for it, buscalo.
La particula A antes de personas no se traduce en el ingls
The boys are going to help their dad. Los muchachos van a ayudar a su
papa.
Ask your mom.Preguntale a tu mama.
Bring the children. Trae a los nios
I am going to bring the girls to school. Voy a traer a las nias a la
escuela.
Excepcion: talk to, listen to, read to, wait for
She wants to listen to her mom. ella quiere escuchar a su mam.
El verbo listen va seguido de la palabra to cuando se indica a que o a
quien se va a escuchar. Listen! Listen up! Escucha! Escucha bien!
Traduce las siguientes frases sin traducir la palabra a antes de personas.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Voy a llamar a la maestra.


El va a llevar a las nias al parque.
Ella va a traer a su mama al jardn.
Nosotros vamos a preguntarle a nuestra mam.
Ella va a contestarle a su hermano.
Estas muchachas van a ayudar a su mam.
Ese muchacho quiere hablarle a su pap.
Ella quiere escuchar a su ta por telfono.
A ellos les gusta esperar a su abuelita.

10. A la maestra le gusta leerle a los nios.


Pasado progresivo o continuo to be (am,is,are) + verbo + ing
Afirmativo
Negativo
I was writing yo estaba escribiendo.
I was not writing
You were studying t estabas estudiando.

You were not studying

He was swimming el estaba nadando

He was not swimming

She was running ella estaba corriendo

She was not running

It was eating estaba comiendo

It was not eating

We were talking estabamos hablando

We were not talking

They were walking- ellos estaban caminando

They were not walking

60 sixty
Interrogative
Was I writing? estaba escribiendo?

Interrogative negative
Wasnt I writing?

Were you studying? estabas estudiando?

Werent you studying?

Was he swimming? estaba l nadando?

Wasnt he swimming?

Was she running? estaba ella corriendo?

Wasnt she running?

Was it eating? estaba comiendo?

Wasnt it eating?

Were we talking? estabamos platicando?

Werent we talking?

Were they walking? estaban caminando?


Werent they walking?
To be born = nacer.- Se usa con el verbo to be (am, is, are, was, were, be, been,
being)
Where were you born? donde naciste? I was born in Mexico. Naci en Mexico
My baby will be born soon. Mi bebe nacer pronto.
Where was your mom born? donde nacio tu mam?
She was born in Australia. Ella nacio en Australia.
Where were they born? Donde nacieron ellos?
They were born in the USA. Ellos nacieron en los Estados Unidos.
Translate the following sentences into Spanish and practice reading them.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

I was eating a cold lunch.


You were standing over there by the bus stop.
He was typing a lot in his new laptop.
She was writing on her tiny notebook.
The dog was barking constantly.
We were talking a lot about our holiday.
They were resting a little bit under the shade of that tree.
She was talking to me.

9. He was walking to the big park.


10. They were watching TV.
Pasado del futuro idiomtico to be going to = iba (was, were + going to +
verb) Para el negaativo: wasnt o werent, para interrogativo el auxiliar
va primero.
I was going to be a chemist- Yo iba a ser una quimica.
You were going to eat t ibas a comer.
He was going to wake up l iba a despertar.
She was going to paint ella iba a pintar.
It was going to fly iba a volar.
We were going to sleep nosotros ibamos a dormir.
You were going to study ustedes iban a estudiar.
They were going to come ellos iban a venir.
61 sixty-one
Translate the following sentences into Spanish and practice reading them.
1. I was going to drink some pop.
2. You were going to come early on Monday.
3. He was going to study for his exam yesterday.
4. She was going to the park the day before yesterday.
5. The cat was going to catch the white mouse.
6. We were going to live in another house.
7. They were going to watch a new movie on Saturday night.
8. Were you going to visit your best friends in the evening?
9. Was Mary going to help you with your math homework?
10. Were the kids going to swim in the Mississippi river?
There was : haba, hubo (1 objeto, persona o animal) tambin para lo que
no se puede contar.
There was some milk in the refrigerator. Haba leche en el refrigerador.
There were: haba, hubo (2 o mas personas, objetos o animales)
There were some flowers in the garden. Habia unas flores en el jardin.
There was not = there wasnt, there were not = there werent (negative)
Was there?, were there? (interrogative),
wasnt there?, werent there? (interrogative negative)
Complete the following exercise using there was/were in past.

1. _____________ a red apple over there in that oval plate.


2. _____________ some big oranges on the green bowl.
3. _____________ a black cat outside in the garage?
4. _____________ some foreign people talking on the street?
5. _____________ a blue pen inside the backpack. (negative)
6. _____________ any permanent markers in the container. (negative)
7. How many sharpeners ______________ on the plastic box?
8. How much butter _______________ in the refrigerator?
9. _____________ a rose flower in the glass vase on the desk.
10. _____________ some red leaves on the small plant.

62 sixty-two

Escribe al ingls
1. Yo estaba escribiendo en mi libreta.
2. Ella iba a cantar en la escuela.
3. Ellos iban a ver la tele en su cuarto,
4. Haba un lpiz en esa caja.
5. Haba dos libros rojos en la mesa.
6. Donde naciste?
7. Yo naci en Colima.
8. Donde naci tu hermana?
9. Ella naci en Manzanillo.
10. No iban ellos a venir temprano?
Lee y traduce: get__________, invite__________, jump__________,
lay__________, leave__________, place__________, rise__________,
start__________, type__________, rest__________, bark__________,
listen__________, lie__________, say__________, set__________,
shade__________,
Dictado
1. The girl was singing in the classroom.
2. Was the boy playing in the yard?
3. Where were the students doing their homework?
4. There wasnt a good movie to watch.

5. Were there some oranges in the bowl?


6. We were going to study English yesterday.
7. Were you going to bring the apples?
8. She wasnt going to rest before the party.
9. Wasnt he going to help us with the car?
10. They were running very fast this morning.
Conversation
1. What were you doing this morning?
2. Were you driving to work?
3. What were you eating?
4. When were you watching TV?
5. Were you with your brother yesterday?
6. Was there a pen next to your book?
7. Were there two pencils in your bag?
8. Was there a woman at the door?
9. Were there four chairs at the table?
10. Were you writing the dictation?
63 sixty-three
Lesson 19
Admit admitir
learn (how to) aprender + (verbo)
Afford costearse

Learn aprender + (objeto)

Agreeestar de acuerdo

Like gustar

Allow permitir

Look forward to esperar con

Appear aparecer

ansias

Arrange arreglar

Love amar

Attempt intentar

Manage gestionar

Avoid evitar

Mean significar, querer decir

Be afraid of tener miedo de

Mind portarse bien

Be fed up with estar harto de

Miss faltar

Be good at ser bueno para

Need necesitar

Be interested in estar interesado

Offer ofrecer

en

Plan planear

Begin empezar

Postpone posponer

Consider considerar

Practice practicar

Continue continuar

Prefer preferir

Dare atreverse, retar

Pretend pretender

Decide decidir

Promise prometer

Delay retrasar

Put off posponer

Deny negar

Refuse rehusarse

Dislike disgustar

Regret lamentarse, arrepentirse

Dont mind no importar, ser

Risk arriesgar

indiferente

Seem parecer

Enjoy disfrutar

Start empezar

Expect esperar

Stop detener, dejar de

Fail fallar

Suggest sugerir

Finish terminar

Tend tender a

Forget olvidar

Threaten amenazar

Give up darse por vencido

Try intentar

Go on continuar

Want querer

Hope esperar

Would like gustara

Imagine imaginar

Sure claro, por supuesto

Intend intentar

Of course claro, por supuesto

Involve involucrar

No problem si, claro, no es

Keep guardar, mantener

problema

Keep on continuar

Certenly por supuesto, claro que si

Eraser borrador,

Erase borrar

64 sixty-four
Adverbs of frequency: se colocan antes de los verbos y despus de los
auxiliares. (-) No se usan auxiliares negativos con los adverbios que
tienen (-)
Always = siempre

-Seldom = rara vez

*Usually = usualmente, generalmente

-Rarely = rara vez

Almost always= casi siempre

-Hardly ever = casi nunca, rara

*Often= a menudo

vez

*Frequently= frecuentemente

-Almost never= casi nunca

*Generaly= generalmente

Ever = alguna vez, a veces, se

*Sometimes = a veces, algunas veces

usa para preguntas o

por lo regular no se usa en preguntas;

negaciones + aux.

usamos ever para preguntas.

Auxiliar = dont, doesnt, can

*Occacionaly= ocasionalmente

t, isnt, arent, am not, didn

*pueden ir al principio o al final

t, wasnt, werent + ever =


Nunca

Ever no va en afirmativo
-Never = nunca, jams
I will always love you.=siempre te amar. I will love you forever. =Te amar por
siempre.
Aux.
Verbo
She doesnt ever study. = she never studies. = Ella nunca estudia.
Aux.
Verbo
Verbo
Complete las siguientes oraciones con los adverbios de frecuencia.
1. I am here. (always)
6. He doesnt go home early. (ever)
2. You can come. (sometimes)
7. Did you eat chicken? (often)
3. Does he study a lot? (always)
8. We study together. (never)
4. Mary was going to buy. (sometimes)
9.- The girls do their work. (always)
5. He is helping his mom. (rarely)
10.- They like to eat out. (rarely)
Responde las siguientes preguntas con respuestas largas, usando los adverbios.
1. Do you always get up early?
2. Do you ever go to the movies alone?
3. Does your brother ever eat junk food?
4. Does your mom ever take you to school?
5. Are you always late for school?
6. Is he always talking to his friends?
7. Are there always too many pencils in the cup?
8. Are there sometimes too many books in the box?
9. Is the computer ever on?
10. Are the computers always off?
65 sixty-five
Could: Pasado de can; el verbo que le sigue a could va en su forma base, sin s,
ed, ing, to, el negativo de could es couldnt o could not.
I could sing Yo pude cantar, yo poda cantar.
You could walk t pudiste caminar, podas caminar
He could study l pudo estudiar, poda estudiar
She could write ella pudo escribir, poda escribir
It could cry pudo llorar, poda llorar
We could dance nosotros pudimos bailar, podamos bailar
They could bike ellos pudieron andar en bicicleta, podan andar en bicicleta.
Negative: I couldnt sing. No pude cantar
Interrogative: could I sing? Pude cantar?
Interrogative Negative: couldnt I sing? No pude cantar?
Could tambien se usa para pedir favores para el futuro:

Could you pass me the book please? Podras pasarme el libro por favor?
Could you give me some water please? Me podras dar agua por favor?
Respuestas cortas: Yes, I could. No, I couldnt. etc.
Change the following sentences into Negative and Interrogative
1. You could walk fast.
2. He could talk to me.
3. She could type slowly.
4. We could come early.
5. They were playing in the computer.
6. It was eating meat.
7. We are reading in English
8. I am studying a lot
9. The girl is working too much.
10. The boy can speak in Spanish
Translate into Spanish
1. Mary sings a lot.
2. They work everyday.
3. Can you pass me the water please?
4. Could you close the door please?
5. She was going to read that book.
6. He never arrives late.
7. There was a black ball in the park.
8. There were two big boys in the room.
9. We like to lie down on the grass.
10. Do you want to go to the movies?
66 sixty-six
Translate into English
1. Yo puedo ir a la escuela todos los dias.
2. El no poda venir la semana pasada.
3. Ella va a venir temprano maana.
4. A nosotros nos gusta leer los libros de ingles.
5. a ellos no les gusta sentarse en el suelo.
6. Puedo hablar con el Sr. Astor?
7. Haba dos pelotas para el nio.
8. Haba una silla blanca en el patio?
9. El siempre puede llegar temprano.
10. Ella iba a escribir en el libro.
Read and Translate: Admit, Afford, Agree, Allow, Appear, Arrange,

Attempt, Avoid, Be afraid of, Be fed up with, Be good at, Be interested


in, Begin, Consider, Continue, Dare, Decide,Delay, Deny, Dislike, Dont
mind, Enjoy, Expect, Fail, Finish, Forget, Give up, Go on, Hope, Imagine,
Intend, Involve, Keep, Keep on, learn (how to), Learn, Like, Look forward
to, Love, Manage, Mean, Mind, Miss, Need, Offer, Plan, Postpone,
Practice, Prefer, Pretend, Promise, Put off, Refuse, Regret, Risk, Seem,
Start, Stop, Suggest, Tend, Threaten, Try, Want, Would like
Dictation
1. She often writes to her friends in English.
2. He often eats out, he hardly ever cooks.
3. They rarely visit their parents on the weekdays.
4. We usually cook our food at noon.
5. They seldom come on Saturdays.
6. Do you ever go to the movies on Sundays?
7. I never go to the movies, I prefer to buy movies.
8. I could come early, but I dont want to.
9. He was going to bring it, but he couldnt because he was working.
10. They were going to take the children to the park, but they couldnt.
Conversation
1. How are you today?
2. How is the weather?
3. How is your family
4. Do you ever visit your friends?
5. Is it always hot in Colima?
6. Could you spell Mexico?

7.- Is it early to go out?


8.- Are you listening to me?
9.- Do you want to answer?
10.- Are the questions easy?
11.- Do you want to sing in
English?

67 sixty-seven

Lesson 20
Again otra vez

He has three left. Le quedan a l

Airplane avin

tres.

As mientras, aunque

He said good bye to her. Se

Become llegar a ser

despidi ( de ella)

Bill pico, recibo, billete

Hes lying down l esta acostado.

Cake pastel

Hes standing up l esta de pie

Close cerrar

I dont care me es indiferente

Computer computadora

Interesting interesante

Cup taza

Middle school de 6-8 secundaria

Dawn amanecer

Narrow estrecho

Eye ojo

Noise ruido

Fork tenedor

Once una vez

Fox zorro

Pickles pepinillos

Get out of here salte de

Plate plato

aqu

Poor pobre

Grass pasto

Rabbit conejo

Hear escuchar

Race carrera, raza

Kill matar

Reply contestar

Knife cuchillo

Rich rico

Knives cuchillos

Salad ensalada

Leave me alone Dejame en

Saucer platito

paz.

Set poner (la mesa)

Lie down acostarse

Shallow poco profundo

Listen to escuchar a

Shes mad/angry at me ella esta

Long largo

molesta conmigo

Lose perder

Shine brillar

Loss perdida

Show mostrar, ensear

Love amar, encantar

South sur

Meet conocer a alguien

Spoon cuchara

Mouth boca

Stop detenerse

Pool alberca

Stork cigea

Tree rbol

To be angry at estar molesto con

Turtle tortuga

To be mad at estar enojado con

While mientras, aunque

Look forward to esperar

Win ganar

ansiosamente

Yourself tu misma, tu sola.

Rest in peace que descanse en paz!

Oneself uno mismo, uno solo.

Insist on insistir en
Loud, aloud, out loud en voz alta

68 sixty-eight
Los verbos irregulares en pasado simple pretrito cambian, necesitas
memorizarlos.
El auxiliar que se usa para el pasado es: did para el interrogativo o didnt
para el negativo
El verbo to be no necesita aux.

Do/does
did
Present (base form)
past

Spanish

+ s/es
Am, is, are, (be)

was, were

ser o estar

Bring

brought

traer

Come

came

venir, llegar

Do

did

hacer

Eat

ate

comer

Feel

felt

sentir

Forget

forgot

olvidar

Get up

got up

levantarse

Give

gave

dar, regalar

Go

went

ir

Have

had

tener, haber

Meet

met

conocer a o encontrarse con alguien

Read

read /red/

leer

Run

ran /ren/

correr

Say

said/sed/

decir

See

saw

ver

Sit

sat

sentarse

Sleep

slept

dormir

Speak

spoke

hablar

Take

took

llevar, tomar

Teach

taught

ensear

Tell

told

decir, contar

Think

thought

pensar

Know

knew

saber

Make

made

hacer

Put

put

poner

Understand

understood

entender

Wake up

woke up

despertar

Wear

wore

usar (ropa o accesorios)

Write

wrote

escribir

69 sixty-nine
Reglas para agregar la terminacin ed al verbo para convertirlo al

pasado.
S el verbo termina en e solamente se agrega la d. live --lived
S el verbo termina en consonante, vocal, consonante y tiene una sola
silaba se duplica la consonante final. Stop--stopped
Si el verbo termina en y precedido de una consonante se cambia la y
por i y se le agrega la ed. Study--studied
Si el verbo tiene dos silabas terminado en consonante, vocal, consonante y
el acento esta en la segunda silaba se duplica la consonante final. Prefer-preferred
Pronounciacion de la ed para los verbos regulares en pasado segn sonido.
Visit

visited

visitar

Wait

waited

esperar

Want

wanted

querer

Need

needed

necesitar

Exception : crook crooked =torcido /cruked/


Wicked malvado /uiked/
Laugh /laf /
laughed /laft / reirse de
Ask

asked

preguntar

Like

liked

gustar

Look

looked

mirar

Talk

talked

platicar

Work

worked

trabajar

Walk

walked

caminar

Help

helped

ayudar

Wash

washed

lavar

Pass

passed

pasar

Finish

finished

terminar

Fix

fixed

arreglar

Use
Answer

used
answered

usar
contester

Call

called

llamar

Clean

cleaned

limpiar

Learn

learned

aprender

Live

lived

vivir

Open

opened

abrir

Turn

turned

voltear

S el verbo termina en
sonido de t o d la ed se
pronuncia ed; tambin se
puede representar con /Id/

S los verbos
terminan en sonido
de c, ch, f, k, p,
s, sh, x la
terminacin -ed se
pronuncia como /t/

S el verbo terminan
en sonido de l, v,
m, n, r,w, y, + las
vocales, la
terminacin -ed se
pronuncia como _d

Study

studied

estudiar

Owe

owed

deber (dinero)
70 seventy

Translate the following sentences.


1. I told you that he was sick on Monday.
2. He likes her very much.
3. She loves him a lot.
4. They go with us everyday to do their homework.
5. He kicks it to play soccer? --- What is it? ---The ball
6. I give them money for school.
7. My mom wants you to read out loud.
8. John wants us to help him on Sunday.
9. They want you to work for them.
10. What time is it? Its five oclock.
Translate into English.
1. Te voy a dar el libro maana.
2. Me haces tu tarea para el sbado!
3. Dile que traiga la libreta
4. No le hables tan fuerte.
5. Busca tus zapatos en tu cuarto.
6. Solo olvide una cosa.
7. Voy a dormirme en mi cama.
8. El va a tener sed.
9. Ella cumpli 8 en septiembre.
10. Regresa el sombrero donde estaba.
Read and translate: become__________, kill__________, hear__________,
listen to__________, lose__________, love__________,
meet__________, win__________, show__________, shine__________,
reply__________.
Dictado
1. I am going to give you your money the day after tomorrow.
2. Please do the homework for next Sunday.
3. Tell her to bring all her pens and pencils to school.
4. Dont speak to her so loud.
5. Are you looking for your shirts in the back yard?
6. I just forgot one thing to have everything I need.
7. I am going to sleep in the living room sofa.
8. She is going to be thirsty and hungry pretty soon.

9. I am going to be 38 next month.


10. Take back that bag where it was.
Conversacin
1. Tell me about yourself.
71 seventy-one
Lesson 21
Floor piso, suelo
Pet mascota
Laundry ropa sucia
Last ltimo, durar
Appointment cita (medica,
Late tarde
Word palabra
etc.)
Mad enojado, loco
Mistake error
Sick enfermo
Dishes platos, platillos
Guy tipo
Rug alfombra
Each other uno al otro
Blonde rubia
Pork puerco, cerdo
Tan bronceado
Well bien
Brunette morena
River rio
Agent agente
Hard dificil, duro
Too tambien, demaciado
Glass vidrio, vaso
Mess tiradero, desastre
Near cerca
Nest nido
About mas o menos, acerca de Easy facil
First primero
Kind amable, tipo de
Middle de enmedio
Tired cansado
Peel pelar
Say decir
Cup taza, vaso de plastico
All (of) todo
Add agregar, sumar
Loud, Aloud en voz fuerte
Mat tapete
Slow lento
Go by pasar por, pasar frente a
Slowly lentamente
Too many demasiados
Typing tecleando
Too much demasiado
Sitting sentado
Ever alguna vez
Spell deletrear, embrujo,
Hardly ever casi nunca
predecir
How como
Count contar
How much cuanto
Salt sal
How many cuantos
Bath bao
Whose de quien
What que
Whom quien (objetivo)
When cuando
Who broke the glass? Quien rompi el
Where donde
Why por que
Who quien (sujeto)
What time a que hora
Factory fabrica

vidrio.
Whom did you go with? Con quien
fuiste?
Medium height altura media

72 seventy-two
Did = es el auxiliar para el pasado, se utiliza para acompaar al not= didnt,
y para hacer preguntas, puesto que en ingls no hay signo de pregunta al
inicio de la frase solamente? Al final. El verbo despus del did va en su
forma base.
No se usa con otros auxiliares como could, was, werecouldnt, wasnt,
werent
I did my homework. Hice mi tarea, en este caso el did es verbo simple, hacer.
Affirmative

Negative: did not;

El did no se

I ate. Yo com, coma

traduce
I didnt eat. No comi.

You came. T veniste, venias

You didnt come. No veniste

He studied. l estudi, estudiaba

He didnt study to pass his exam.

She went. Ella fue, iba

She didnt go. No fue

It flew. Vol, volaba

It didnt fly. No vol

We understood. entendimos

We didnt understand. no entendimos

They talked. Ellos hablaron

They didnt talk. No platicarn

Interrogative , el verbo va en

Interrogative negative

forma base
Did I eat? comiste?

Didnt I eat? no com?

Did you come? veniste?

Didnt you come? no veniste?

Did he study? estudi?

Didnt he study? no estudi?

Did she go? fue?

Didnt she go? no fue?

Did it fly? vol?

Didnt it fly? no vol?

Did we understand? entendimos?

Didnt we understand?

Did they talk? platicarn?

Didnt they talk? no platicarn?

Respuestas cortas: Yes, I did. No, I didnt. etc.


El auxiliar did tambien se puede usar en frases afirmativas cuando
queremos enfatizar el si de lo que se nos esta preguntando.
Did you buy the meat? Yes, I did. Did you really buy the meat?

Yes, I did buy the meat an hour ago.

73 seventy-three
Change the sentences into negative and interrogative.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

I worked at the airport.


He ate an hour ago.
We met him yesterday.
The black dog ran fast.
She could study English.

6.- You spoke on the phone a lot.


7.- She slept in today, there is no school.
8.- They went to the movies alone.
9.- They were very hungry for fish.
10.- She was happy, because she won.

Completa con los pronombres personales:


I, you, he, she, it, we, they en lugar de lo que esta en parenthesis.
1. (Mary and alice) ________go to school.
2. (The boys)________ study together.
3. (You and my brother)________ are friends
4. (Mary)________ is a pretty girl.
5. (Robert)________ is a handsome boy.
6. (You and I) ________are studying.
7. (My sister)________ is here.
8. (My brothers) ________are not here.
9. (The cat)______ is in the store.
10. (your name) _______ study a lot.
Translate into English
1. Fui a la escuela ayer en la maana.
2. Me comi una manzana y un platano ayer al medio dia.
3. Fuiste a la fiesta de tu prima?
4. Viste la televisin el sbado en la noche?
5. Ella trabajaba en el aeropuerto cuando vivia en Manzanillo.
6. Ellos tenan tanta habre que se comieron todas las tortillas.
7. Cuando ellos fueron al cine vieron la pelcula nueva.
8. No me gusta comer fruta antes de la comida principal.
9. No pude dormir todo la noche.
10. De quien son esos libros?

74 seventy-four

Read and translate: say__________, sit__________, spell__________,


go by__________, add__________, peel__________, last__________.
Dictation
1. I came soon so I could help you, in order to go to the park early.
2. He studied but he didnt pass the exam.
3. She was happy because she cooked her favorite meal.
4. They were very excited because their grandmother came to visit.
5. The dogs slept in the yard last night.
6. She couldnt come because she was sick.
7. We didnt do the conversation yesterday.
8. We are doing the dictation right now.
9. Do you understand what I am saying?
10. I think it is going to rain later tonight.
A veces podemos hacer preguntas sin auxiliary cuando utilizamos las siguientes
palabras.
What, which, who, and whose.
Answer the questions.
1. What made that noise?
2. Who called?
3. Did you come yesterday?
4. Did he go to the movies?
5. Did she eat an apple?
6. Did we see each other last week?
7. Did they talk a lot?
8. Did I meet your parents?
9. Did I tell you the time?
10. Did you ask me for the time?
11. Did you come early?
12. Did you wash the car?
13. Did you do your homework?

14. Did you learn the verbs?


15. Can you spell Manzanillo?
16. What day was yesterday?

Lesson 22
Accused acus
Already ya
Any longer ya no
Anymore ya no
Applied se aplico
Boiled hirvi
Cancelled cancel
Confused se confundi
Danced bail
Developed desarroll
For para, por
Have/has haber, tener
Hoped esper
Hurried se apuro
Listened escuch
Paid pag
Permitted permiti
Planned plane
Preferred prefiri
Regretted se arrepinti
Remembered record
Robbed rob
Said dijo
Since desde, puesto que
Smoked fum
Started empez
Still aun, todava, quieto
Stopped se detuvo
Studied estudio
Travelled viaj
Tried intent
Turned volte
Visited visit
Yet ya, aun, todava

75 seventy-five
Ate comi
Began empez
Bent doblo
Bet apost
Bit mordi
Bought compr
Broke rompi
Built construy
Carried carg
Chose escogi
Cleaned limpi
Could pudo
Drank tom
Drew dibuj
Dug escarv
Explained explic
Fed alimento
Fell se cay
Flew vol
Forbade prohibi
Forgave perdon
Forgot olvid
Fought peleo
Found encontr
Got obtuvo
Grew creci
Had tuvo, haba
Heard escuch
Hit golpeo
Improved mejor
Painted pinto
Stayed se qued
Told dij
Was/were fue, era, estaba,

Would like gustara


In a hurry de prisa

Quit renunciar, dejar algo

76 seventy-six
El Futuro se forma con el auxiliar Will, shall, o to be going to
El negativo de will es will not o wont
Se usa para predicciones, decisiones espontaneas y promesas.
I will come yo vendr
Ill come = yo vendr
You will eat t comeras

Hell eat = l comer

She will sleep ella dormir

Shell dance = ella bailar

It will fly - volar

Itll sleep = dormir

We will read nosotros leeremos

Well study = estudiaremos

They will write ellos escribirn


I wont come yo no vendr

Theyll sing = cantarn


Will I come? yo vendr?

You wont eat t no comeras

Will you eat ? t comeras?

He wont go l no se ir

Will he come? l comer?

She wont sleep lla no dormir

Will she sleep? ella dormir?

It wont fly no volar

Will it fly?- volar?

We wont read nosotros no

Will we read? nosotros leeremos?

leeremos

Will they write? ellos escribirn?

They wont write ellos no escribirn


Im eating late tonight. = I will eat late tonight. Comer tarde esta noche.
Short answers: Yes, I will. No, I wont. Yes, he will. No, he wont en las respuestas
cortas no se usan las contracciones en las afirmativas.
Shall se usa para hacer invitaciones para m y para nosotros y las respuestas son
imperativas.
Shall I open the window? Abro la ventana? Yes, open it. No, dont open it.
Shall we go to the park? Vamos al parque? Yes, Lets go. No, lets not go.
Change the following sentences into Negative and Interrogative
1.
2.
3.
4.

You will come to the party with me.


He will work on Sunday.
I am studying tomorrow morning.
She is making her bed.

5. We are going to swim.


6. They were doing a lot of things.
7. She likes to help her friends.
8. They swam in the ocean.
9. We can help them.
10. They could come yesterday.
77 seventy-seven
Despus de los siguientes verbos se pone la particula to antes de agregar
el siguiente verbo. I learned to read when I was in kindergarten.
learn
need
offer
threaten intend
plan

promise

refuse

seem

mean

want

would like

agree

allow

attempt

arrange

decide

expect

tend

manage

fail

hope

appear

pretend

afford

forget

learn (how)

dare

teach how

Los siguientes verbos van seguidos de verbos en gerundio terminados en


-ing.
I like learning English. = me gusta aprender ingles.
finish
delay
mind
suggest
enjoy

dislike

imagine

like

regret

admit

love

prefer

deny

avoid

consider

involve

practice

miss

postpone

keep on

risk

give up

go/ go on

keep

Appreciate quit
be afraid of
insist on

discuss

put off

be good at

look forward to

mention

suggest

dont mind
be worth

be interested in

be fed up with
Los siguientes verbos pueden ir seguidos de la particula to o del verbo en
gerundio terminado con ing.
Dependiendo de la forma es el significado. Hate, start, stop, try,
begin, continue, and like.
Start
He started to cry.

El empez a llorar.

He started crying.

El empez a llorar.

He stopped to rest.

El se detuvo para descansar.

He stopped resting.

El dejo de descansar.

Stop

Try
Begin
Continue
Like

We tried to read.

Nosotros intentamos leer.

We tried reading.

Nosotros intentamos leer.

They began to work.

Ellos empezaron a trabajar.

They began working.

Ellos empezaron a trabajar.

You continued to write.

T continuaste escribiendo.

You continued writing.

T continuaste escribiendo.

I like to play ball.

Me gusta jugar baseball.

I like dancing and singing.

Me gusta bailar y cantar.

78 seventy-eight
Translate into English
1. El sr. Smith. empez a llorar.
2. La srita. lopez empezo a trabajar.
3. Su hermana de l se detuvo para descansar.
4. Su mam de ella dejo de descansar.
5. Mis amigos intentarn leer.
6. Ustedes intentarn escribir.
7. Nuestros nios empezaron a trabajar.
8. Sus nias de ellos empezaron a trabajar.
9. Mis primos continuarn escribiendo.
10. Sus amigas continuarn escribiendo.
11. Me gusta jugar beisbal.
12. Me gusta bailar y cantar.
Read and translate: accuse, apply, dance, develop, have, hope, hurry, pay,
permit, plan, prefer, regret, remember, rob, say, smoke, start, stop, study,
travel, try, turn, visit, eat, begin, buy, break, bite, build, choose, cleaned, can,
drink, draw, dig, explain, feed, fall, fly forbid, forgive, forget, fight, grow,
hear, improve, paint, stay, tell, am, is, are
Dictation
1. I will study Friday morning.
2. Will you come to the park with me?
3. He will work on Saturday.
4. She will do her homework.
5. They are going for a walk.
6. We were doing a lot of things.
7. She likes to help her family.

8. They swam in the pool.


9. We can help her.
10. They could come last week.
Conversation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Whats your name?


What is your last name?
How old are you?
Where do you live?
What time is it?
What month is it?
What day is it?

Lesson 23
Beige cremita
Bore aburricin
Borrow pedir prestado
Checked a cuadros
Damp hmedo
Due to debido a
Dark blue azul obscuro
I am bored estoy aburrido
I hope not espero que no
I hope so espero que si
Id love to me encantaria
Ill get it lo traer
Lavender lila
Lend dar prestado
No, thank you no gracias
Orange naranja
Pile montn
Pin-striped de mil rayas
Polka dot moteado
Purple morado
Ripe maduro
See you nos vemos
Stain mancha
Stand still estse quieto
Striped rayado
Take place suceder
Thanks a lot muchas

79 seventy-nine

A bunch of grapes un racimo de uvas


A little bit un poquito
Aquamarine agua marina
Brush your teeth cepllate los dientes
Candy is fattening el dulce engorda
Corn elote desgranado
Corn on the cob elote entero
He said hello to me l me saludo
Hows everything? Cmo esta todo?
Do you mean this? Quieres decir esto?
For instance por ejemplo
Groceries abarrotes
Is that you, Ana? Eres tu Ana?
How do you do? mucho gusto?
How much is a pen? cuanto vale la pluma?
How much is this worth? Cuanto vale?
Ill see you later nos vemos mas tarde
Im glad to meet you gusto en conocerte
In bad shape en mal estado
In good shape en buen estado
It costs 10 pesos cuesta 10 pesos
It is 7 dollars vale 7 dolares
It was nice seeing you mucho gusto en verte
It was nice to meet you mucho gusto
Whats new? Que hay de nuevo?
On hand en existencia
One-way street calle de un solo sentido

gracias
This is Ana. Soy Ana. (on
phone)
Whether s, ya sea
Whos missing? quien
falta?
Wine guinda, vino (bebida)
Light blue azul claro
Marron marrn
Navy blue azul marino

Peanuts cacahuates
Soda makes you fat el refresco te engorda
Syrup miel para hotcakes
That book is boring ese libro esta aburrido
Two dozen oranges dos docenas de naranjas
We ran out of money se nos acabo el dinero.
Whos calling please quien llama por favor

80 eighty
Las preposiciones al final de las preguntas, en espaol se ponen al
principio.
Whats the chair made of? De que esta hecha la silla?
Who are you laughing with? Con quien te estas riendo?
What are you laughing at? De que te estas riendo?
Who are you going with? con quien vas?
Where did she come from? De donde vin ella?
What is he looking at? que esta mirando l?
What are you looking for? que estas buscando?
What do you want that for? para que quieres eso?
What did he go to the office for? para que fue el a la oficina?
Para las respuestas vas a usar for antes de sustantivos y to antes
de verbos
I came for that book. Vine por ese libro.
I came to study. Vine para estudiar.
Why es para preguntar and because es para responder.
Why are you here? Porque estas aqui?
Because I want to learn English. Por que quiero aprender ingls
Orden de las frases en Ingls
He gave Tomas the book.= He gave the book to Tomas = l le di el
libro a Tomas.
S

OI

OD

OD

O of the preposition

Sujeto Verbo Objeto Indirecto: Who? Objeto Directo: what?

Translate into Spanish


1. I like to eat yellow apples.
2. Do you want to speak to me?
3. He is looking forward to playing with his friends.
4. She enjoys chatting on the computer.
5. He loves going to the big park.
6. What are you doing that for?
7. Who are you coming to the party with?
8. Where is he sitting at?
9. What time can you come tomorrow?
10. What does he do that for?
11. What are you working on now?
81-eighty-one
Translate into English
1. Para que quieres eso? Para trabajar
2. El esta intentando leer ese libro azul.
3. No se que decir. No entiendo.
4. De que esta hecha la mesa?
5. Yo ire al parque el domingo. Y t?
6. Mi hermana no quiere bailar con l.
7. Su hija es muy bonita, tambin.
8. Esta leccin es fcil, la ltima estaba difcil.
9. Cual sopa quiere la gente?
10. Voy a la tienda a comprar unos huevos.
Read and translate: check__________, lend_________, see__________,
stand__________, thank__________, mean__________,
cost__________, make__________, call__________, run__________
Dictation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

The houses are made of crystal, metal and bricks.


Turn on the water in the yard to water the grass.
Turn on the light in the living room because its getting dark.
Turn off the boom box because I want to go to sleep.
Turn off the radio because I dont like that music.
Turn off the water because its running all over the grass.
Ask your mother if you can go to the park with me.

8. Ask for the book that you need for your class.
9. Ask the teacher for the pen.
10. Ask your mother for the book
Conversation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Whats the chair made of?


What are you laughing at?
Where did she come from?
What are you looking for?
What did he go to the office for?
Can you spell Tecoman?
What do you want to study English for?
What are you writing with pencil for?

7.- Who are you laughing with?


8.- Who are you going with?
9.- What is he looking at?
10.- What do you want that for?
11.- What are they made of?
12.- When is your birthday?
13.- Who are you waiting for?

82-eighty-two
Lesson 24
A bottle of una botella de

Beverage bebida

A can of una lata de

Boiled eggs/hard eggs huevos cocidos

A carton of un carton de

(hervidos)

A jar of un frasco de

Brave valiente

A kilo of un kilo de

Carrots zanahorias

A liter of un litro de

Cheese queso

A loaf of una barra de

Cheeseburger hamburquesa con queso

A pinch of una pizca de

Chips papitas

A pound of una libra de

Cinnamon canela

A teaspoon of una cucharadita

Cocktail coctel

de

Cook cocinar

Above sobre

Cream crema

Academic academic

Crispy crujiente

Across from en frente de

Cucumber pepino

Act actuar

Dessert postre /desrt/

Action accin

Dont tell me no me digas

Actually en realidad

Eggplant berenjena

Addition suma

Elk alce

Adjective adjetivo

Excellent excelente

All kinds todos tipos

Famous famoso

Another otro

Farm granja

Appetizer aperitivo

Farmer granjero

At once enseguida

Fish pez, peces

Athletic atltico

Flavored con sabor

Avocado aguacate

Flour harina

Bacon tocino

Food comida

Bake hornear

French toast pan a la francesa

Be able to tener la abilidad de

French-fries papas a la francesa

Beans frijoles

Fresh fresco, natural

Bear oso

Fried eggs huevos fritos

Beef res

Salt sal

Best mejor

Watch T.V. ver la tele

Plant plantar, planta

For por, durante, para

Per para cada uno, por

Since desde, puesto que, ya que, por lo


tanto
Become llegar a ser, convertirse

83-eighty-three
El verbo be able to tener la habilidad de = can= presente = could= pasado
Para el futuro y otros tiempos verbales vamos a usar be able to en lugar de
can o could puesto que son auxiliares y no se pueden mezclar con otros
auxiliares.
I will be able to go = yo podr ir

I wont be able to go

You will be able to come= t podrs venir.

You wont be able to come

He will be able to study= l podr estudiar

He wont be able to study

She will be able to dance = ella podr vailar

She wont be able to dance

It will be able to eat = podr comer

It wont be able to eat

We will be able to learn = nosotros podremos

We wont be able to learn

aprender

They wont be able to fly

They will be able to fly = ellos podrn volar


Will I be able to go? = yo podr ir?

Wont I be able to go?

Will you be able to come? = t podrs venir?

Wont you be able to come?

Will he be able to study?= l podr

Wont he be able to study?

estudiar?

Wont she be able to

Will she be able to dance? = ella podr

dance?

vailar?

Wont it be able to eat?

Will it be able to eat? = podr comer?

Wont we be able to learn?

Will we be able to learn? = podremos

Wont they be able to fly?

aprender?
Will they be able to fly? = ellos podrn
volar?
Respuestas cortas: Yes, I will. No, I wont.
Translate into Spanish.
1. Mary will be able to read by the end of this year.
2. John wont be able to learn how to add three numbers fast.
3. Will you be able to come tomorrow morning?
4. Wont she come to the party if we buy her the dress?
5. The children will be able to play in the park after they do their homework.
6. Will the students come if it is Halloween day?
7. Teachers wont be able to give candy to the students this year.
8. Will the girls be able to eat if they dont have money?
9. The movie wont be able to be seen because there is no electricity.
10. Wont the pets be able to sleep in the house?

84- eighty-four
Translate into English
1. El podr venir maana.
2. Podras ir al cine el Sabado?
3. Ella no podr comer carne el viernes.
4. Nosotros podremos aprender mucho.
5. Ana no podr hacer muchas cosas.
6. Podra Arthur ser doctor?
7. Alice no podr escribir todas las palabras.
8. Los pajaros podrn volar a la cochera.
9. Los nios podrn jugar despus de hacer la tarea.
10. Nosotros podremos ir de compras el mircoles.
Read and translate: Watch__________, fry__________, be able
to__________, toast__________, fish__________, tell__________,
cook__________, boil__________, bake__________, add__________,
act__________,

Dictation
1. They will be able to go shopping.
2. The kids will be able to play soccer.
3. The cats will be able to sleep in the garage.
4. Mary wont be able to read all these words.
5. Will John be able to become a singer?
6. Charlie wont be able to learn a lot.
7. He wont be able to eat apples.
8. Will you be able to go to the beach on Sunday?
9. She will be able to come tomorrow morning.
10. John wont be able to write a lot.
Conversation
1. What is your name?
2. What is your last name?
3. How old are you?
4. When is your birthday?
5. What day is today?
6. Will you be able to come tomorrow?
7. When will you be able to read the next Lesson?
8. What time will you be able to wake up tomorrow?
9. Where were you yesterday?
10. Where will you be tomorrow?
85 eighty-five
Lesson 25
Against en cotra de
Eat/have supper. Cenar, merendar
Age edad

Ground meat carne molida

Agree on estar de acuerdo

He puts on his suit. El se pone su

Ahead adelante, derecho

traje

Air aire

Honey miel, (palabra para expresar

All todo, todos, todas

cario)

Allow permitir

I didnt go either yo tampoco fui

Almost casi

I like all kinds of candy me gustan

Along a lo largo

todos los tipos de dulces

Dad pap

I put on my hat me pongo mi gorro.

Delicious delicioso

Im afraid of John, of the water,

Friendly amistosamente

etc. le temo a Juan, al agua, etc.

Fruit fruta

Im afraid to come, to go, etc. tengo

Geese gansos

miedo de venir, ir, etc.

Get rich enriquecerse

Im in a hurry tengo prisa

Gold oro

Ice cream helado

Golden de oro, dorado

Invent inventar

Goose ganzo

Its about animals es acerca de

Grapefruit toronja

animales

Grate rallar (queso)

Juice jugo /yus/

Greenbeans ejotes

Key llave /ki/

Guava guayava

Last month el mes pasado

Hand mano

Last night anoche

Lettuce lechuga

Last week la semana pasada

Lime limn

Last year el ao pasado

Lobster langosta

Lay eggs poner huevos

Make hacer

Lemonade limonada

Parts partes

Main course platillo fuerte

Piece pedazo

Maple syrup miel de maple

Popcicle paleta de hielo

Mayonnaise mayonesa

Rooster gallo

Meatballs albondigas

Ship barco, embarcar

Milkshake malteada

The same el mismo, igual

Pancakes hotcakes

Teeny chiquitn

Started home dirigirse a casa


Syrup jarabe
Crackers galletas saladas
Dough masa (de maz, de trigo)

86 eighty-six
Presente perfect o antepresente, se utiliza para formar un tiempo,
usando los auxiliares Has-have (y significa haber).+ un verbo en pasado
participio que en espaol equivalen a los que terminan en _ado, _ido,_to, _so,
cho.
Affirmative
I have eaten yo he comido.

Affirmative with contraction


Ive eaten yo he comido.

You have gone t has ido.

Youve gone t has ido.

He has slept l ha dormido.

Hes slept l ha dormido.

She has studied ella ha estudiado.

Shes studied ella ha estudiado.

It has left se ha ido

Its left se ha ido

We have worked nosotros hemos

Weve worked nosotros hemos

trabajado

trabajado

They have laughed ellos han reido


Negative havent o hasnt
I have not eaten yo no he comido.

Theyve laughed ellos han reido


Interrogative
Have I eaten? yo he comido?

You have not gone t no has ido.

Have you gone? t has ido?

He has not slept l no ha dormido.

Has he slept? l ha dormido?

She has not studied ella no ha

Has she studied? ella ha

estudiado.

estudiado?

It has not left no se ha ido

Has it left? se ha ido?

We have not worked nosotros no hemos

Have we worked? nosotros

trabajado

hemos trabajado?

They have not laughed ellos no han reido

Have they laughed? ellos han

Interrogative Negative

reido?
Las terceras personas llevan hasn
t

Havent I visited? no he visitado?


Havent you walked? no has caminado?

Hasnt he eaten? no ha comido

Havent we talked? no hemos platicado?

l?

Havent they swum? no han nadado

Hasnt she gone? no se ha ido?

ellos?

Hasnt it slept? no ha dormido?

Respuesta corta: Yes, I have. No, I havent. Yes, she has. No, she hasnt. en
las respuestas cortas no se usan las contracciones en las afirmativas, solo en las
negativas.
Cuando el have se usa como tener es verbo simple y por lo tanto no se usan las
contracciones ni en afirmativo ni en negativo sino que tenemos que usar el auxiliar
do y does, dont y doesnt
I have to eat. Yo tengo que comer.
I dont have to eat.
He has to study. El tiene que estudiar.
He doesnt have to study.
She has a pen. Ella tiene una pluma.
She doesnt have a pen.
87 eighty-seven
Desde= Since y por = for se usan con el tiempo presente perfecto
Since se usa + fechas y for + duracin de tiempo.
How long have you been here? I have lived here since 2008.
How long have you lived in Mexico? We have lived in Mexico for 3 years.
Ya = already se usa con el presente perfecto o presente simple, en

preguntas y afirmaciones. Para algo que ya sucedi antes de este


momento.
I have already done my work. Ya hice mi trabajo. Ya he hecho mi trabajo.
What time is it? Its already nine oclock. Ya son las 9 en punto.
Have you already showered? Yes, Ive already showered.
Todava, an=still se usa en preguntas y afirmaciones en el continuo o
progresivo para algo que empez en el pasado y continua hasta el
momento.
Are you still working? Yes, I am still working.
Are you still working downtown?
Todavia no, ya, an = yet, not yet se usa en preguntas y negaciones; se
escribe al final de las oraciones. No ha sucedido antes de este
momento.
Have you studied yet? No, I havent studied yet
Have you visited him yet? Yes, I have already visited him.
Ya no= Any more, any longer se usa en preguntas negativas y
negaciones; se usan al final de la oracin.
Dont you work downtown any more?
No, I dont work downtown any longer.
No, I am not working downtown any more.
Complete the following exercise with: still, yet, any longer, any more, already,
since y for.
1. How long have they been there? They have lived here __________2008.
2. How long have we lived in Mexico? you have lived in Mexico ____ 3 years.
3. Have you ________done your job? Yes, I have_________ done my work.
4. What time is it? Its ___________ very late to go to the movies.
5. Have you __________ taken a bath? Yes, Ive ________ taken a bath.
6. Are you _________ studying? Yes, I am _________ studying.
7. Have you seen that movie __________? No, I havent seen it ______.
8. Have you called him ______? Yes, I have _________ called him.
9. Are you ______ living downtown? No, I dont live downtown _______.
10. Are you ______ walking? No, I am not walking ________.

88 eighty-eight
Translate the following sentences into Spanish.
1. I have been happy since I moved to a different house.
2. Shes had a dog in her uncles barn since she went out of town.
3. He started home at nine, its eleven and he is still walking.
4. Please, set the table, its time to eat.

5. It doesnt make any difference if the rooster sings; I get up anyways.


6. I dont go to the gym any longer. But I still do exercise.
7. A few men said good-bye to the lady when they went out.
8. I need hay for the cows, they are getting hungry.
9. There are many birds in the farm: a rooster, chickens, and hens.
10. There is a great deal of rain that I wont be able to go out.
Translate into English
1. Hay sufisiente leche para el desayuno? Si, si hay.
2. He vivido en la misma casa por 2 aos, y aun no me gusta.
3. Ella ha estudiado ingls desde el 2001 y ya sabe mucho.
4. Todava estas comiendo? No, ya termine.
5. El todava no desayuna, no te comas todo el pan.
6. Nosotros ya no vivimos en los EU, desde el 2009.
7. Ya estudiaste tu leccin de ingls para el dictado?
8. Vendrs maana en la maana a estudiar un ratito?
9. Yo no podr venir maana en la maana pero vendre en la tarde.
10. Podrs venir el sbado en la tarde. No no puedo.
Read and translate: Agree on__________, Eat/have supper__________,
Ground__________, put on__________, make__________,
ship__________, lay__________, start__________
Dictation
1. That dog is very selfish, he doesnt want any other animal in his bed.
2. He was listening to the radio when it started to rain.
3. What color is the book that you are reading?
4. All that water is cold, but the other over there is warm.
5. She was out of town last weekend. Thats why she didnt come.
6. As far as I know, it hasnt rained this year yet.
7. Thats all right if you didnt do your homework.
8. The place for animals is in the barn; where they eat is in the manger.
9. There was a little milk in the refrigerator for breakfast.
10. This is not a story book, it is the newspaper.

Conversation
1. What do you do?
2. Do you like to read?
3. Do you enjoy the movies?

89 eighty-nine

4. Are you still sick?


5. Have you gone to another city?
6. Have you studied your lesson yet?
7. Are you still writing your dictation?
8. Dont you like to eat out any more?
9. Wont you come on Saturdays anymore?
10. Wont you stay here any longer?
11. Whats the matter?
12. Does it make any difference if it rains?
13. Did you go out of town last week?
14. Will you go out of town next week?
15. Can you tell me your name, please?
16. Are you getting tired?
17. Is this conversation too long?
18. Do you want to stop talking?
19. Do you enjoy watching T.V.?
20.Do you want to continue writing?
21. Have you tried reading in English?
22.Did you start studying the next Lesson?
23.Dont you like to do exercise?
24.Do you want to learn English?
25.Have you decided where to eat out?
26.Can you spell water?
27.What month is it?

90 ninety

Lesson 26
Already ya

I feel like se me antoja

Also tambien

Pure puro

Although aunque

Research investigar

Ball pelota (baseball)

Rice arroz

Beautiful hermoso

Sauce salsa

Dream soar, sueo

Sausage salchicha

Dry secar

Scrambled eggs huevos revueltos

Fight pelear

Sense sentido

Not either tampoco

Serve servir

Oats ojuelas

Shrimp cocktail coctel de camaron

Of course por supuesto

Side order el acompaante

Oil aceite

Skill habilidad

Onion cebolla
Orange naranja

Soda refresco

Pasty empanada

Steak bistec

Dressing aderesos
Peach durazno
Peanut cacahuate
Pear pera
Peas chicharos
Peel pelar
Pepper chile
Pie pay
Pitcher bateadora, jarra
Plain natural
player jugador
Potato papa
Pour verter
prejudice prejuicios
professional profesional
Pudding budn
This/that is why por eso

Starter entrada (comida)


Stir batir
Sugar azcar
Tasty sabroso
Tea t
Team equipo (personas)
Terrific fabuloso
The day after tomorrow pasado maana
The day before yesterday antier
The people are working la gente esta
trabajando
There were going to be cakes iba a haber
pastels
To ask a question hacer una pregunta
To be about estar apunto de, tratar de
Toast pan tostado
Toffee caramelo
True verdadera, realidad
Tuna fish atn
Truth verdad
Get stuck/be stuck atorarse, estar atorado

91 ninety-one

Despus de los verbos know, show, teach y learn usamos how to s la palabra
que le sigue es un verbo. I will teach you how to ride a bike. Te enseare a
montar en bicicleta. I know how to cook. Yo se cocinar. He knows me. El me
conoce.
S V
how to V
Translate the following sentences into English.
1. Sabes nadar?
2. Yo no se nadar.
3. Sabes escribir con las dos manos?
4. El sabe leer desde que tena 4 aos.
5. Ella no sabe hablar en ingls.
6. Me enseas a cantar?
7. Yo te enseare a bailar.
8. El esta aprendiendo a cocinar.
9. Yo quiero saber como volar un avin.
10. El sabe trabajar con una computadora.
11. No supe como contestar las preguntas.

Complemento

Present perfect progressive or continuous: Empez en el pasado y continua


hasta el presente y quiza en el futuro.
Las contracciones son Ive, youve, hes, shes, its, weve, theyve
I have been working yo he estado trabajando.
You have been talking t has estado hablando.
He has been reading l ha estado leyendo.
She has been studying ella ha estado estudiando.
It has been flying ha estado volando.
We have been sitting nosotros hemos estado sentados.
They have been running ellos han estado corriendo.
Negative: have not, has not, havent o hasnt
I havent been working yo no he estado trabajando.
You havent been talking t no has estado hablando.
He hasnt been reading l no ha estado leyendo.
She hasnt been studying ella no ha estado estudiando.
It hasnt been flying no ha estado volando.
We havent been sitting nosotros no hemos estado sentados.
They havent been running ellos no han estado corriendo.

92 ninety-two
Interrogative
Have I been working? yo he estado trabajando?
Have you been talking? t has estado hablando?
Has he been reading? l ha estado leyendo?
Has she been studying? ella ha estado estudiando?
Has it been flying? ha estado volando?
Have we been sitting? nosotros hemos estado sentados?
Have they been running? ellos han estado corriendo?
Interrogative Negative
Havent I been working? yo no he estado trabajando?
Havent you been talking? t no has estado hablando?
Hasnt he been reading? l no ha estado leyendo?
Hasnt she been studying? ella no ha estado estudiando?
Hasnt it been flying? no ha estado volando?
Havent we been sitting? nosotros no hemos estado sentados?
Havent they been running? ellos no han estado corriendo?
Short answers: Yes, I have. No, I havent. Yes, he has. No, he hasnt.
en las respuestas cortas no se usan las contracciones en afirmativo.
Fijate que la contraccon del is y has es igual pero el verbo que sigue te
indica el tiempo de la oracion. hes eaten.
El ha comido. Hes =he has
Hes painting. El esta pintando Hes= he is
Practice reading the following sentences and translate.
1. Have you been waiting in line for a long time?
2. Yes, I have. I have been waiting for more than an hour.
3. Has it been snowing for a long time?
4. Yes, it has. It has been snowing since early this morning.
5. Has your son been taking music lessons for a long time?
6. Yes, he has. He has been taking lessons since he was five.
7. Have you been working here for a long time?
8. No, I havent. Ive been working here for only a week.
9. Has your car been making strange noises for a long time?
10. Yes, it has. It`s been making these noises all week.

93 ninety-three
Translate into English.
1. Ese animal va a cerrar sus ojos otra vez.
2. El pasto se ve verde, pero esta caf.
3. El maestro dijo sal de aqu, y vete a tu casa.
4. Mientras el estaba parado, el perro estaba acostado.
5. Mientras el zorro se comia el pastel del plato, la cigea tomaba caf.
6. El vaso esta muy largo y estrecho para la torguga.
7. El tazon no esta poco profundo.
8. El platito de la taza del caf tiene una cuchara sobre el.
9. Ella esta tan enojada con ese conejo que quiere matarlo con un cuchillo.
10. La carrera empezara en ese rbol de pino.
Read and translate: Dry__________, Feel__________,
Dream__________, Scramble__________, Stir__________,
Fight__________, Peel__________, Pour__________,
Research__________, Serve__________, ask__________
Dictation
1. Have they been studying French for a long time?
2. Yes, they have. They have been studying for six years.
3. Have we been running for a long time?
4. Yes, we have. We have been running since six a.m.
5. Have you been wearing them all week?
6. No, I havent. I have been wearing them for only a few hours.
7. Have you been studying for a long time? Yes, I have.
8. I have been studying all morning.
9. Have you been playing for a long time?
10. No, I havent. I have been playing for a few months.
Conversation
1. What did you eat for breakfast?
2. What did you do yesterday?
3. Have you gone to England?
4. What have you cooked for dinner?
5. What is your brothers name?
6. What is your favorite movie?
7. What is your favorite book?
8. What is your favorite drink?

9. What is your favorite restaurant?


10. How do you spell movie?
11. What day is today?
94 ninety-four

Lesson 27
Address direccin,

Carefully cuidadosamente

dirigirse a (alguien)

College nivel universitario

Care cuidar,

Private school escuela privada, colgio

importar

Eat/have a snack. Comer una colacin, gusguera

Carry cargar

Eat/have breakfast. Desayunar.

Case caso

Eat/have dinner. Comer (La comida)

Cattle ganado

Eat/have lunch. Almorzar

Cause causa

Get, be sleepy. Darle a uno sueo

Cells clulas

Get, be thirsty, hungry, etc. Darle a uno sed,

Center, centre

hambre,

centro

In fact de hecho

Cents centavos

Mud lodo

Century siglo

Muddy lodoso

Certain cierto

People personas

Chance oportunidad

Person persona

Chart tabla de

Shake sacudirse

datos

Stay quedarse, permanecer

Check cheque,

Vanilla vainilla

revisar

Vegetables verduras

Chief jefe

Waffles panecillos con cuadritos

Choose escoger

Wet mojado

Church iglesia

What happened to John? Que pas con Juan?

Circle circulo

What kind of candy do you like? Que tipo de

Clear claro, aclarar

dulces les gusta?

Climb escalar

What were you doing? que estabas haciendo?

Clothes ropa

Whats it about? de que se trata?

Cloud nube

Whats the book about? De que se trata el

Coast costa

libro?

Column columna

Whats the matter with John? Que le pasa a

Common comn

Juan?

Company compaa

When is your birthday? Cuando es tu cumpleaos

Compare compara

When is your saints day? cuando es tu santo?

Date fecha, andar

Could you please give me the book? Por favor

de novios

me das el libro?

Glad contento

Wine vino

Kidding bromeando

What is the dog like? Como es el perro?

At once enseguida,

The dog is black, big and friendly. El perro es

inmediatamente

negro, grande y amistoso.

Sink hundirse
95 ninety-five
Tan como as as se usan con un adjetivo en medio * el auxiliar al final
es opcional. Like tambien significa como: My sister is tall like me. What is
she like?
As tall as tan alto como

She is as tall as her mother is.

As much as tanto como

He has as much water as his father does.

As much money as tanto dinero como--I have as much money as my friends


do.
As many as tantos como

We have as many pencils as my cousin does.

As many pens as tantas plumas como--They have as many pens as I do.


Translate into English
1. Mi hermana es tan alta como yo.
2. El tiene tanto dinero como ella.
3. Nosotros tenemos tantos libros como ellos.
4. El perro es tan grande como el gato.
5. Ellos son tan bonitos como ellas.
6. Esas mesas son tan altas como las otras.
7. Esas sillas son tan comodas como las otras.
8. Esos libros son tan grandes como los otros libros.
9. Ese lpiz esta tan chiquito como aquella pluma.
10. Esta ventana es tan sucia como aquella ventana.
Past perfect o antepretrito.: Had + verbo en pasado participio:-ado,
-ido, -to,-so,-cho.
Affirmative without contraction
I had written yo haba escrito.

+ with contraction
Id written.

You had visited t habas visitado.

Youd visited

He had talked l haba hablado.

Hed talked

She had walked ella haba caminado.

Shed walked

It had slept haba dormido.

Itd slept

We had asked nosotros habamos preguntado.

Wed asked

They had answered ellos haban contestado.

Theyd answered

I hadnt written yo no haba escrito.

Had I written?

You hadnt visited t no habas visitado.

Had you visited?

He hadnt talked l no haba hablado.

Had he talked?

She hadnt walked ella no haba caminado.

Had she walked?

It hadnt slept no haba dormido.

Had it slept?

We hadnt asked nosotros no habamos

Had we asked?

preguntado.

Had they

They hadnt answered ellos no haban

answered?

contestado.
Short answers: yes, I had. No, I hadnt... el afirmativo no lleva contraccin
96 ninety-six
Aprende el par de cada una de las siguientes palabras.
Both = ambos and = y
Either = cualquiera or = o
Not Only= no solamente but also = pero tambien
Neither ninguno nor= tampoco
Not + either = tampoco
I visited both where you work and where you live.
Either Ana or Liz is driving.
He did not only do his homework but he also turned it in on time.
She likes neither classical music nor rock music.
I didnt go to school today, he didnt go either.
Translate into Spanish
1. I need to buy a bottle of milk from the store.
2. He bought a can of beans at the store yesterday.
3. She wants a jar of pickles for the hamburguers.
4. We are going to buy a liter of cream before we eat lunch.
5. They are buying a loaf of bread for the sandwiches.
6. Mr. Johnson will need a pound of tortillas for dinner.
7. Add a pinch of salt to the eggs when they are getting fried.
8. They want a bar of butter for the pan cakes.
9. I want all kinds of appetizers for the party.
10. Ask him at once for the chips before he eats them all.
Translate into English
1. Necesito harina para hacer un pastel.
2. Ella no sabe como cocinar huevos cocidos.
3. Quieres agua natural o refresco?

4. Quiero comprar una botella de leche, por favor


5. Ella necesita un poquito de sal.
6. La Sra. Smith ha hecho muchos pasteles.
7. El Sr. Jackson haba caminado muy lejos para comprar la leche.
8. Los nios les gustan toda clase de animales.
9. El gallo haba despertado a las nias, cuando estaban en la granja.
10. Sus gallinas estn tan bonitas como sus pollos.

97 ninety-seven

Read and translate: Kid__________, Climb__________,


Happen__________, Wet__________, Stay__________,
Shake__________, Clear__________, Check__________,
Carry__________, Get__________, Care__________,
Address__________
Dictation
1. The athletic man eats lots of beans and beef.
2. She likes cheeseburgers with bacon but no pickles.
3. Could you please buy some avocados from the store?
4. I dont know how to bake cakes.
5. This land is where they plant carrots and cucumbers.
6. Elks and bears are not farm animals.
7. I like to eat chicken with chips and a cold beverage.
8. That is a famous fish; its name is nemo, it is very brave.
9. Dont tell me that you dont like French toast or fried eggs.
10. Help me chop the eggplant and I will cook the eggs.
Conversation
1. Whats your phone number?
2. Do you like boiled eggs?
3. Do you prefer French fries or chips?
4. Do you like to drink flavored water or fresh water?
5. Do you like to eat cheese with your food?
6. Do you like cinnamon bread?
7. Is this the best book that you have read?
8. Have you eaten a crispy dessert?

9. Can you find another excellent book?


10. Have you already eaten shrimp cocktail?
11. Does the farmer work in a farm?
12. Had you done this exercise before?
13. Have you eaten hot dogs in the street?
14. Have you eaten hamburgers in a restaurant?
15. Has your father invited you an ice-cream?
16. Has your mother bought you a Popsicle?
17. How do you spell your street name?

98 ninety-eight
Lesson 28
A Little bit poquito
Alike parecido
Among entre (muchos)
Amount cantidad
Angle angulo
Anything algo
Appear aparecer
Area area
Arm brazo, armar
Army armada
Arrive llegar
Art arte
Away lejos
Baby bebe
Back espalda, atras
Bank banco
Base base
Behind atrs, pompas
Believe creer
Bell campana
Belong to pertenecer
Below abajo
Beside a un lado
Besides adems de
Between entre dos
Bit mordi

Board tabla, pizzarrn


Boat bote, lancha
Body cuerpo
Bones huesos
Born nacer
Borrow pedir prestado
Bottom parte de abajo
Box caja
Branch rama
Bright brilloso
Build construir
Building edificio
Burn quemar
Business negocio
Call llamar
Captain capitn
Different from diferente de
Hate odiar
Hug abrazar
Just a little bit solo un poquito
Like como
Lock cerrar
Neighbor vecina/o
Pick out escoger

Bite morder
Block cuadra
Blood sangre

Ring up tocar (campana/timbre)

Blow soplar

Similar similar
Similar to similar a

Sail away navegar


Same igual

Date fecha, salir con alguien

The same as el mismo que/a


Diference diferencia

99 ninety-nine

Would terminacin ra del siguiente verbo.


Conditional Pospretrito + forma base del verbo
Affirmative
Contraction
I would go= yo ira
Id study
You would come = t vendras

Youd run

He would study= l estudiara

Hed sing

She would read= ella leera

Shed eat

It would fly = volara

Itd swim

We would talk = nosotros hablaramos

Wed pass

They would run = Ellos correran


Interrogative
Would I go?

Theyd work
Negative question
Wouldnt I go?

Would you study?

Wouldn t you study?

Would he eat?

Wouldnt he eat?

Would she run?

Wouldnt she run?

Would it sleep?

Wouldnt it sleep?

Would we sit?

Wouldnt we sit?

Would they forget?

Wouldnt they forget?

Negative
I would not go= yo no ira

Negative with contraction


I wouldnt go= yo no ira

You would not come = t no vendras

You wouldnt come = t no

He would not study= l no estudiara

vendras

She would not read= ella no leera

He wouldnt study= l no

It would not fly =no volara

estudiara

We would not talk = nosotros no

She wouldnt read= ella no leera

hablaramos

It wouldnt fly = no volara

They would not run = Ellos no

We wouldnt talk = nos. no

correran

hablaramos

They wouldnt run = no correran


Short answers: yes, I would. No, I wouldnt. en las respuestas cortas no se
usan las contracciones en las afirmativas, solo en las negativas.
Fijese que la contraccin del afirmativo se parece a la contraccin del had
del pasado perfecto en afirmativo:
Id go. = I would go. Yo ira. Condicional.
Id gone. = I had gone. Yo haba ido. Pasado perfecto.

100 one-hundred
El auxiliar would se usa para expresar condiciones, S la condicin esta en el
presente en la frase que le sigue se expresa en futuro. If I have time, Ill go
with you.- Ill go with you if I have time. Si tengo tiempo, ire contigo.
S la condicin esta en pasado la frase que le sigue se expresa con el auxiliar
would.
If I had time, I would go with you. = I would go with you if I had time.
S tubiera tiempo, iria contigo.
If it rained, I would not go out. Si llovier, yo no saldra.
She would buy a car if she had money. Ella comprara un carro si tuvier dinero.
Complete el siguiente ejercicio con el auxiliary necesario + el verbo.
1. The boy ______________________________ (to eat)
2. my mom ___________________________ (to talk)
3. The boys _____________________________ (to run)

presente
pasado
presente
continuo

4. my sisters __________________________ (to eat)


5. He _____________________________ (to sleep)
6. my brothers ________________________ (to run)

futuro con
going
future will
present
perfect

7. We ______________________________ (to rest)


8. the boy ___________________________ (to study)
9. They _______________________________ (to come)
10. I _______________________________ (to come)

past perfect
condicional
can
could

101 one oh one one-hundred and one


11. I ______________________________ (to dance) presente con el verbo
like
12. we ______________________________ (to go)
futuro de can
13. She _____________________________ (to talk)
pasado
continuo
14. They ________________________________ (to do) pasado con going

Change them into negative.


1. Id like to run.
2. Marys speaking.
3. Hed wanted to stay.
4. John was here.
5. Shes been running.
6. The boys were there.
7. Well be studying.
8. Ana can be here tomorrow.
9. Theyre sleeping.
10. Luis could be there on Monday.
11. Alice does a lot of work.
12. The girls cook dinner.

102 one hundred and two


Translate into English:
1. Esta parte a lo largo de la mesa es de oro.

2. El Sr. Milton se pone su traje usando las dos manos y su sombrero con una
sola.
3. Este libro es de animales.
4. El bebe le tiene miedo al agua, pero no al aire.
5. La sra. Jenny Lopez sabe arreglar cosas de oro.
6. Los gansos tienen prisa de volar al sur.
7. Sabes hacer zapatos de color oro?
8. A el le encanta freir su comida.
9. Todos los nios estn de acuerdo en caminar derecho.
10. El lago se congelo y el barco se atoro.
Read and translate: appear__________, arm__________,
arrive__________, believe__________, belong__________,
bite__________, blow__________, build__________, hate__________,
lock__________, sail__________,
Dictation:
1. My friendly goose laid a golden egg.
2. My favorite fruits are guava and grapefruit.
3. I got rich by selling delicious pan cakes.
4. My dad invented a honey ice cream last week.
5. She likes to drink lemonade at noon and juice for breakfast.
6. John would like to eat melon with lime juice on the top.
7. Mary had lobster for the main course.
8. John doesnt like meatballs nor greenbeans.
9. Could you pass me the maple syrup, please?
10. I am afraid, Robert didnt go to the ranch last year either.
Conversation:
1. Did you like the story about Stockholm?
2. Do you like milkshakes?
3. What can you fix with grated lettuce, ground meat and mayonnaise?
4. Have you ever had chickens that lay eggs?
5. What month was last month?
6. What do people eat on April Fridays?
7. Have you ever eaten raw fish?
8. What is your favorite time of year?
9. Have you ever gone fishing?
10. Has your friend gone to your house?
11. Would you like to read the next Lesson?
12. What is your address? How do you spell it?
103 one hundred and three
Lesson 29
Act actuar
I have one left Me queda uno

Actor Actor

Jobs, trabajos, empleos

Amount cantidad

Junior es el estudinate de grado

Assemble armar, montar

11

Avoid evitar

Keep on proseguir

Blast off despegar

Landloard propietario

Bookkeeper bibliotecaria

Learn aprender

I Cant stand no puedo soportarlo

Less menos

Complete completar

Letter carta, letra

Compound compuestas

Little poco

Conditions condiciones

Magic magia, magico

Consider considerar

Mission mision

Consonant consonante

Moon luna

Contain contener

Mouse ratn

Continue continuar

Mysterious misterioso

Control controlar

Numbers numeros

Decide decidir

Oxygen tank tanque de oxigeno

Enjoy disfrutar

Plus + ms

Every cada

Practice practicar

Exhausted cansado

Quit renunciar

Extremely extremadamente

Run out of (water, gas) acabarse

Few pocos

Several varios

Fewer menos

Single solo, soltero

Free liberar, gratis

Spell embrujo, deletrear,

Freshman estudiante de primer

predecir

ingreso a la prepa grado 9

Step dar pasos

Future futuro

Stone piedra

Give dar giving dando

Strange raro

Senior citizen es un adulto mayor

Think about pensar en

Senior, estudiante del ultimo ao de

Various varios

prepa grado 12

Whisk off trasladar

Walk on tiptoe andar de puntitas

To be willing estar dispuesto

I mean quiero decir

Will testamento

Clown payaso

Turnover empanada

Appetizer aperitivo

104 one hundred and four


Comparacin de los adjetivos de una o dos silabas = se les agrega er y la
palabra than para indicar mas que.
La regla es agregar er s el
Estos adjetivos son irregulares
adjetivo termina en e solo agrega

Good bueno Better than mejor que

la r. s el adjetivo tiene una sola

Well bien

better than mejor que

silaba, termina en consonante y

Bad malo

worse than peor que

tiene una vocal antes se le duplica

Far lejos

farther than mas lejos que

la consonante final. S el adjetivo

A lot mucho more than mas que

termina en y se le cambia a i.

Much mucho more than mas que

Blue Bluer than ms azul que

Many muchos more than mas que

Big

Little poco less than menos que

Bigger than ms grande que

Easy Easier than ms facil que

Few

pocos less than menos que

Little littler than ms chiquito que


This room is bigger than the garaje. The first lesson is more important than the
second lesson.
Para los adjetivos de mas de dos silabas se les agrega el more en lugar de er.
Comfortable --- more comfortable than
Superlativo de los adjetivos de una o dos silabas = se les agrega el articulo the
_est para indicar lo ms.
La regla es agregar est si el

Estos adjetivos son irregulares

adjetivo termina en e solo agraga la Good

the best el mejor

st, s el adjetivo tiene una sola

Well

the best el mejor

silaba, termina en consonante y

Bad

the worst el peor

tiene una vocal antes se le duplica

Far

the farthest el mas lejos

la consonante final. S el adjetivo

A lot

the most el que ms

termina en y se le cambia a i.

Much

the most el que ms

Blue The bluest el ms azul

Many

the most el que ms

Big

Little

the least el que menos

Few

the least el que menos

The biggest el ms grande

Easy The easiest el ms facil

Little The littlest el ms chiquito


These brown chairs are the tallest of all the chairs in this room.
This is the most difficult lesson in the whole book.
A los adjetivos de ms de dos silabas se les agrega la palabra most en lugar de -est.
Beautiful the most beautiful
Para los adjetivos que ya tienen otra terminacin como ly = mente, se les

agrega more y most en lugar de er, est:


happily --- more happily than ---- the most happily
Las palabras terminadas en ly son adverbios excepto early = temprano.
I am slow = yo soy lenta. El adjetivo slow califica a la persona (al sujeto)
I work slowly= yo trabajo lentamente. Slowly califica como trabajo. (al verbo)

Adjectives
the + adjetivo
Annoying
Athletic
Black
Blonde
Cold
Curly
Dangerous
Dark
Difficult
Dry
Expensive
Fat
Fun
Funny
Generous
Green
Gray
Helpful
Hot
Important
Interesting
Kind
Long
Old
Patient
Pink
Popular
Purple
Red
Short
Shy
Small

105 one hundred and five


Comparative: Adj. + than Superlatives:
-er o more
more annoying than
more athletic than
blacker than
blonder than
colder than
curlier than
more dangerous than
darker than
more difficult than
drier than
more expensive than
fatter than
more fun than
funnier than
more generous than
greener than
grayer than
more helpful than
hotter than
more important than
more interesting than
kinder than
longer than
older than
more patient than
pinker than
more popular than
more purple than
redder than
shorter than
shier than
smaller than

-est o most
the most annoying
the most athletic
the blackest
the blondest
the coldest
the curliest
the most dangerous
the darkest
the most difficult
the driest
the most expensive
the fattest
the most fun
the funniest
the most generous
the greenest
the grayest
the most helpful
the hottest
the most important
the most interesting
the kindest
the longest
the oldest
the most patient
the pinkest
the most popular
the most purple
the reddest
the shortest
the shiest
the smallest

Smart
Straight
Strict
Tall
Thin
Thoughtful
White
Young

smarter than
the smartest
straighter than
the straightest
stricter than
the strictest
taller than
the tallest
thinner than
the thinnest
more thoughtful than
the most thoughtful
whiter than
the whitest
younger than
the youngest
106 one hundred and six
Algunos adjetivos se pueden usar con er/more o est/most
Clever
Narrow
Polite

cleverer than
narrower/more narrow
more polite

the most clever/the cleverest


the most narrow/the narrowest
the most polite/the politest

Complete con la forma correcta de los adjetivos:


1. My book is the _____________ of all the books. (big)
2. Your notebook is _____________ than mine. (small)
3. This chair is the ________________ of all the chairs. (comfortable)
4. That sofa is __________________ than the table. (expensive)
5. This pen is ____________ than the other one. (good)
6. That movie is the ____________ I have seen. (bad)
7. The last lesson is the ________________ of all the lessons.(long)
8. The fifth book is the ______________ interesting. (little)
9. My fan is _________________ than the other fan. (fast)
10. The party is ________________ than the movie. (interesting)
Should/ought to = debera. Se usa para dar consejos should + la forma base
del verbo
I should study more

I shouldnt eat more

You should drink 8 glasses of water. You shouldnt drink too much alcohol.
He should sleep 8 hours a day.

He shouldnt sleep less than 8 hours

She should always exercise.

She shouldnt exercise after eating.

It should run outside.

It shouldnt run at night.

We should wash our hands before

We shouldnt eat with dirty hands.

eating

They shouldnt take their medicine

They should take their medicine.

without seeing a doctor.

What should I do for dinner? You should cook your favorite meal.
Short answers: Yes, you should. No, you shouldnt.
I ought to go to sleep early = I should go to sleep early.

107 one hundred and seven


Interrogative
Should I study more?

Interrogative Negative
Shouldnt I eat more?

Should you drink 8 glasses of

Shouldnt you drink too much

water?

alcohol?

Should he sleep 8 hours a day?

Shouldnt he sleep less than 8

Should she always exercise?

hours?

Should it run outside?

Shouldnt she exercise after

Should we wash our hands before

eating?

eating?

Shouldnt it run at night?

Should they take their medicine?

Shouldnt we eat with dirty hands?


Shouldnt they take their medicine
without seeing a doctor?

Translate into Spanish.


1. The people are also working the day after tomorrow.
2. There were going to be cakes at the birthday party.
3. Of course plain steak is not better than plain shrimp.
4. Those green peppers go with the sausage and the red sauce.
5. Fry the rice and onions with a little bit of oil only.
6. I should cook roast beef for dinner next Saturday.
7. Could I have peaches, oranges and pears as a side order?
8. The day before yesterday, she had already researched the work.
9. Would you like some sugar with your tea?
10. Do you want me to serve you some potatoes or peas?

Sol

one

solo

Uni

one

unique

Mono one

monologue

Bi

two

bicycle

Du

duet

Tri

three

triple

Quad four

quadruplets

Penta five

pentagon

Oct

octopus

Dec

ten

decade

Cent hundred

century

Mil

thousand

millimeter

Semi half

semifinal

du
eight

108 one hundred and eight


Translate into English
1. Te gusta jugar base-ball con tus amigos?
2. Alguna vez has jugado para un equipo profesional?
3. Habas comido tu desayuno ntes de ir a la escuela?
4. Me gustara comerme una empanada de carne con chile.
5. Tienes prejuicios contra los afro-americanos
6. Te gusta comer cacahuates o chicharos fritos?
7. El dictado esta ms fcil que la conversacin.
8. El ejercicio de traducir al ingles esta mas difcil que todos los demas.
9. Te gusta jugar beisbol? No, no me gusta.
10. Conoces a alguien afro-americano?
Read and translate: act__________, assemble__________,
avoid__________, blast off__________, complete__________,
consider__________, contain__________,
Dictation
1. Samy and Johny like to eat chocolate pudding for a snack.
2. I feel like eating a pistachio ice-cream.
3. Should I bring the soda or the plate for the party?
4. Do you want to eat toast and sausage for lunch?
5. I am about to pour the milk onto the oats.
6. Mary asked her friend if she wanted a apettizer before dinner.
7. I like peeled potatoes with my peas.
8. Although those flowers are beautiful, I dont want them in the house.
9. Mary didnt go to the movies, Johny didnt go to the movies either.
10. Marcy is stiring the eggs for breakfast, but she doesnt like plain eggs;
She wants something on the side with them.
Conversation
1. Did you eat breakfast today?
2. Do you like scrambled eggs?

3. Have you ever eaten a tuna fish pie?


4. Do you enjoy watching TV?
5. Do you think toffee is tasty?
6. Do you like peas?
7. What is your favorite fruit?
8. Have you ever tried green eggs and ham?
9. Would you like something to drink?
10. How do you spell white?
11. What time is it, please?
109 one hundred and nine

Lesson 30
Bodies cuerpos /badis/

Adequate adecuado, apto

Copy copiar

Assembly ensamblar

Corn elote

Assured seguro

Corner esquina

Difficult difcil

Correct corregir

Direct directo

Cost costar

Direction direccin

Cotton algodn

Discover descubrir

Count contar

Distance distancia

Course curso

Divide dividir

Cover cubrir, costo

Division divisin

Create crear

Doctor doctor

Crops plantios

Dollars dlares

Cross cruz

Down abajo

Crowd multitud

Draw dibujar

Cry llorar

Drive conducir

Current actual

Drop tirar

Dance bailar

During durante

Dark oscuro

Ears orejas

Dead muerto /ded/

Earth tierra

Death muerte /deth/

Escape escapar /eskeip/

Decide decidir

Fear temor /fier/

Deep profundo

Giant gigante /yaient/

Describe describir

Influential influyente

Desert desierto

Just solo, justo, acaba de suceder /yast/

Design disear

Life vida /laif/

Details detalles

Lives vidas /laivz/

Determine determinar

Mistake error /misteik/

Develop desarrollar

Monster moustro /manster/

Dictionary diccionario

There are three left. Quedan tres.

Loan prestamo

There was going to be time. Iba a haber


tiempo
Theres one left Queda uno.

110 one hundred and ten

Auxiliares o Modales
Must = debe; se usa para indicar obligacin y suposiciones, prediccin y por lo
regular no se usa en pregunta.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

I must drink water. Tengo que tomar agua.


Do you have to wear uniform? Tienes que llevar uniforme?
Yes, I must wear uniform. Si, tengo ue usar uniforme.
She must have been sick. Ella debe haber estado enferma.
Sam must have not been hungry. Sam no ha de tener hambre.
He must be thirsty. El debe tener sed.

May = puede; se usa para posibilidad 50 % y para pedir permiso con I/we
solamente
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

He may be sick. El puede estar enfermo.


You may drink soda. Puedes tomar refresco.
It may rain today. Puede que llueva hoy.
May I come in? puedo entrar?
Sam may not be hungry. Puede que Sam no tenga hambre.
May I drink some water? Puedo tomar agua?

Might = puede que; se usa para expresar 50 % de posibilidad


1. Sam might not be hungry. Puede que Sam no tenga hambre.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Mike might be sleepy. Puede que Mike tenga sueo.


He might come later tonight. Puede que venga ms tarde en la noche.
Robert might not be thirsty. Puede que Roberto no tenga sed.
Ana might not have been scared. Puede que Ana no se haya asustado.
Luis might be kidding. Puede que Luis este bromeando.

111 one hundred and eleven

Could = puede que; en positive 50 % de posibilidad


1. She could study. Ella podra estudiar.
2. Roy could be sick, he is not in class. Roy puede estar enfermo, no esta en
clase.
Could not = puede que no; en negative 99% de posibilidad
3. Sammy couldnt be hungry. I just saw him ate a big hamburger. Sammy no
puede tener hambre. Yo acabo de ver comerse una gran hamburguesa.
Could tambien se usa para pedir favores
4. Could you turn on the fan please? puedes encender el ventilador por favor?
5. Could you open the door please? puedes abrir la puerta por favor?
Maybe/perhaps = quiz, puede que; son adverbios que se usan al principio de la
frase para indicar 50 % Posibilidad.
1. Maybe it will rain tomorrow. Quiza llueva maana.
2. Perhaps it will rain tomorrow. I am not sure! Talvez llueva maana. No
estoy segura.
Translate into Spanish
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

I must drink water because I am very thirsty.


Do you have to wear uniform? Yes, I must wear uniform.
She must have been sick because she hadnt come to school.
Sam must have not been hungry because he didnt eat a bite.
He must not be thirsty because he drank all the water a little ago.
He may be sick, he looks weak.

7. You may drink soda after your meal.


8. It may rain today, the sky looks very cloudy.
9. May I come in? Yes, you may.
10. Sam may not be hungry, because I saw him eating chips.

112 one hundred and twelve

Translate into English


1. Puedes prender la computadora? Si ahorita lo hago.
2. Puedes abrir la ventana? No puedo, no tengo la llave.
3. Puedo salir a la tienda? Si claro.
4. Puede que llueva hoy en la tarde esta muy nublado.
5. No se si Sam va a venir puede que este enfermo.
6. Puede que no haya clases para los nios el 10 de mayo.
7. Ayer no hubo clases para las primarias.
8. Debe estar haciendo mucho calor porque las plantas se estn secando.
9. Debo hacer mi tarea para el lunes en la maana.
10. Los nios tienen que usar uniforme para la escuela todos los das.
Read and translate: enjoy__________, free__________, give__________,
keep__________, learn__________, quit__________, run
out__________, spell__________, think__________,
correct__________, cost__________, cover__________,
create__________, cross__________, cry__________,
dance__________, decide__________, describe__________,
design__________, develop__________, draw__________,
divide__________, drive__________,
Dictation
1. May I drink some water? Not now, until after the exam.
2. Sam might not be hungry. He had a big breakfast.
3. Mike might be sleepy, because we were studying late last night.
4. He might come later tonight; he has a book to pick up.
5. Robert might not be thirsty, I saw him drinking a large glass of water.
6. Ana might have been scared, because she left the movie theater.
7. Luis might be kidding about quitting his job.
8. She could study if she wanted to.
9. Roy could be sick; he is not in class today.
10. Sammy couldnt be hungry; he just ate a big piece of cake.

Conversation
1. Could you turn on the fan please?
2. Could you open the door please?
3. Could you please tell me the time?
4. Do you have to work tomorrow?
5. Are your books in your backpack?
6. Do you like to eat vegetables?
7. What century are we living in?
8. Have you ever had cattle?
9. What year is it?
10. Can you spell your address?
113 one hundred and thirteen
Lesson 31
Adapted adaptado
Bold audaz
Adventurous aventurado

Brave valiente

All over the world por todo el

Explain explicar

mundo

Explorer explorador

Authoritative autoritario

Express expresar

Border frontera

Fear temor

Chase perseguir

God Dios

Crew personal, empleados

Hardy robusto, resistente

East este

Huge enorme

Edge orilla

ID identificacin

Effect efecto

Intense exaltado, intenso

Either cualquiera de los dos

Kingdom reino

Element elemento

Leagues ligas

Else ms, ademas

Like crazy como loco

End fin, final

Lives vidas

Energy energa

Lost perdido

Engine maquina

Ocean oceano

Entire entero

Overseas en el extrajero

Equal igual

Prisoners prisioneros

Equation ecuacin

Professor profesor

Especially especialmente

Researcher investigador

Even aun, uniforme, igual,

Rest resto

empatados

Sea mar

Exactly exactamente

Search investigar

Example ejemplo

Sunken hundido

Except excepto

Together juntos

Exciting emocionante

Travel viajar

Exercise ejercicio

Treasure Tesoro

Expect esperar

Trip viaje

Experiment experimento

Tunnel tunel

Innocent inocente

Underwater bajo el agua

Inquisitive curioso

Weather clima

Bald calvo

114 one hundred and fourteen

Comparativo y superlativo de inferioridad para decir menos o lo menos se


agregan las palabras less than y the least a los adjetivos.
Less cold than menos frio que
less difficult than menos dificil que
The least cold el menos frio

the least difficult el menos dificil

Read and translate the following exercise.


1. The blue books are the thickest ones in school.
2. The Disney books are the thinnest ones of all.
3. The English dictionary is less thick than the Spanish book.
4. The French dictionary is the least thick of all the dictionaries.
5. The front garden is as big as the middle garden.
6. The back yard is the biggest one of all.
7. Your pencil is like my pencil, they are both yellow
8. Your chair and my chair are the same.
9. Our books are alike, and his book is similar to hers.
10. Your notebook and my notebook are similar.
Los pronombres objetivos se usan despus de los verbos aunque en espaol a
veces se usan al principio
Me me, le
I like him me gusta l

I love him yo lo amo

You te, le, les

He kisses me l me besa

He likes me le gusto a l

Him lo, le

She likes it le gusta a ella

She hugs it ella lo abraza

Her la, le

We like her nos gusta ella

We gave her nosotros le

It lo, la, le

They like us les gustamos

dimos

Us nos, les

You like them a ti te gustan

They told us ellos nos

Them - les, las

It likes you le gustas

dijeron
You saw them ustedes los
vieron
It bit you te mordi

A veces los pronombres objetivos se traducen como los pronombres personales.


I like her. Me gusta ella. En lugar de me gusta la.

115 one hundred and fifteen


El uso de los pronombres objetivos con verbos compuestos, los
pronombres se colocan entre el verbo y la preposicin, en cambio los
sustantivos pueden colocarse antes o despus de la preposicin. girl=
sustantivo, her=pronombre, get=verbo, up=preposicin
Hay verbos que por lo regular no se pueden separar: look for
I wake the girl up. I wake up the girl. I wake her up.
I pick the children up. I pick up the children. I pick them up.
He wakes the boy up. He wakes up the boy. He wakes him up.
She gets the dog up. She gets up the dog. She gets it up.
Translate into English
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

El nio recoge la pelota para jugar en el parque.


El bebe despierta a la mama porque tiene hambre.
El capitn escoge las ramas para arreglar el barco.
El hombre de negocios busca la caja negra.
El seor toca la campana para llamar a la gente
Los nios se quitan los zapatos antes de irse a dormir
Los estudiantes se ponen sus uniformes para ir a la escuela.
La maestra escoge una pluma roja para revisar la tarea.

9. El perro busca sus huesos para esconderlos en el jardn.


10. El bote es ms pequeo que el barco que esta navegando.
To say = decir y to tell = narrar o contar, hay algunas diferencias en la
estructura de las frases.
Despus de tell debe ir una persona, o nombre personal.
Despus de say puede ir punto, coma, signo de pregunta, preposicin to,
conjuncin that, o una frase.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

He said to me How are you?


He told me How old are you?
She said, How are you doing?
She told John, What are you doing?
We say that we cant go.
He said good bye to her.

116 one hundred and sixteen


Verbos convertidos en sustantivos al agregar or, er
Write escribir
writer escritor,
play jugar player jugador
Read leer
reader lector
sing cantar singer cantante
Hay algunos sustantivos irregulares que cambian de genero
Wait esperar
Waiter mesero
Waitress mesera
Act actuar

Actor actor

Actress actriz

Change them into negative.


1. The car was among many trucks in the street.
2. The amount of milk that we have is enough for the cake.
3. I believe that his arms are longer than most people.
4. Can I borrow some sugar please?
5. The army building would be behind the park if they build it there.
6. There is a cat beside the dog; they are friends.
7. This bright block must be in Las Vegas.
8. The builder will be building the bottom of the building first.
9. My daughters have had different types of hair.
10. Besides eating meat Id like to eat shrimp.

Translate into Spanish


1. John said to her How are you?
2. Mary told you what are you doing?
3. Ana said, How old are you?
4. Rosy told Robert, How are you getting home?
5. Robert and John say that they cant come.
6. Ricky said good bye to Alice.
7. The children wake the girl up in the morning.
8. The parents pick the children up after school.
9. The rooster wakes the boy up at six a.m.
10. Mary gets the dog up to go for a walk in the park.
Translate into English
1. La maestro de arte dijo que trajeramos una figura con tres angulos.
2. La seora dice que el banco esta entre la oficina y la tienda.
3. Mi sobrina me dijo que el perrito negro la mordi.
4. Te dij algo la vecina del edificio que se quem?
5. Mi tia dijo que los nios llegaron al mismo tiempo que ella.
117 one hundred and seventeen
6. El maestro dijo que el area de la base es ms grande que la de atrs.
7. Mi hermana les dijo a sus amigos que su carro era de color sangre.
8. Yo les dije a ustedes que mis hijos tienen diferentes edades.
9. El vendedor dijo que las pelotas eran similares.
10. El vecino nos dijo que el perro no muerde.
Read and translate: adapt_________, chase_________, effect_________,
expect_________, explain_________, explore_________,
express_________, lose_________, travel_________,
Dictation
1. The baby was born in California.
2. They appear to be the same age.
3. They have similar hair color.
4. Her book and her notebook are similar.
5. Call the students to the classroom, they belong to this school.
6. The windows are closed so the wind doesnt blow in, its cold outside.
7. These four tables are the same kind.
8. Can you lock the door when you leave, please?
9. My book is below your notebook, can you pass it to me, please?

10. That dog bites all the strange people that come in the house.
Conversation
1. Are you different from your mom?
2. Do the children hug their teacher at school?
3. Is this pen like your pen?
4. Do you think these notebooks are alike?
5. Do you take a little bit of sugar in your coffee?
6. What did you say?
7. How long is your hair?
8. Do you drink tea?
9. What is the date today?
10. Can you tell me your cell phone number?

118 one hundred and eighteen

Lesson 32
Chances oportunidades,

Capable capaz

Concerned preocupado,

Cautious cauteloso, prudente

Decision decisin

Clever astute, hbil

Face cara, enfrentar

Competent capaz, apto

Fact de hecho, en realidad

Friendship amistad

Factor factor

Front frente, parte de enfrente

Far lejos

Full lleno

Feeling sentimiento

Fun divertido

Feet pies

Gallant, galante, imponente

Fell caerse

Game juego

Fig higo

Group home casa de ayuda (para los

Figure figura, cifra

enfermos)

Fill llenar

Heavy pesado

Finally finalmente

Lately ltimamente

Fine bien

Life or death vida o muerte

Finger dedo de la mano

Lively animado, alegre

Fire fuego

Lonely solitario

Fit quedar, venir (ropa)

Loose impreciso, relajado

Flow fluir

Lucky afortunado, suertudo

Foot pie

Make a decision tomar una decisin.

Force fuerza

Mighty poderoso, muy

Forest bosque

Mine mina

Forhead frente de la cabeza

Native nativos

Form formar

Path camino

Forward hacia adelante

Run away huir

Found encontr

Siblings hermanos y hermanas

Fraction fraccin

Spends gastar, pasar tiempo

Free gratis, libre

Toes dedos del pie

Manly varonil, masculine

Trouble dificultad

Outstanding exceptional

Trust confiar

So far hasta el momento

Zealous, celoso, entusiasta


Major mayoria, area de estudios

119 one hundred and nineteen


Palabras con sustantivo singular

Palabras con sustantivo


plurar

Each cada,

every cada,

Both ambos

single solo, soltero

one uno, una

Several varios

a un, uno/una,
an un, uno, una
Various varios
Each cup has a saucer. Cada taza tiene un platito.
Every student has a book. Cada alumno tiene un libro.
One apple is green. Una manzana esta verde.
A rose is red. Una rosa es roja.
An elephant is in the zoo. Un elefante esta en el zoolgico.
Both apples are big; the red one and the yellow one. Ambas
manzanas estan grandes la roja y la amarilla.
Several students are still on vacation. Varios alumnos todavia estan de

vacaciones.
Various cars are small. Varios carros son pequeos.
Singular
Child
Ox
Man
Woman
Wife
Knife
Loaf
Mouse
City
Family
Dress
Fox
Box
Foot
Tooth
Goose

Plurales irregulars
nio, nia, hijo, hija
buey
hombre
mujer
esposa
cuchillo
barra
ratn
ciudad
familia
vestido
zorro
caja
pie
diente
ganso

plural
children
oxen
men
women
wives
knives
loaves
mice
cities
families
dresses
foxes
boxes
feet
teeth
geese

hijos, nios
bueyes
hombres
mujeres
esposas
cuchichos
barras
ratones
ciudades
familias
vestidos
zorros
cajas
pies
dientes
gansos

120 One hundred and twenty

Incontables

Contables

a lot of/lots of mucho

a lot of/ lots of muchos

Much mucho (no se usa en afirmativo)

Many muchos

So much y very much si se pueden usar

How many cuantos?

en afirmative.

number numero

How much? Cuanto?

fewer menos

Amount cantidad

a few +unos pocos few pocos idea

less menos

negativa

a little + un poco

Example: there is a hair in my

little poco idea negativa

coffee.

Example: her hair is black.

Hay un cabello en mi caf.

Su pelo es negro.

A paper = newspaper

Only a little solo poco-

only a few solopocos-

Time (tiempo)

Money dinero

A piece of furniture. Un mueble.


Days das
Cows vacas

Water agua

Milk leche

People gente

Work trabajo

Hay paja,pastura

maestros

Bread pan

Juice jugo

Knives cuchillos

Men hombres

Ham jamn

Cereal cereal

Books libros

Children hijos

Coffee caf

Pasta pasta (sopa

Slices rebanadas

Bags bolsas

Sugar azcar

Air aire

Sandwiches =

Waffles =

Rice arroz

Salt sal

Bottles botellas

A cup una taza

Plastic plastico

Music musica

Jars jarras

A kilo un kilo

Gold oro

Excitement emocin

A pinch una pizca Times veces

Blood sangre

Paper papel

A loaf of barra de

Hair pelo

Permission permiso

A packet of paquete

Scenery paisaje

Traffic trafico

Straw popote, paja

Teachers

Trouble problema Weather clima

A can una lata

Advice consejo

Tablespoon cuchara

Baggage maletas

Luggage equipaje Chaos caos

A meter un metro

Furniture muebles News noticias

A pound una libra

Behavior comportamiento

A litter un litro

Information informacin

A foot un pie
Two feet dos pies
A yard una yarda
A teaspoon cucharita

Singular
Fish
Deer
Sheep
Candy
Means

121 one hundred and twenty-one


Plurales irregulares
plural
pez
venado
oveja
dulce
medio

fish
deer
sheep
candy
means

No cambian
peces
venados
ovejas
dulces
medios

Series
Species

serie
especie

series
species

series
especies

Translate into Spanish


1. I have not worked today because I dont have much time.
2. We have bought a new lamp because there is very little light.
3. We havent planned our holiday yet, we havent had too much time.
4. School hasnt started yet, we have had many days off.
5. He has written five letters, but I havent had much time to read them.
6. No, he hasnt had too much money to pay his bills yet
7. Has he spoken to his boss about the amount of rain fall this year?
8. We have had three major snowstorms so far this winter.
9. The girls have visited the museum fewer times than we have.
10. I have been living without electricity for two weeks.
Translate into English
1. Habia un misterioso embrujo magico escrito en una carta dorada.
2. El bibliotecario contina contralando los prstamos de los libros.
3. El actor no esta dispuesto a tomar varios trabajos.
4. El odia las condiciones de trabajo que tiene.
5. Ellos dicen que esa piedra es de la luna.
6. Hay menos solteros en esta ciudad que en las ciudades grandes.
7. Mary esta cansada, ella ha tecleado muchas cartas esta maana.
8. El empez a armar el juego pero los pasos no estn muy fciles.
9. Ambos ratones actuaron en un nmero de pelculas y ahora estn libres.
10. Los nios quieren completar la tarea de palabras compuestas.

122 one hundred and twenty-two


Read and Translate: face__________, fall__________, fit__________,
form__________, run away__________, spend__________,
trust__________
Dictation
1. Could you turn on the fan please? Sure, Ill do it right now.

2. Could you open the door please? No, I cant. I dont have the key.
3. I can consider various options for a drawing, but I think Ill do a mouse.
4. I am writing the Mission statement of the school.
5. I am going to run everyday in a constant way.
6. I could control every little detail about the meal, but not the guests.
7. I was studying hard because I didnt want to take that class again.
8. I was going to work extremely hard, but then I quit.
9. I will come in the future to give you some strange things.
10. I would come each year if it were cheaper to fly.
Conversation
1. How long have you been learning English?
2. Where have you been since yesterday?
3. What do these vitamins contain?
4. Who enjoys singing the most you or your friends?
5. When did you begin working?
6. Where has the landloard gone to?
7. Why cant you stand the traffic?
8. How much is twenty plus eighteen?
9. How many times have you practiced reading your Lesson?
10. How long have you studied English?
11. How often do you watch TV?
12. What time did you stop working yesterday?
13. What are you thinking about?
14. Have you learned a lot of English so far?
15. Would you like to avoid the dictation?
16. Do you give your children a little amount of money for school?
17. Do you consider English is the most important language in the world?
18. Have you decided what time you are coming tomorrow?
19. Do you keep on learning even if you dont come?
20.Do you have a few sentences before finishing the conversation?
21. How do you spell your name?
22.What does kiwi mean?
23.What do you mean?
123 one hundred and twenty-three
Lesson 33
Behaviour comportamiento
Courageous valiente, bravo
Danger peligro

Curious curioso, raro

Daring atrevido, retador

Hunt cazar

Delicious delicioso

Idea idea

Discover descubrir

Important importante

Fearless sin temor

Inches pulgadas

Fly mosca, volar

Include incluir

General general

Increase aumentar

Global global

Indicate indicar

Good bueno

Industry industria

Governmentgobierno

Information informacin

Great grandioso

Insects insectos

Ground piso, suelo

Instead of en lugar de

Group grupo

Instruments instrumentos

Grow crecer

Interest interes

Guess adivinar

Invent inventa

Gun pistola

Iron hierro

Halt deterner, parar

Island isla

Happen suceder, pasar

Machine maquina

Heart corazn

Mining minera

Heat calor

Orphanage orfanato

Heavy pesado

Peaceful tranquilo

Height altura

Pollution contaminacin

High alto

Powerful poderoso, intenso

Hill colina

Realize darse cuenta, realizar

History historia

Robust robusto, vigoroso

Hold agarrar, sostener

Save ahorrar, salvar

Hole agujero

Sculptures esculturas

Hope tener la esperanza

Sculptors escultores

However sin embargo

Secure seguro, firme

Human humano

Something else algo ms

Intermediate intermedios

Tough duro, tenaz

Orchard huerto

Traveler viajero

Pack up empacar

Warming calentamiento

Yield ceder el paso

Beginners principiantes

124 one hundred and twenty-four


Verdad? = Tag questions; se usan para solicitar respuesta del oyente.

Para decir verdad en ingls vamos a hacer una pregunta corta al final de la
frase. S la frase es afirmativa la pregunta ser negativa y s la frase es
negativa la pregunta ser positiva. Los pronombres se usan para la pregunta
en lugar del nombre propio.
Excepciones--- lets go, shall we? Dont talk, will you? I`m here, aren`t
I?/Am I not?
You study hard, dont you?

He works early, doesnt he?

Mary runs fast, doesnt she?

They live in Mexico, dont they?

Robert didnt come, did he?

They wont be able to see him, will they?

I would miss her, wouldnt I?


You should tell her, shouldnt you?
Really? Se usa como una respuesta a un comentario, para expresar
sorpresa.
John: its raining. Ana: Really?

Juan: esta lloviendo. Ana: de veras?

Read, add the tag question and translate the following review of tenses.
1. I can come everyday. Present
2. Mary writes letters in her free time. Present
3. The kids play soccer after school. Present
4. I am writing right now. Present continuous
5. Robert is going to paint the wall. Future with going to
6. You are going to run next year. Futuro idiomatico
7. He could come yesterday night. Past
8. She was studying last night. Pasado continuos
9. John was going to work. Past Progressive or continous
10. They will come next week. Future
11. We would come if it wasnt raining. Conditional
12. You have come. Present perfect
13. He has been coming. Present perfect progresive
14. I had gone to many places. Past perfect
15. You should write the answers on your notebook, sugerencia
Some: algo, alguno, algunos se usa en oraciones afirmativas y en preguntas
cuando se esta ofresiendo algo o la pregunta es obvia.
Any:algo, alguno/s se usa para preguntas o negaciones
Not any : ninguno, ningunos (dont, doesnt, didnt, etc. + any)
No se usa antes de sustantivos
None: ninguno se usa cuando el sustantivo ya esta sobre entendido
Every: cada se puede usar en afirmativo, negativo e interrogativo
Any tambin se puede usar en afirmativo cuando no importa cual, quien, donde,
o a que hora. Anyone can be here. Cualquiera puede estar aqu.

125 one hundred and twenty-five


Some books are red, and every pencil is yellow in this office.
Do you have any siblings, I mean brothers and sisters?
I dont want anything. I have no money, and he has none.
Afirmative
Something algo

interrogative, + not
Anything algo, nada

negative not
Nothing nada

Somewhere algun lado

Anywhere algun/ningn lado

Nowhere ningun lado

Somebody alguien

Anybody alguien, nadie

Nobody nadie

Someone alguien

Anyone alguien, nadie

No-one nadie

Someplace algn lugar anyplace algun/ningn lugar


Do you have any books? I have some blue books.

Noplace ningun lugar

Do you have any siblings? I have none.


I dont want anything to eat right now.
Do you want anything from the store? No, I have no money.
I want any student who wants to go to the office and take this paper.
Anything is possible if you try. Cualquier cosa es posible si lo intentas.
La palabra every se usan en afirmativo, negativo e interrogativo
Despus de la palabra every el verbo se usa en singular aunque el significado
sea plural. Everything is o.k. Todo esta bien.
Everything is hot!, well have to wait to eat.
Everything todo
Everywhere todas partes
Everyone/everybody todas las personas
Everyplace todos los lugares
Translate into Spanish.
1. I heard Somebody wants to do something for the party.
2. Did anybody go anywhere yesterday?
3. I heard someone calling my name everywhere I went.
4. Everyplace they go they know somebody.
5. Everyone is talking to someone on the phone.
6. He didnt tell anyone about anything.
7. No-one knows where to go for the picnic.
8. Do you want something to eat?
9. Is there anybody in the park?
10. Does anyone want anything from the store?

126 one hundred and twenty-six


Palabras que son plural solamente
Slacks pantalones de vestir
pajamas pijamas
Pants pantalones

jeans pantalones de mezclilla

Glasses lentes

shorts pantalones cortos

Police polica(s)

+ a policeman un polica.
Palabras que tienen s pero no son plural
Mathematics matematicas
physics fsica
Economics economa

athletics atletismo

Gymnastics gimnacio

news noticias

Hay verbos que se les llama nonaction verbs como:


like, love, want, know, understand, remember, depend, prefer, hate,
need, mean, believe, forget, see, hear,
por lo regular estos verbos no llevan -ing.
Y hay otros que se les llama action verbs como:
look at, watch y listen to.
A estos si se les puede agregar -ing.
I hear things; I have the ability to hear.
I am listening to music right now.
Complete the following exercise using verbs with or without ing.
1.
2.
3.
4.

She_____________ things outside. (ver)


He is ______________ to music right now. (escuchar)
Mary_____________ things. (oir)
John is ______________ TV right now. (veer)

Translate into Spanish


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

How old can kids drive? = at what age are teenagers allowed to drive?
Somebody was saying something to everybody at the meeting.
Nobody wants to eat anything at that restaurant.
Is there anyone here that has money for pop?
Has anybody seen the new movie? Do you think it is good?
I have seen the movie but I dont think it is any good.
Is there another book about Frankestein in here?
Do you think that the story was real?

9. What happened to the Dr. Frankestein after he created the monster?


10. I havent been able to sleep well after reading that book.

Translate into English

127 one hundred and twenty-seven

1. Yo estoy nadando porque quiero ganar la competencia.


2. Tu estas corriendo muy rpido, esperame por favor.
3. El esta pintando su cuarto con muchos colores.
4. Ella esta cantando tan fuerte que los vecinos la escuchan.
5. Esta jugando con la pelota mas grande.
6. Nosotros estamos escuchando el radio, la tele no sirve.
7. Ellos estn viendo la tv de la tienda porque la de ellos no funciona.
8. El conductor estaba buscando un lugar para cambiar dollares calle abajo.
9. Ese vestido esta seco, pero los otros estn mojados
10. El doctor checo los oidos del paciente durante su visita.
Read and translate: fly__________, grow__________, guess__________,
hault__________, hunt__________, include__________,
increase__________, indicate__________, invent__________,
iron__________, realize__________, save__________,
secure__________, pack up__________, hope__________,
hold__________, heat__________.
Dictation
1. I have already come to this park, havent I?
2. You have been coming to class, havent you?
3. He had come yesterday, hadnt he?
4. She hasnt visited Australia, has she?
5. She has eaten Chinese food a few times.
6. Angela hasnt driven a bus yet.
7. They have been to London a few times, but John has never visited London.
8. Ive never played tennis.
9. We have flown a helicopter in my dreams.
10. The nurse checked the patients ID cards before going in the doctors
office.
Conversation
1. Have you ever visited Australia?

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Have
Have
Have
Have
Have
Have

you
you
you
you
you
you

ever
ever
ever
ever
ever
ever

Lesson 34
A leak una fuga

lost your passport?


flown a helicopter?
eaten Chinese food?
been in/to London?
driven a bus?
written a poem?
128 one hundred and twenty-eight
Advisor orientador

A tale un cuento

Determined empeado, determinado

Approach enfoque, propuesta

Drinking fountain bebedero

Beneath bajo

Liar mentiroso

Board game juego de mesa

Library biblioteca

Brewing hirviendo

Like como

Buried enterrado

Magazine revista

Career carrera

Memos memos

Catalog catlogo

Middle School secundaria

Chronicled crnica

Mystery misterio

Company compaia

Official documents documentos oficial

Creek arroyo

Pointer consejo, apuntador

Custom-made hecho al gusto

Postcards tarjetas postales

Dash off apurarse

Pot olla

Deep profundo

Principal director

Delight deleite

Projects proyectos

Delighted encantado, placer

Regarding con respecto a

Designer diseador

Request pedir

Directive directiva

Responds responder

Dry seco

Review resea, revisar

Effective efectivo

Scandal escandalo

Fifth-grade 5

Secrets secretos

Fishy sospechoso

Sharp agudo, puntiagudo

Fountain fuente

Speakers bocinas

Fresh fresco

Spring manantial, brotar

Funny chistoso

Stairs escaleras

Hilarious graciossimo

Supply abastecimiento

Host anfitrin

Tame, docile, domesticado

Illustrated ilustrado

Transcripts transcripciones

Journal diario

Unconventional poco convencional

Leak gotear

Unequivocal sin equivocacion

Updates actualizar

School board mesa directive de la

Taste gusto

escuela

Capable capaz

Its up in arms se levanta en armas

Fantastic fantstico

Advisor consejero

Obstinated obstinado

Warming calentamiento

Harmonious harmonioso

Chronicles crnicas

Increment incremento

A liar un mentiroso

Portable portable
129 one hundred and twenty-nine
Passive Voice: To be (am, is, are, was, were, been, to be, being) + el verbo de
la frase en pasado participio.
El objeto se coloca al inicio de la frase y se agrega el verbo to be en el mismo
tiempo de la frase original (en activo) y el verbo se cambia a pasado
participio. El sujeto es opcional despus del by
Present
Active
1. People make many things.
Subject v.

objeto.

2. A person makes one thing.


Past
3. People made many things.
Future
4. People will make many things.
Present perfect
5. People have made many things

6.
7.
8.
9.

Passive
Many things are made (by people)
El objeto se coloca al principio
One thing is made by a person.
Many things were made.
One thing was made.
Many things will be made by people

A person has made one thing.


Past perfect
People had made many things.
Condicional
People would make many things.
Advice: Debera
People should make many things.
Many
Presente progressive or continuous
People are making many things.

Many things have been made


One thing has been made.
Many things had been made
Many things would be made
things should be made
Many things are being made

I am making one thing.


Past progressive
10. People were making many things.
He was making one thing.
Can
11. People can make many things.
Could
12. People could make many things.
Have to
13. People have to make many things.

One thing is being made by me.


Many things were being made
One thing was being made by him.
Many things can be made
Many things could be made
Many things have to be made.

130 One hundred and thirty


Change the sentences into the passive voice.
1. I read a lot of books.
2. The boys did a lot of homework.
3. The girl wrote 100 words.
4. He plays the same song everyday.
5. Mr. Smith has been writing his lately.
6. Mrs. Smith and Ms. Watson will visit their friends tomorrow.
7. Ron has gotten sick with the smell of the perfume.
8. You may buy that car.
9. The scientists are watching the weather.
10. The teacher is dictating the sentences.
La diferencia de los verbos:
Believe: tener una creencia
think about or think of: pensar en, acerca de
think that: creer que
I think about my boyfriend. Yo pienso en mi novio.
I think that he is cute. Yo creo que es lindo.
I am thinking about him. Estoy pensando en l.
I believe that he is nice. Yo creo que el es lindo.
I believe in God. Creo en Dios.

Make your own sentences using think of, think about, believe
1. ________________________________________________________
2. ________________________________________________________

3. ________________________________________________________
4. ________________________________________________________
5. ________________________________________________________
6. ________________________________________________________
7. ________________________________________________________
8. ________________________________________________________
9. ________________________________________________________
10. ________________________________________________________

131 one hundred and thirty-one


Palabras singulares que se refieren a un grupo se usan con verbos en
Army

enemy

singular
association

Class

club

college

committee group

Government jury

opposition

community company

Crew

orchestra

population

press

Generation public

department

electorate

school

Team

university

IBM

the United

crowd
the BBC

audience

family

Nations
The United Nations is a group of people who meet and discuss
different issues in benefit of the whole world.
Aunque las naciones unidas sea plural se refiere a un solo grupo por
eso el verbo es singular.
Translate into Spanish
1. When the professor measured the leagues he was expecting more.
2. The entire engine works fine except for the fan.
3. The two teams were even at the end of the game.
4. Those experiments were expected to end sooner.
5. If the man enters the exercise he will be exercising the entire week.
6. Nobody else wants to be an explorer in that school.
7. They have together adapted various adventures for the summer.
8. Either the little car or the big car is nice, buy whichever.
9. He is especially excited about his trip this time.
10. For example, the explorer and the researcher are not the same.

Translate into English


1. El investigador persiguio a los prisioneros bajo el agua.
2. Ese reino hundido bajo el ocano se llama Atlantis.
3. Hay muchos tesoros perdidos en el mar por todo el mundo.
4. Encontraron un enorme tnel en la frontera de Mexico y USA.
5. Mucha gente no puede explicar la energa que da Dios.
6. Las aventuras de viajar son emocionantes.
7. Las vidas de los empleados que escapan son iguales.
8. La orilla del este tiene hielo excepto despus de esa casa.
9. El efecto de la ecuacin de los elementos es exactamente expresada.
10. El resto de las personas disfrutaron su viaje entero como locos.

132 one hundred and thiry-two


Read and translate: leak__________, approach__________, dash
off__________, dry__________, like__________, request__________,
respond__________, review__________, sharp__________,
supply__________, tame__________, host__________,
update__________, taste__________

Dictation
1. I am thinking about cooking cheese burgers for dinner at noon.
2. He is not thinking right at this moment, he is acting like crazy.
3. Ok. This is fine for now, but later; I would like another cup of coffee.
4. This table was made by a carpenter from another state.
5. I believe in white magic, but not in witch craft.
6. I dont think that she is exactly as tall as her mom.
7. He is the most beautiful dog, I have ever seen.
8. This might be the last time that you see this car; I am going to sell it.
9. The book could be done by the end of the summer.
10. I am afraid, the experiment results wont be positive.
Conversation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

What was the chair made of?


Have you taken a trip lately?
Do you like the ocean?
Has the weather been nice lately?
What do you think about the Chabelo show?

6. Do you like to read true stories?


7. Have you ever lived in another country?
8. Are you interested in taking pictures?
9. Do you enjoy going to the movies?
10. Was the homework done for today?
11. Were the pencils sharpened early?
12. Would the dog bite a stranger?
13. Have you had to wear uniform before?
14. Is this the first adventure overseas?

Lesson 35
Accept aceptar

133 one hundred and thirty-three


Durable duradero, durable

At Least por lo menos

Dynamic dinmico

Change cambiar

Lot lote, porcion

Collect coleccionar

Mean significar, malicioso

Discover descubrir

Mysterious misterioso

Dislikes disgustos

Only solo, solamente

Each other uno al otro

Paint pintar

Even hasta, parejos

Roll lista, bolillo, rollo

Fence cerca, barandal

Root raiz

Fisher pescador

Rope cuerda

Job empleo

Round redonda

Join unir

Row fila

King rey

Rule regla

Knight caballero

Safe caja fuerte, seguro,

Lady dama

segura,

Large grande

Sail vela, + boat velero

Law ley

Sand arena, lijar

Lead guiar

Save guardar

Left izquierdo, se fue

Saw vi

Legs piernas

Scale escala, pesar

Length longitud

Science ciencia

Less menos

Scientist cientfico

Let dejar permitir

Score resultado

Level nivel

Sea mar

Life vida

Seat asiento

Lift levantar

Second segundo

Likes gustos

Section seccion

Line lnea

Shy tmido, hurao

List hacer una lista

Sign letrero

Locate localizar

Star estrella

Lost perdido

Strange extrao

Overseas en el extranjero

Town pueblo, ciudad

Indian indio

Welcome dar la bienvenida

Supplied entregadas,

Look like parecerse (a alguien)

Speakers bocinas

Custom made hecho a la medida

No matter no importa

Youth juventud

Fishy sospechoso

Regarding acerca de

Among entre (varios)

Leak gotera, informante

Such tal

Board la mesa directive, tabla

Creek arroyo

Tale cuento, historia


134 one hundred and thirty-four
Reflexive pronouns estos se usan para dar la idea de uno solo o a si
mismo a veces van seguidos de la palabra by para indicar que lo hizo por
s mismo.
Myself yo mismo, yo sola,

I look at myself in the mirror.

Yourself t mismo, t sola,

You drive by yourself

Himself l mismo, l solo

He cut himself

Herself ella misma, ella sola

She came by herself

Ourselves nosotros mismos, nosotros

We go to the movies by

solos

ourselves.

Yourselves ustedes mismos, uds. solos

You read by yourselves

Themselves ellos mismos, ellos solos

They do their homework


themselves.

Very + muy: va seguido de una frase positiva


Too and so tambien: va seguido de una frase negativa
This tea is very hot, but I can drink it slowly.
This tea was so hot, I couldnt drink it.
This chocolate milk is too hot, I cant drink it.
The chocolate milk was too hot to drink.

Make your own sentences using very, too and so.


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________

Adjectives

135 one hundred and thirty-five


Noun
Adjectives

Se colocan antes del sustantivo.

Se colocan al final de la frase o

Live

despus del sustantivo.


Alive

Living

Alike

Lone

Alone

Frighten

Afraid

Sleepy

Asleep

Sleeping
There is a live turtle in my house.
He wants a living animal for the class.
The boy is alone in his house.
The girl is afraid of the cat.
The frightened cat ran away from the dog.

The
The
The
The
The

rabbit is alive.
lone boy is sad.
sleepy cat is on the sofa.
sleeping snake was scary.
people were asleep.

Translate into Spanish


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

I will buy shoes from those catalogs, I hope they fit me.
The fractions are not represented correctly, in fact they are wrong.
The force of the water flow is destroying everything on its path.
I dont think he has a chance against that team, he is too short.
The reason of his lonely life is that he was an only child.
Finally I have the complete form in my hand.
This vase is full of flowers.

8. His forhead is extremely large.


9. This is a life or death situation.
10. The group home is where teen agers or adults with problems live.
Translate into English
1. Si el ratn se escapa el gato lo atrapar.
2. Los granjeros tienen muchos campos que llenar.
3. Un trabajador se lastimo el pie en la mina.
4. En la casa hogar ayudan a los ms necesitados.
5. Tienes que enfrentar a tus amigos rpido.
6. La pelea entre hermanos ser eterna.
7. Si forzas ese caballo se lastimar los pies.
8. El fuego le quemo los dedos de la mano.
9. Me gustan las galletitas con higo.
10. Sus sentimientos de temor fueron enfentados en el viaje.
136 one hundred and thirty-six
Read and translate: accept__________, change__________,
collect__________, discover__________, dislike__________,
lead__________, lift__________, mean__________, paint__________,
roll__________, rule__________, save__________, sand__________,
like__________, list__________, locate__________, welcome__________,
sign__________,

Dictation
1. The trouble with the Native Americans is that they look like Mexicans.
2. The lonely boy ran away from his house yesterday.
3. The farmers must trust on their workers to grow fig trees.
4. The fun of the game is to make fast decisions without fears.
5. Friendship means having to trust someone even if you fight.
6. We have to face the decisions that we take with no fear.
7. There is a gold mine in my grandfathers land far away from here.
8. You can make figures with your fingers but not your toes.
9. There is a fire going up hill, I hope it doesnt reach the farm.
10. We should have spent our savings trying to save the forest fast.
Conversation
1. What do you know about mines?

2. Do you like to eat junk food?


3. What is your favorite fast food restaurant?
4. What do you think is more dangerous to eat bad or cross the street without
looking?
5. What is your opinion on frozen foods?
6. Do you like to play board games?
7. Do you enjoy going to the movies?
8. Do you like to go to the zoo?
9. Do you think is better to read or to listen to learn something?
10. Do you think farmers like rain?
11. Have you heard of acid rain?
12. Do you enjoy getting wet in the rain?

137 one hundred and thirty-seven


Lesson 36
Beehive panal de abejas

Eager ansioso, impaciente

Ill enfermo, malo

Effective eficaz, impresionante

Leave dejar, irse

Energetic energtico

Low bajo

Fearless sin miedo, intrpido

Main principal

Firm firme, firma (empresa)

Major especialidad de studios

Forceful fuerte, enrgico

March marchar

Mountain montaa

Mark marca

Move mover

Match pareja, encuentro (de equipos)

Movement movimiento

Material material

Much mucho

Matter materia, importar

Music musica

May puede que

Nation nacin

Maybe quiza

Natural natural

Measure medir

Necessary necesario

Melody meloda

Never nunca

Members miembros

Nor tampoco

Mentally mentalmente

North norte

Metal metal

Overcome superar

Method mtodo

Queen reina

Middle de en medio

Ranch rancho

Might puede que

Rise above superar

Mile milla

Skillful hbil, diestro

Million milln

Smooth liso, tranquilo

Mind mente, importar, portarse bien.

Spirited enrgico,

Minutes minutos

Stable estable, equilibrado

Modern moderno

Steady estable, firme

Moderate moderar

Strength fuerza

Molecules molculas

Terrible terrible

Moment momento

Then a continuacin

Months meses

Threaten amenazan

Moon luna

Victorious victorioso,

Most la mayora

Beneath abajo

Journal diario, peridico

Hilarious chistoso, graciossimo

Approach metodo, guia

Interest inters

Dash off dirigirse a rapidamente,

Sculptures esculturas

Pointer consejo

Unavailable no disponibles

Brewing elaborar, hervir

Stairs escaleras

Delightful delicioso

Dried seco

Taste sabor, para mi gusto

Uncovered descubierto

Review resea, repaso

Scandal escndalo
138 one hundred and thirty-eight
En ingls ya hemos estudiado algunas terminaciones que nos ayudan a cambiar
palabras, por ejemplo la s, es nos sirve para el presente simple con la tercera
persona del singular he, she, it.
Ing se usa para indicar la terminacin ando, i/yendo, playing: jugando, running:
corriendo, Reading: leyendo de los verbos en gerundio; tambin se usa para
conververtir verbos a sustantivos: meet=reunirse encontrar, meeting= reunin.
Er, or se usan para expresar la persona que ejecuta la accin del verbo; write:
writer.
Ly indica la terminacin mente del adverbio. Angrily: enojadamente.
Prefijos: son silabas que se le agregan a otras palabras al principio para hacer
otras palabras.
un = sin unhappy = sin felicidad, infeliz
anti = against
antiseptic

Antisptico

auto = auto

autobiography

autobiografa

dis = negation

disapprove

desaprobar

im = impediment

impossible

Imposible

Inter = between

intermediate

Intermedios

mis = bad

mistake

error

re = again

reuse

reutilizar

un = no

unavailable

no disponible

Sufijos: son silabas que se le agregan a otras palabras al final para hacer otras
palabras.
Mine= mina mining = minera
Able, ible = capable of

portable, legible : portatil, legible

Acious, icious = full of

audacious, avaricious: audaz, avaro

Ary = like, connected

dictionary, honorary: diccionario, honorario

Cy = state of being

democracy, obstinacy: democracia, testarudo

Eer, er, or= person who

mountaineer, teacher, advisor: alpinista,


maestro, consejero

Fic = making, doing

fantastic, terrific: fantastico, sobresaliente

Fy= to make

magnify, petrify: ampliar, petrificar

Ist= dealer, doer

realist, dentist: realista, dentista

Ize, ise= to make

harmonize, revolutionize: harmonizar,


Revolucionar

139 one hundred and thirty-nine


Translate into Spanish
1. She has never met him, has she?
2. They have read many books, but not magazines.
3. I have never been to Taxco, but my brother has been there.
4. She has seen it, but I have never seen it.
5. I have traveled all over the world.
6. She has written ten books, hadnt she?
7. She has met a lot of interesting people.
8. She has done a lot of interesting things.
9. She has been married three times.
10. She has traveled all over Mexico, all 31 states and a D.F.

Translate into Spanish

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Obstinacy is very common in some age groups.


The advisor was going to talk to the students about career search.
The new movie is fantiastic I cant wait to buy it and watch it again.
The game must have been terrific, everybody came out cheering.
This lense magnifies objects up to 500 times more.
The dentist charges a lot of money for a visit.
Computers revolutionized the way people communicate to one

another.
8. He was petrified when he came out of the movie theater.
9. I have a portable TV that can be connected to the car.
10. The mountaineer became blind due to a disease and he continued to
climb with his new condition with the help of a partner.

140 one hundred and forty


Translate into English.
1. El es capaz de hacer muchas pinturas grandes llamadas murales.
2. Ese libro es fantstico y la forma en que esta escrito es realista.
3. El maestro esta obstinado en decir que cometi un error.
4. Los instrumentos que tocan esos nios son harmoniosos.
5. El incremento en las palabras del diccionario se debe a la tecnologa.
6. La industria electrnica ha mejorado muchsimo en los ltimos aos.
7. Ahora todos los aparatos de msica son portables.
8. El inters del consejero es meramente educativo.
9. El calentamiento global es un problema internacional.
10. Los insectos se estn comiendo todas las frutas del huerto.
Read and translate:leave__________, march__________,
mark__________, match__________, matter__________,
may__________, measure__________, might__________,
mind__________, threaten__________, rise above__________,
overcome__________, move__________
Dictation
1. The antiseptic is bought at the pharmacy to clean finger cuts.
2. Some artists like to write their own autobiography.
3. The principal has to disapprove their bad behavior during the meeting.
4. It is impossible to find parking in downtown thats why there are more
parking lots.
5. I have many intermediate students and very few beginners.

6. Many artists reuse materials to create sculptures all the time.


7. If you call somebody and the person is unavailable; leave your phone
number so he or she can call you back.
8. Some doctorshand writings are not legible.
9. Very many people are avaricious.
10. If you do not know a word, look it up in a dictionary.
Conversation
1. What is your favorite touristic place in the whole wide world?
2. If you had a lot of money what would you do?
3. What should people do before taking a trip?
4. What is one of the most important things in life?
5. Do you consider yourself a team player?
6. Is it too hot to study?
7. Have you seen the new movie?
8. What level are you, in the listening exercises?
9. Who saw you first?
10. Do you like to collect antiques?
11. Is there a row of ants in that lot?
141 one hundred forty one
Lesson 37
Socks calcetines
Tunics tunica
Shoes zapatos

Sash faja

Dress vestido

Button down formal shirts

Scarf bufanda

Belt cinturn

Blouse blusa

Beret boina

Sneakers tenis

Bra sujetador

Sandals sandalias

Braces tirantes

Skirt falda

Button botn

T-shirts playera

Cap gorra

Shorts shorts

Underpants calzoncillos

Sweatshirt sudadera

Raincoat impermeable

Coat abrigo

Slippers zapatillas

Heels tacones

Laces cordones

Flats zapatos de piso

Dressing gown vestido largo

Boots botas

Gloves guantes

Flip flops chancletas

Stockings medias

Tops blusas, playeras, tops

Suit traje

Bottom pantalones, shorts, falda

Sweatshirt sudadera

Sports bra sujetador deportivo

Swimming suit traje de bao

Running shoes tenis

Tie corbata

Wallet cartera

Tights medias

Beach bag

Trousers pantalones

Handbag boso de mano

Waistcoat chaleco

Purse bolsa de mano

Vest chaleco

Undershirt camiseta

Zip cierre

Underwear ropa interior

Jacket chaqueta

Wristwatch reloj de mano

Nightdress camisn

Jeans pantalones de mezclilla

Apron mandil

Blazers chaqueta deportiva

Bathrobe bata de bao

Dressy de vestir

Briefs calzoncillos

High heels tacon alto

Handkerchief pauelo

Used to: copretrito solia, acostumbraba


terminacion _aba, _a se usa en pasado para cosas que ya no suceden.
I used to ice skate. Yo patinaba en hielo. Yo acostumbraba a patinar en
hielo.
He used to live in a yellow house. El viva en una casa amarilla.
She didnt use to dance. She never used to dance.Ella no bailaba. Ella
no solia bailar. Where did you use to work? Donde trabajabas?
142 one hundred and forty -two
Used to con el verbo to be hace referencia al presente.
I am used to drinking coffee. Estoy acostumbrada a tomar caf.
He is used to paint at night. El esta acostumbrado a pintar en las noches.
We are used to study a lot. Nosotras estamos acostumbradas a estudiar
mucho.
Cuando usamos los conectores before, after, when, el verbo se escribe en
presente o pasado simple en ingls pero en espaol se traduce en subjuntivo.
I am going to dctate you before we do the conversation.
She is going to come after she finishes school.
They will study harder when they go back to school in August.
En los siguientes ejemplos usamos un pronombre objetivo entre los dos verbos
I want you to read the following sentences. Quiero que leas las siguientes
frases.
He told me to call him later. El me dijo que le hablara mas tarde.
She asked him to write a note. Ella le pidi que escribiera una nota.
We told the kids not to play in the house.

They asked her not to take her food to the bedroom.


Translate into Spanish
1. This letter is about the fountain of youth.
2. This is the response regarding your petition to have a catalog.
3. There is something fishy about the principal of that school.
4. There is a leak that flows down stairs and makes a mess.
5. He is a liar; no matter what he says; dont believe him anything.
6. The official documents are needed to be a member of the board.
7. She needs to get her transcripts to get a better job.
8. Those postcards are designed and illustrated by a famous artist.
9. This spring has been very dried and the creek is not enough to water all the
farm lands.
10. That journal is full of chronicles which are very mysterious.
Translate into English
1. Yo no se hablar frances.
2. Ni yo tampoco se hablar francs.
3. Tu sabes hablar otro idioma ademas del ingles y el espaol?
4. No, solo se hablar ingles y espaol.
5. Tu hermano estudia o trabaja?
6. Tu prima sabe andar en bicicleta?
7. Claro, quien no sabe andar en bicicleta.
8. Te gutaria ir al cine conmigo?
9. Quieres algo de la tienda?
10. No, no quiero nada gracias.
143 one hundred and forty three
Translate into Spanish
1. The reading approach was a success, the students improved a
lot.
2. He dashed off to the store because it was closing time.
3. The students are up in arms because they dont like the new
board president.
4. Stop turning up the volume the speakers are going to blow up.
5. My mom gave me a pointer for the power point presentations.
6. The coffee is brewing, can you please turn the coffee pot off.
7. He took an unequivocal position at the meeting.
8. She kept on talking, on and on what ever came to her mind so
she didnt do any work.
9. She is asking lots of questions about the typing in a computer.
10. Why are they going to the movies?
Read and translate: argue________, blind________,
notice________, pass________, pay________, pick________,

plan________, play________, observe________,


Dictation
1. That tale is about a middle school in a delightful place.
2. That review was a little unconventional to my taste.
3. That company sends memos to his employees to communicate those
updates.
4. All the secrets that were uncovered created a big scandal.
5. The captain buried the treasure deep beneath that big rock.
6. Eating fresh food is a delight.
7. The library has some hilarious books.
8. The hostess had such fun that the directive board gave a good
review.
9. The projects were very effective that the fifth grade teacher,
himself
brought them to the contest.
10. The custom-made fountains were supplied quickly.
Conversation
1. Where did you use to study before studying here?
2. What did you used to do when you were little?
3. Where did you used to go to kindergarten?
4. How was your day yesterday?
5. What day is today?
6. How do you spell todays day?
7. How many siblings do you have?
8. Do you want to read the Lesson?
144 one hundred and forty four
Lesson 38
Argue argumentar
Order orden
Baseball beisbol

Out of order descompuesto

Blind ciego, cegar

Pair par

Characteristics caractersticas

Paragraph prrafo

Deaf sordo

Part parte

Expect contar con, estar casi

Particular particular

seguro de

Party fiesta

Failing reprobando

Pass pasar

Feature seas del cuerpo

Past pasado

Fractions fracciones

Pattern patron, secuencia

I guess not espero que no

Pay pagar

I hope not espero que no

Per por

I suppose so se supone que si

Perhaps quiz

I think so creo que si

Period periodo

Kid nio

Person persona

Math matematicas

Phrase frase

Neon neon

Pick recoger

Nerd estudioso

Piece pieza

Northern norteo

Plains llanos

Nose nariz

Plan plan de

Not any more, not any longer.

Plane avion

Ya no

Plant planta

Note nota

Play tocar, jugar, obra

Notice aviso, notar

Please por favor

Noun sustantivo

Plural plural

Number numero

Socks calcetines

Object objeto

Such tales

Observe observar

Thunder trueno

Off apagado

Weird extrao

Oh ooh
Opposite opuesto

145 one hundred and forty five


En ingles podemos unir dos oraciones con la ayuda de un conector, estas
palabras por lo regular se usan para preguntar, pero no necesariamente en
este caso.
That = que es para personas o cosas

when = cuando para tiempo

Which=cual solo para cosas

where = donde para lugar

Who = quien solo para personas como sujeto- whose = de quien de


pertenencia
What = lo que para acciones

whom = quien para personas como

Objeto
The movie was very good. We saw a movie.
The movie (that ) We saw was (estaba, estuvo) very good.
S

S V

a movie.

I met a woman who can speak six languages.


S

I know what he did. Yo se lo que el hizo.


What he did was wrong. Lo que el hiz estaba mal.
Who broke the glass? John broke the glass. Quien hace la accin.
Whom did he take home? He took his sister home. Quien recibe la accin.
Complete the following sentences with the appropiate connector
1. These are the keys, _________________ I need.
2. Are those the girls, ____________________ I need to pick up?
3. _____________ wants to come with me to the movies?
4. ______________ did you give your book to?
5. ______________ are you coming to my house?
6. ______________ did you say?
7. I dont know ______________ I have to do with this exercise.
8. He doesnt know ______________ to park.
9. ____________________ books are these?
10. ______________ pen do you want the blue one or the red one?
146 one hundred and forty six
Read and translate the following sentences.
1. I lost the pen that/which you gave me.
2. I like the jacket that Sue is wearing.
3. Where are the flowers that I gave you.
4. I didnt believe the story that he told us.
5. How much were the oranges that you bought.
6. I met a woman that can speak 6 languages.
7. He met a man who can understand 3 languages.
8. The meal (that) you cooked was excellent.
9. The shoes (that) Im wearing arent very comfortable.
10. The people (that) we invited for dinner didnt come.

11. Who are the people that live in that house?


12. Did you find the place that/what you were looking for on the map?
Translate into Spanish
1. I only want to locate the car key. Thats all I am looking for.
2. The fisher man caught a fish, but it escaped.
3. The sea from the south has white rocky sand, but not the one from here.
4. There are different types of seats in the second floor.
5. The best team scores the most.
6. The rope is needed to tie the sails to the boat.
7. This section of the school is for the science students.
8. The students need to write a paragraph about their likes and dislikes.
9. The roll of paper is round in one side and in the other is flat.
10. The square root of a number is the multiplication of itself.

147 one hundred and forty seven


Translate into English
1. Las estrellas de la izquierda de son ms brillosas que la de la derecha.
2. El rey gua a cada uno de sus cientificos.
3. El misterioso pueblo fue descubierto por un investigador
4. Solo un momento por favor, cada persona necesita cambiar su letrero.
5. La llave de esa puerta esta muy grande.
6. La granja tiene una cerca alrededor.
7. El trabaja en cambiar las leyes.
8. Su empleo es pintar todo el pueblo.
9. Que significa esta palabra?
10. A la dama le gusta darle la bienvenida a los invitados.
Read and translate: chain__________, point__________,
practice__________, print__________, produce__________,
provide__________, pull__________, push__________,
question__________, quick__________, quiet__________,
rain__________, raise__________, reach__________,
receive__________, record__________, repeat__________,
report_________, return__________, ride__________, separate_______,
Dictation
1. I dont mind coming with you. I have time.
2. I went to the store so that I can buy some milk.
3. Did you see a movie yesterday? No, I didnt see a movie yesterday.

4. I did a lot of things yesterday thats why I am very tired today.


5. Each line is for different things, but that one is the least long.
6. We need to make a list to welcome the guests by name.
7. The children need to learn to jump the rope by Friday.
8. The rule is to accept different lengths in the homework assignment.
9. It is important to cover your legs when you go to the farm.
10. Let me know if you find the book that you lost.
Conversation
1. Do you have a safe?
2. Have you ever eaten raw fish?
3. Can you lift heavy things?
4. Who do you see on the street?
5. Do you have change for a five peso coin?
6. Did the teams joined into one?
7. Are your shoes even?
8. Do you think there are less sail boats than motor boats in the sea?
9. Do you think that women and mens lives are the same?
10. Do you have less homework than your friends?
11. Do you have a scale?
148 one hundred and forty eight
Lesson 39
Alone solo
Mall centro commercial
Chain cadena, encadenar

Not even ni siquiera

Collection coleccin

Pretty muy, bonito

Competitors competidores

Raise aumentar

Dream sueo

Rather mas bien, en lugar de

Jewish Judio

Would rather preferir

Letters cartas

Reach alcanzar

Poem poema

Really realmente

Point punto

Reason razn

Pole palo

Receive recibir

Position posicin

Record registro

Possible posible

Region region

Pound libras

Remains restos

Power poder

Remember recordar

Practice prcticar

Repeat repetir

Prepare preparar

Report reporte

Presidents presidentes

Represent representar

Print imprimir

Resent reciente

Probably probablemente

Result resultado

Process proceso

Return regresar

Produce producir, produccin

Rhythm ritmo

Products productos

Ride montar, andar

Property propiedad

Right derecha, correcto

Provide proveer

Ring timbrar

Pull jalar

River ro

Push empujar

Road camino

Questions preguntas

Rock roca

Quick rpido

Separate separado

Quiet calma,

Sickness enfermedad

Quite bastante

Soldiers soldados

Rain lluvia

Storm tormenta
Strength fuerza
Through atraves de

149 one hundred and forty-nine


The order of the adjectives in English
Opinion

size/shape

age

color

from

of

noun

A beautiful small old white Russian cotton skirt.


Ability
Adequate adecuado

Assured seguro

Innocent inocente

Heavy pesado

Authoritative autoritario

Intense intenso

Tough difcil

Brave valiente

Lively animado

Capable capaz

Cautious cauteloso

Loose suelto

Lucky afortunado

Clever astuto

Tame domar

Mighty poderoso

Concerned preocupado

Bold audaz

Outstanding excepcional

Manly varonil

Firm firme

Courageous valiento

Powerful poderoso

Curious curiso

Daring atrevido

Secure seguro

Sharp filoso

Durable durable

Energetic enrgico

Dynamic dinmico

Skillful hbil

Eager ancioso

Smooth liso

Effective eficaz

Steady estable

Shy timido

Stable estable

Fearless intrpido

Forceful vigoroso

Feelings sentimientos
Humble humilde
Nervous nervioso

Bored aburrido
Complacent complaciente

Confused confundido

Worried preocupado

Determined determinado

Surprised sorprendido

Disgusted asqueado

Trusting confiado

Suspicious desconfiado

Proud orgulloso

Anger ira, furia


Agitated agitado

Cranky irritable

Annoyed irritado

Fierce feroz

Defiant desafiante

Envious envidioso

Bullying intimidante

Aggressive agresivo

Hostility hostilidad
Outraged indignado
Harsh duro, severo

Furious furioso
Hostile hostil, enemigo

Repulsive repulsivo

Obstinate obstinado

Insensitive insensible

Savage salvaje

Intolerant intolerante

Severe grave, severo

Spiteful malvolo

Mean malicioso, tacao

Obnoxious odioso

Wicked perverso, cruel


150 one hundred and fifty
Gloom and Sadness pesimismo & tristeza
Abandoned descuidado, abandonado
Humiliated humillado

Alienated alienado, discriminado


Impatient impaciente

Worthless indigno

Grief pesar, duelo

Debased degradado

Moody de humor cambiante, voluble

Obsolete obsoleto

Depressed deprimido

Offended ofendido

Rejected rechazado

Discouraged desanimado

Dismal deprimente

Silly ridculo, bobo

Suspicious desconfiado

Fear and Anxiety de miedo & ansiedad


Agitated agitar
Alarmed alarmado

Jealous celoso
Nervous nervioso

Anxious ansioso

Fearful temeroso

Overwhelmed abrumado

Restless inquieto

Intimidated intimidado

Uneasy intranquilo

Bashful vergonzoso

Scared espantado

Timid tmido

Hesitant titubeante

Desperate desesperando

Shy esquivo, cauteloso

Apprehensive aprensivo

Worried preocupado

Embarrassed avergonzado
Inability and Inadequacy incapacidad & lo poco apropiado
Ashamed avergonzado

Incapable incapaz

Incompetent incompetente

Crippled lisiado (es despectivo)

Deficient deficiente

Inferior inferior

Demoralized desmoralizado

Disabled discapacitado

Trivial insignificante

Exhausted agotado, exhausto

Unfit inadecuado

Fragile frgil

Unqualified incompetente

Inept inepto

Vulnerable desprotegido

Impotent sin posibilidad

Cowardly cobarde

151 one hundred and fifty one


Quantity cantidad
Ample amplio
Sparse disperso

Scarcity escasez
Sufficient suficiente

Love, Joy, and, Concern amor,alegra & preocupacin


Altruistic altruista
Jovial jovial
Relieved aliviado

Proud orgulloso, soberbio

Kindly carioso

Calm calma

Charming encantador

Just justo, recto

Mellow meloso

Moral honrado

Considerate considerado

Optimistic optimista

Contented contento

Patient paciente

Polite atento

Ecstatic exttico

Receptive receptivo

Empathetic empata

Reliable de confianza

Enthusiastic entusiasta

Exuberant eufrico, sobresaliente


Fit en forma, bien de salud

Generous generoso

Thoughtful considerado

Gratified satisfecho

Hospitable hospitalario

Inspired inspirado

Splendid esplndido

Worthy digno

Appearance apariencia
Alert alerta
Blushing sonrojar

Homely poco atractivo


Bright brillante

Misty brumoso, empaado

Murky turbio, oscuro

Crinkled arrugado

Obtuse obtuso

Crystalline cristalino

Dim oscuro, confuso

Filthy inmundo, seboso

Foggy nebuloso

Weird extrao

Fancy lujoso, estrafalario

Elegant elegante
Dull aburrido, mate, chata (punta)
Shallow superficial, poco profundo
Smell olor
Bitter amargo

Savory sabroso

Delicious delicioso

Spicy picante

Tasty sabroso

Rotten podrido

Size tamao, talla


ample amplio
bulky voluminoso

152 One hundred and fifty two


immense inmenso
microscopic microscpico
miniature miniatura

diminutive diminuto

petite chiquita

gigantic gigantesco

huge enorme

prodigious prodigioso

vast enorme

massive masivo

voluminous voluminoso

Sound sonido
Deafening ensordecedor

Whine quejido

Faint dbil, desfallecido

Hoarse ronco

Resonant resonante

Harsh chilln

Screech chillido

Thunderous estruendo

Melodic meldico
Time tiempo
Ancient antiguo
Annual anual

Punctual puntual
Speedy rpido

Decade dcada

Sporadic espordico

Dusk anochecer

Sunrise salida del sol

Intermittent intermitente

Periodic peridico

Lengthy largo, prolongado

Twilight ocaso

Touch tacto
Breezy ventoso
Chilly fro

Shaggy peludo
Silky sedoso

Creepy espeluznante

Slimy baboso

Crisp crujiente

Slippery resbaladizo

Cuddly mimoso

Slushy raspado (hielo)

Smooth liso, tranquilo

Frosty escarchado

Stinging punzante

Greasy grasiento

Tight apretado, chido!

Prickly espinoso

Waxen encerado

Rough spero

Wooden de Madera
Expressions and Gestures expresiones & gestos
Blink parpadear
Frown fruncir el ceo
Smile sonrer
Wink guio
Grin sonrisa
Squint echar un vistazo
Smirk sonrisa de satisfaccin
153 one hundred and fifty three

Translate into Spanish


1. The calm music makes me sleepy.
2. When I felt the slimy insect made me goosepomps.
3. The lenghthy report was very boring.
4. There was sufficient milk in the kitchen for the cake.
5. He felt ashamed because of what he had done earlier.
6. She is very moody; some people say she should get married.
7. The shy girl is not so shy at home.
8. The gigantic pizza was too much for only two people.
9. That fancy dress was designed by an extremely famous artist.
10. That movie has made many people anxious.

Translate into English


1. El libro rojo es muy pesado.
2. Los miembros tendrn su mtodo moderno para medir molculas.
3. Esa maquina ha sido usada por mas de 9 meses en este rancho.
4. Esta meloda haba sido elegida por millones de personas como la mejor.
5. El encuentro de los pases puede que sea ms divertido en este campo.
6. La reina marchara con la mayora de sus soldados por la calle principal.
7. La luna se veria muy brillante si no estuviera nublado hoy.
8. El sol se eleva en el este e ilumina toda la montaa nevada.
9. La naturaleza del norte esta ms verde que la del sur.
10. Ese anciano esta enfermo mental y es necesario que nunca salga del hospital.

154 one hundred and fifty -four


Read and translate: imagine__________, initial__________,
poke__________, promise__________, round__________,
seem__________, send__________, sense__________,
separate__________, shape__________, shop__________,
matter__________, smell__________, smile__________,
sneeze__________, snow__________, sound__________,
speed__________, spell__________, spot__________,

Dictation
1. There were some threatening notes sent to the students by the neighbors.
2. The cows feel terrible about the mark left on their back.
3. We have to overcome our problems and get our strength back.
4. They joined the chess team, but they never play.
5. Maybe her middle child will walk for a mile tomorrow.
6. The whole nation will have a green movement in a moment.
7. Then, they might not finish the work using that material, nor will I.
8. There will be a million flowers at low cost near the beehive.
9. It doesnt matter if he moves back to his old house.
10. She might leave in a few minutes
Conversation
1. What is your major?
2. Do you like metal cups or glasses?
3. Do you drink much water?
4. What day is it today?
5. What month is it?
6. Do you know when it will rain?
7. Do you think it is hot today?
8. Are you hungry?
9. Are you thirsty?
10. Do you like to write?
11. Do you enjoy playing in the computer?
12. What is your favorite time of year?
13. Is the fan on?
14. Are you hot?
15. Do you want me to turn the fan on?

155 one hundred and fifty-five


Lesson 40
Ago hace

Fast food comida rpida

Brave valiente

Matter substancia, asunto, importar

Bravery valentia

Nucleus nucleo

Dragons dragones

Remains sobras, restos

Fair justo

Sight vista

Giant gigante

Sign firmar, anuncio

Hurricane huracn

Signal seal

Imagine imagina

Silent silencio

Initials iniciales

Simple simple

Lung pulmn

Since desde

Ink tinta

Sir seor

Perfume perfume

Size tamao

Poke picar

Skin piel

Pollen polen

Sky cielo

Promise promesa

Smell oler, olor

Question mark signo de pregunta

Smile sonreir

Round redondo

Sneeze estornudar

Seeds semillas

Snow nevar

Seem parecer

Soil tierra (para sembrar), ensuciar

Send enviar

Solution solucin

Sense sentido

Sound sonido

Sent envi

South sur

Sentence oracion

Southern sureo

Separate separar

Spaceespacio

Settled arreglado, colocado

Special especial

Several varios

Speed velocidad, acelerar

Shape forma

Spell deletrear, embrujo

Sharp filoso

Spot mancha, lugar (asiento), ver,

Shop comprar

Spread esparcir

Shoulder hombro

Tales cuentos

Shout gritar

Witches brujas

Chili chile, salsa picante

Wizards magos
Cast a spell embrujar, lanzar un
hechizo

156 one hundred and fifty-six

But va seguido de lo opuesto que se menciono antes, sin necesidad de

repetirlo.
And va seguido de lo mismo antes mensionado, sin repetirlo todo.
Too da la idea de tambin, se usa al final. Otro uso: Too + adjetivo
Too big. Muy grande
so da la idea de tambin se usa antes del auxiliar
Neither/noteither/nor/or da la idea de tampoco
Either da la idea de uno o el otro
To da la idea de tambin lo anterior sin necesidad de mensionarlo otra
vez.
Pregunta corta al final de una oracin = y? pregunta corta con el
auxiliar.
Shes living in an apartment, but he isnt.
We have visited the mississippi river, and they have too.
Mary hasnt studied her verbs, has John?
Mark is sick, and I am too.
Ana is pretty, and so am I
She asked me to come with her, but I didnt want to.
I cant rememeber his name, neither can I
She couldnt go early, nor could I.
She can neither speak English nor Spanish.
He can either drink coke or water.

Write your own sentences using but, and, too, so, neither,
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________

157 one hundred and fifty-seven


Los adverbios se usan para describir a los verbos y a los adjetivos. Por lo
regular los adverbios son adjetivos + la terminacin ly, hay algunas
excepciones que no llevan ly long, fast, early, good cambia por well.
I write happily.
He sings loudly. She drives fast. We arrive early.

They work calmly. They walk slowly. They run quickly. They write nicely
They are married.

They are happily married. They are red. They are

extremely red.
Adj.
adv.
Adj.
Adj.
Adv. Adj.
Despus de los linking verbs no se usan los adverbios sino los adjetivos.
Appear
Be
Become
Feel
Look
Prove
Seem
Smell
They seem happy. She is beautiful.

Taste
He feels good.

They look happy.

Translate into Spanish


1. The thunder can be heard but not seen.
2. That blind kid is arguing about his failing math results.
3. The northern star is the brightest.
4. There is a note on the refrigerator with the important phone numbers.
5. The neon signs are out of order.
6. The plane has a pattern in its colors.
7. That plant looks like its dying, you are right, I think so too.
8. Perhaps they wont notice the phrase at the end of the paragraph.
9. That party is full of weird people.
10. They paid a lot of money to see that play.
Translate into English
1. Tal par de calcetines es lo opuesto de lo que a el le gusta.
2. Su nariz es mas grande que la mia.
3. Ese aviso esta pagado para que salga en el peridico.
4. La orden de pasar con el especialista esta lista para recogerse.
5. Creo que la luz esta apagada, pero no estoy segura.
6. Por favor toca el piano.
7. Los llanos estn llenos de vacas.
8. El plan es ir a pagar el recibo del telfono primero.
9. Hay una pieza de pan por persona.
10. Esa frase esta en pasado y tiene un punto al final

158 one hundred and fifty-eight

Read and translate: call names__________, happen__________,


move__________, state__________, stay__________, stick__________,

stretch__________, suggest__________, supply__________,


sum__________, swim__________, test__________, tie__________,
wish__________

Dictation
1. Were living in a house in a big city, but he isnt.
2. Royer hasnt studied his English lesson yet, has John?
3. Marcy is ill because of last night supper, and I am too.
4. She cant rememeber his face, neither can I
5. The deaf child is able to play base ball.
6. Those fractions are very hard to understand.
7. That nerd boy is not very sociable. Not even with other nerds.
8. The noun is often at the beginning of the sentence.
9. The object that I need to send for observation is not ready yet.
10. John is pretty tall, and so is she.
Conversation
1. Do you have any particular characteristics?
2. Do you like guessing games?
3. What do you expect from the Mexican economy?
4. What am I supposed to do about the noise?
5. Do you have any plans for your holidays?
6. What part of Mexico do you like best?
7. Do you like to have long hair?
8. What is your favorite pet?
9. What is your favorite farm animal?
10. What do you think about snakes as pets?
11. Do you think that having pets in a house is good for kids?
12. What time is it?
13. Do you know how to get to downtown from here?
14. Where is the nearest hostipal?
15. What color is your book?
16. Do you enjoy going to the circus?
17. What is better to go to the gym or to walk?

Lesson 41
Airplanes aviones
Between entre (s)

159 one hundred and fifty-nine


Sugar azcar
Suggested sugirio

Blonde rubio

Sum suma, sumar

Bomb bomba

Supply surtir

Call names poner apodos

Suppose se supone que

Happen sucede

Sure seguro

Harbor puerto

Surface superficie

Island isla

Swim nadar

Miserable miserable

Syllables silabas

Moved se cambio (de casa)

Symbols simbolos

Overdue retrasado y no pagado

System sistema

Pearl perla

Tail cola

Square cuadrado, plaza

Tea kettle cafetera (tetera)

State estado, afirmar

Team equipo

Statement enunciado

Teddy bear oso de peluche

Stay quedarse

Teeth dientes

Steel acero

Television televisin

Step paso, escalon

Termperature temperature

Stick palo, enchufar

Terms terminos

Still aun, todavia, quieto

Terrible terrible

Stone piedra

Test examen

Straight derecho, recto

Than que

Strange extrao

Then entonces

Stream arrollo

Thick grueso

Stretch estirarse

Thin delgado

String cuerda

Tie corbata, amarrar

Subject sujeto

Tiny diminuto

Substances sustancias

Tone tono

Such tal, semejante, tan, que

Tool herramienta

Suddenly de repente

War guerra

Suffix sufijo

Wished deseo

160 One hundred and sixty


Condiciones
Would
If
Cuando usamos el verbo wish el segundo verbo se usa en pasado y al usar la
la conjuncion if aveces se usa el verbo en pasado:
Se debe usar were en lugar de was, parece error pero es correcto. El was
es informal.
Despus de if no se usa el auxiliar will ni el going to,
If I were you, I would cut my hair.
If I was a movie star, I would cut my hair.
I wish, I were you, because you are so smart.
If he were sick, he wouldnt go to work.
If I had finished my work earlier, I would have gone to the school.
If you come early, we will go to the movies.
If you went home soon, you could go to sleep early.
If I had seen you, I would have said hello.
Condicional 0 If I am hungry, I eat something= I eat something if I am
hungry.
Presente---presente
Condicional 1 If it rains, I will get an umbrella. = I will get an umbrella if it
rains.
Presente ---- future con will o going to
Condicional 2 If I had money, I would buy a car. = I would buy a car if I
had money.
Pasado---- could, would o might
Condicional 3 If I had known you were sick, I would have visited you. = I
would have visited you if I had known you were sick.
Pasado perfecto --- presente perfecto con would
Translate into Spanish
1. I wish I was rich so I could travel around the world.
2. I hope she is here so she can help me with the children.
3. I wish it would rain so it would wash some of the dirt off.
4. That letter is so well written that it looks like it came out of a dream.
5. If I was younger, I would practice more exercise.
6. If it didnt rain soon, I would water the plants.

7. If the kids didnt have school on Monday, we would go to the beach.


8. If the land wasnt so expensive, I would buy a lot.
9. The reason is that she hasnt been able to get a raise at work.
10. He recorded the report on his cell phone, but he cant see it now.
161 one hundred and sixty-one
11. That river is full of rocks that people havent been able to enjoy it much.
12. The rhythm of that song has been very popular lately.
13. The remains of dinner are for tomorrows lunch.
14. Its not the age what matters, its what it represents.
15. He is quite quick but he couldnt reach the other competitors.
16. The produce is fresher at the farmers market than it is at the mall.
17. Can I have a pound of apples, please?
18. His position at the store is almost at the bottom of the chain.
19. The soldiers have been checking vehicles in that road for a while now.
20.The process of printing depends on the power of the machine rather
than the ink.
Translate it into English
1. Si
2. Si
3. Si
4. Si
5. Si
6. Si
7. Si
8. Si
9. Si
10. Si

yo fuera tu, me pintaria el pelo de morado con azul.


el fuera mas alto, no cabria por la puerta del patio.
hiciera ms calor prenderia el ventilador en la velocidad ms alta.
yo tuviera tiempo, iria al gimnacio mas seguido.
ya hubieras terminado tu leccin de ingls, harias el dictado.
ella no fuera a la escuela, no aprendera muchas cosas.
ellos hubiera tenido hambre, comeria lo que encontraran en la cocina.
no hiciera tanto calor, estudiaramos ms agusto.
yo pudiera ir con el a su evento, iria acompaada de los nios.
mi hija no fuera tan chaparrita hubiera gandado la competencia.l

162 one hundred and sixty-two

Read and translate: kill__________, sink__________, touch__________,


track__________, travel__________, try__________, turn__________,
collect__________, get rid of__________, wait__________,
type__________
Dictation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

The storm was so strong; it had the strength to lift vehicles.


That pole is prepared for people to climb on to it.
That poem alone was more powerful than that beautiful letter.
I finally found a collection that has all the characters of the movie.
He is Jewish, but he doesnt want to tell anyone.
His property is so big that it has a man made lake that gets filled up with the
rain.
7. He really received that result on his exam, he remembered what he studied.
8. She must repeat grade again, she didnt go to school due to her illness.
9. The region on the right of the map is the Rocky Mountains.
10. He pushed and pulled, but he couldnt open that door. It was probably
locked.

Conversation
1. Excuse me, can you tell me the time?
2. Whats your middle name?
3. Do you live in a house?
4. What color is your house?
5. Do you have a nice ring tone in your door bell?
6. Have you ever gone to a ranch?
7. Have you ever ridden a horse?
8. Do you remember to return what you borrowed?
9. Have you been sick recently?
10. Do you think it is better to study in a quiet place?
11. Do you have any questions for me?
12. Did you prepare your summer trip yet?
13. Do you know all the presidentsnames?

14. Do you deal with providers at work?


15. Is it possible for you to walk through the mad dogs?

163 one hundred and sixty-three


Lesson 42
Alien extraterrestres

At first al principio

Horrible horrible

Citrus citricos

Human beings seres humanos

Collect coleccionar

Kill matar

Electricity electricidad

Mankind la humanidad

Get rid of deshacerse de

Mars marte

Mat tapete

Planet planeta

Pretty bastante, muy

Sink lavabo, hundirse

Sure seguro, segura

Skateboard patineta

Upon sobre, encima

Smart listo/a

Usually usualmente

Spaceship nave espacial

Valley valle

Terrifying terrorifico

Value valor

Top parte de arriba

Various varios

Total total

Veggies verduras

Touch tocar

Verb verbo

Toward hacia

View vista, punto de vista

Town pueblo ciudad

Visitors visitants

Track pista, camino, seguir la

Voice voz

pista

Vowel vocal

Trade comercio, canje

Wait esperar

Train tren

War guerra

Travel viajar

Was era, estaba

Triangle triangulo

Water agua

Truck camioneta, camion de

Waves olas, ondas

carga

Way camino

Truth verdadero

Weather clima

Try intentar

Weight peso, carga

Tube tubo

Welcome bienvenido

Turn voltear

West oeste

Type teclear, tipo

Western del oeste

Under abajo

Wheels ruedas, llantas

Underline subrayar

Whether si

Unit unidad

Worlds mundos

Until hasta
Up arriba

164 one hundred and sixty-four


Los siguientes conectores se usan para unir dos frases.
I dont know her. She is beautiful.
Whoever she is, she is beautiful.
Whoever quien sea, cualquiera
Whatever lo que sea, cualquier cosa
Whichever cualquiera que, el que
Wherever dondequiera que, por donde quiera que
Whenever siempre que, cuando sea

Write your own sentences with whoever, whatever, whichever, wherever, whenever,
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
HAY

There is, there are

hay

There is going to be

va a haber

There was, there were

haba

There was going to be

iba a haber

There will be

habr

There would be

habra

There has been

ha habido

There had bee

haba habido

There must be

debe haber There should be

There has to be
tiene que haber
There is an apple. Hay una manzana.

There can be

debera haber
puede haber

There will be a lot of rain this year. Habr much alluvia este ao.
There must be an insect or a bee, I hear something. Debe haber un insect o
una abejo, oigo algo.

Translate into Spanish

165 one hundred and sixty-five

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Whoever he is, he is getting all the attention of the students.


Whatever the boy does, it always ends up in a mess.
Whichever you choose, it will be your dinner.
Wherever you go, dont forget to wear sunscreen.
Whenever you come, you have to practice your talking.
When you are silent and somebody shouts, the sound seems louder.
The flowers smell good, but you shouldnt smell them from the top
because the pollen can go into your lungs.
8. My first initial is I, my middle initial is M, and my last name initial is G.
9. There are many stories about witches and wizards up north.
10. Many people are turning green and planting their own seeds at home.

Translate into English


1. Los caballeros de la mesa redonda son muy valientes.
2. Hace mucho tiempo los soldados podan enlistarse cuando tenan 16 aos,
ahora a los 18.
3. Antes de firmar algn documento tienes que leerlo bien.
4. El cielo esta nublado hoy por el huracn Adrian.
5. Cuales son tus iniciales de tu nombre completo?
6. Hoy es un dia especial en la escuela de mi hijo.
7. La velocidad de ese carro blanco es menor que la del carro gris.
8. Las pelculas de dragones y gigantes son cuentos muy populares con los
chiquitines.
9. Tengo que ir a la tienda a comprar figuras de distintos tamaos y colores.
10. Hace mucho tiempo los espaoles se establecieron en mexico para hacerlo
su nuevo hogar.

166 one hundred and sixty-six


Read and Translate: kill__________, sink__________, touch__________,
track__________, travel__________, try__________, turn__________,
collect__________, get rid of__________, wait__________,
type__________
Dictation
1. All sentences need punctuation at the end: Period, or question mark.
2. It seems like rain today.
3. Sign at the bottom of the paper, please.
4. Its not fair for the students not to have an end of the school year party.
5. Since it is very hot, Ill open all the doors and windows.
6. The child hurt his shoulder then he started to shout.
7. The smell of that perfume makes me sneeze.
8. Those laptops are similar, but I like the one with the taller screen better.
9. I like chopping my fruits and vegetables with a sharp knife.
10. That pencil has a sharp point, be careful, dont poke yourself.
Conversation
1. What is your firt name?
2. What is your middle initial?
3. Where were you yesterday night?
4. What time did you arrive here?
5. Why didnt you come at night?
6. How many pencils do you need?
7. Do you have enough papers?
8. Is this conversation difficult?
9. What is your favorite exercise?
10. Where do you like to go shopping?
11. What is your favorite ice-cream?

12. Do you like to listen to music?


13. Why is it cloudy today?
14. Do you know anything about the hurricane?
15. What is your favorite meal?
16. Is there a lot of sugar in cookies?
17. What is the worst snack to eat?
18. What is the healthiest snack to eat?
19. Where do you like to go for a good sea food meal?
20.Do you like the fish restaurants around the corner?

Lesson 43
Acorn bellotas

167 one hundred and sixty-seven


Air conditioner aire acondicionado

Acrobat acrobata

Airplane - avion

Acting actuar

Airport - aeropuerto

Along a lo largo de

Ambulance - ambulancia

Argue discutir

Ant hormiga

Aunt Tia

Apartment building departamentos

Beautiful hermoso

Apron mandil

Bossy mandon

Arctic fox zorro artico

Calm calmado

Armchair silln

Lake lago

Astronaut astronauta

Lost perdido

Bakery panadera

Search buscar, investigar

Ballet class- clase de balet

Shiny brilloso

Balloon globo

Shipwreck barco hundido

Bat murcielago

Shirt camisa

Bath mat tapete del bao

Summer verano

Bathing suit traje de bao

Swans cisnes

Bathrobe bata de bao

Terrible terrible

Bathtub tina de bao

Traffic light semaforo

Beach ball pelota playera

Whole completo

Beach chair- silla para playa

Whose de quien

Beak pico

Wide amplio, ancho

Bee abeja

Wild salvaje, Silvestre

Beetle escarabajo

Wind viento

Belt cinturon

Wings alas

Bench - banca

Wire alambre

Berries moras

Wish deseo

Big dipper constelacin

Within dentro de

Bike bicicleta

Wonder preguntarse

Birthday cake pastel de cumpleaos

Wood madera

Birthday card tarjeta de cumpleaos

Work trabajo

Sheep Borrego, oveja

Workers trabajadores

Shooting star estrella fugas

World mundo

Shovel pala

Wrong error, equivocado

Squirrels ardillas

Laundry ropa social


Do the laundry lava la roba

168 one hundred and sixty-eight


Study the following sentences they are out of the ordinary.
He had better stay home he is sick. Sera mejor que se quedara en
casa esta enfermo.
I have got a new car. (+ object) yo tengo un carro nuevo.
Tim has got a headache (only in present) l tiene un dolor de cabeza.
I always have breakfast. Yo siempre desayuno.
He has a good time. l se divierte.
Have a look at the experiment please. Echale un vistazo al
experimento por favor.
Can you have a party? Puedes tener una fiesta?
She is having a baby right now. Ella esta dando a luz en este momento.
She has long blonde hair. Ella tiene el pelo rubio.
I suggest you do your homework. Yo sugiero que t hagas tu tarea.
I prefer to do my work rather than go to the movies. Yo prefiero
hacer mi trabajo que ir al cine.
I prefer doing my work to going to the movies. Yo prefiero hacer mi
trabajo que ir al cine.
I would rather go. =Id rather go. = prefiero ir
Change the sentences into negative:
1. I have got a new car.

2. Tim has got a headache


3. I always have breakfast
4. He has a good time
5. Have a look at the experiment please.
6. You can have a party.
7. She is having a baby right now.
8. I suggest you do your homework.
9. I prefer to do my work rather than go to the movies.
10. I prefer doing my work to going to the movies

Translate into Spanish

169 one hundred and sixty-nine

1. What happened in Pearl Harbor was horrible, lots of people died.


2. The sum of four plus eight equals twelve.
3. She suggested me to drink lots of water for the heat.
4. That statement was posted in the state square.
5. Those sticks are made of steel.
6. He doesnt know how to swim, thats why he is afraid to go in the water.
7. She has been overdue two weeks and the baby is not born yet.
8. There was a big step to get on the bus, that she needed help.
9. The system for measuring temperature is different in every country.
10. Eating too much sugar is not good for your health.
Translate into English
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Esas herramientas son buenas para enderesar y estirar esa cuerda.


Yo puedo hablar con extraos solo en un lugar seguro.
El ha podido examinar y aprender los sufijos y los prefijos.
El sujeto de la piedra tiene una voz extraa.
De repente esas sustancias se convirtieron en una bomba.
Los simbolos ayudan para que los aviones sepan cundo quedarse quietos.
El arrollito no tiene mucha agua porque no ha llovido.
Mucha gente cuenta las silabas aplaudiendo.

9. Estoy segura de que el calor va a ser mas intenso.


10. El se siente miserable por la muerte de su abuela.

170 one hundred and seventy


Read and Translate: act__________, argue__________, lose__________,
shine __________, search__________, wish__________, work __________,
bat________, bike________, shovel________,
Dictation
1. I wish I could go to an island, do you?
2. Both wars were terrible, there were many deaths.
3. Then, airplane staff must look for bombs.
4. I can finally see the stars, can you?
5. This is one of the smallest states in the country.
6. Do you want coke and pepsi? Id rather drink coke.
7. Stay still, I am going to take a picture.
8. She has such strange hair.
9. I like calling names on people, does he?
10. What happened, I didnt see you on Friday?
Conversation
1.
2.
3.
4.

How many times have you moved to a different house?


Have you met any strange people lately?
Do you have straight hair?
Have you ever been to an island?

5. Have you traveled in an airplane?


6. Do you like looking at the stars?
7. Do you like collecting stones?
8. Do you know how the surface of the moon is?
9. Do you know how the USA measures temperature?
10. Do your children wear a tie to school?
11. Are you taller than your friends?
12. Do you know all the driving signals?
13. Do you know the terms for different voice tones?

171 one hundred and seventy-one


Lesson 44
Adventurer aventurero

Bush arbusto

Challenges desafios

Butterfly mariposa

Dangerous peligroso

Cabbage col

Explore explorar

Cabinet - gabinete

Heroic heroico

Calculator calculadora

Historic histrico

Calendar calendario

Journey viaje

Calf- cabrito

Photos fotos

Camel camello

Poverty pobreza

Campfire hoguera

Racism racismo

Candle vela

Risk arriesgarse

Cap gorra, tapa

Survive sobrevivir

Carpenter carpintero

Blouse blusa

Carpet alformbra

Blue whale ballena azul

Beanbag bolsas de arena

board game juego de mesa

Caterpillar oruga

bongo drums tambores

Cave cueva

Bookcase librero

Cd player toca cd

Bookstore librera

Centipede cienpies

Boots botas

Cereal cereal

Bottle botella

Cheek mejilla

Bracelet pulsera

Cheering haciendo porras

Bridge puente

Cheetah chita

Broccoli brcoli

Cherry-ceresa

Broken leg pierna fracturada

Chest pecho

Broom escoba

Chick pollito

Broomstick palo de escoba

Chilli chile comida con frijol,

Brush cepillar

chile, etc

Buffalo bfalo

Chocolate chocolate

Bumper cars carros chocones

Chopsticks palillos chinos

Bus camin

Claws garras

Bus stop parada de autobus

Closet closet

Scary de miedo

Cloudy nublado

Scissors tijeras

Seahorse caballo de mar

Shake hands with saludar de

Seesaw sube y baja

mano a

Shake your hands sacdete las

Bonfire fogata

manos

Mop trapeador, trapear

Sweep barrer

172 one hundred and seventy-two


Direct Speech: cuando decimos lo que alguien dijo podemos usar las comillas y
usar las palabras exactas.
Reported Speech: cuando decimos lo que alguien dijo con nuestras propias
palabras cambiamos el verbo siguiendo las siguientes formulas.
Presente pasado

future condicional

Am, is, are - was, were

will would

have, has- had

shallwould/should

can- could
like, go- liked, went
must - had to (need)

imperative- infinitive

must - must (suposicin)

go, come- to go, to come

pasado- pasado perfecto

did-had done
was/were had been
Tim: I am feeling ok.
Tim said, I am feeling ok. Direct Speech con comillas=quotation marks.
Tim said (that) he was feeling ok. Reported speech
Para los imperativos al convertirlos a reported le agregamos la particula to.
Roy: go!
Roy told me to go.
Come early!
She said to me to come early. She told me to come early.
I was sick. She said that she had been sick.
You are a good student. She said, that I was a good student.
Change these sentences into the reported speech.
1. Mary: I am going to the movies.
2. Roy: I like to go with you.
3. Ana: I will come tomorrow.
4. Sam: I want a piece of pizza.
5. Susy: I went to the movies.
6. Luis: I was tired.
7. Robert: I must study.
8. Mark: I dont know.
9. Elisa: I didnt go.
10. Sue: Come.
173 one hundred and seventy-three
Translate into Spanish
1. Wheather it rains or not, I still have to water the plants inside the garage.
2. I dont like western movies, but my husband loves them.
3. I used to live on the west side of the school, across the river.
4. Upon completion, I will pay you for fixing the tube for the kitchen water.
5. Underline all the trips that you would like to take during this summer.
6. The smart dog ran toward the tracks of the killer.
7. The high waves terrified some human beings last week end.
8. The value of train travel has gone up.
9. Are you ready to discover the truth about those horrible visitors?
10. Welcome to town; try to eat all types of foods at the various stores.
Translate into English

1. Maria dijo que ella iba a venir maana.


2. Juan dijo que el iria si tuviera tiempo.
3. Mucha gente dice que hay personas en marte.
4. Hay cientficos que afirman que hay muchos mundos ms.
5. Ahora hay ms planetas descubiertos por el hombre.
6. Las naves espaciales estn buscando otras tierras paresidas a nuestra tierra.
7. Algunas personas dicen que han visto extraterrestres.
8. El clima estuvo un poco fuera de lo comn el jueves, llovi muchsimo.
9. La mayora de los carros tienen cuatro llantas.
10. Esa camioneta tiene seis llantas. Pero dos no tocan el piso.

174 one hundred and seventy-four


Read and Translate: challenge ___________, explore ___________,
risk___________, survive___________, scare___________, shake
hands___________

Dictation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

There are many countries having civil wars during these days.
Some people have told others some totally unusual stories.
The top part of the page is dirty, under it is clean.
Its true, the rain took all the dirt away.
This town looks deserted on the week ends. I cant see any people on the
streets until Monday.
6. I will trade you some verb units for some triangles with vowels on them.
7. The valley view is beautiful from the top of the mountain.

8. The total amount of weight gained in my family this summer was up to 100
pounds.
9. Its no trouble at all, I can give you a ride down town.
10. Wait up, Turn around, I am coming too, I am also going that way.
Conversation
1. Are you ready to start the conversation?
2. Have you ever touched a lion?
3. Have you ever seen the green waves in Cuyutln?
4. Do you like to go to the ocean?
5. Did you watch a movie on Sunday night?
6. Do you know how many planets there are?
7. Do you know what quotation marks are?
8. Do you know how to use them?
9. Do you ever use them with your fingers?
10. Do you ever write them?

Lesson 45
Clown pallaso

175 one hundred and seventy-five


Dvd player toca dvd

Coconut coco

Dwarf enano

Coffee table mesita de centro

Dwarves enanos

Colored pencils colores

Eagle aguila

Comb peine

Ear oreja

Comet cometa

Earrings aretes

Comic book historieta

Elbow codo

Cookies galletas

Electric fan ventilador elctrico

Courtains cortinas

Elephant elefante

Crab cangrejo

Elf enano

Crayon crayola

Elves enanos

Cricket grillo

Eraser borrador

Crocodile cocodrilo

Eye patch parche para un ojo

Crosswalk cruce de peatones

Fairy ada

Crown corona

Feathers plumas de ave

Cutting board- tabla de picar

Ferris wheel rueda de la fortuna

Cymbals platillos (musicales)

Finish line meta

Daddy papi

Fins aletas de pescado

Dentist dentista

Fire station estacion de

Dentists office consultorio

bomberos

dental

Fire truck camin de bomberos

Do a cartwheel- hacer una

Firefighter bombero

voltereta

Fireworks fuegos artificiales

Do a handstand-pararse de

Fishing net - red

manos

Fishing pole caa de pescar

Do a headstand-pararse de

Flashlight linterna

cabeza

Flippers aletas de delfin

Do a somersault-dar una

Flower shop florera

maromata

Flowered floriado

Doll mueca

Flute flauta

Dolphin delfin

Fly a kite volar un papalote

Donut dona

Flying carpet alfombra voladora

Dragonfly libelula

Saxophone saxofon

Drum tambor

Scarecrow - espantapajaros

Duck pato

Scarf bufanda

Duckling patito
Sandcastle castillo de arena
Satellite satlite
Sausages salchichas
176 one hundred and seventy-six
Formula para ordenes: verbo + pronombre objetivo/sujeto + complemento.
Para mandarle a alguien que haga algo, usamos el verbo have
Have something done! Hacer que algo se haga! He had the chair fixed.
Have someone do something! Hacer que alguien haga algo! He made me
break the glass.
Make him do his homework! Haz que l haga su tarea!
Let her come early. Dejala venir temprano.
Have your sister call me when she arrives.

Que tu hermana me llame cuando llegue.


Para el negativo simplemente se usa el dont
Dont let him come if he is sick. No lo dejes venir si l esta enfermo.
Dont invite so many people; the house is small. No invites a tanta gente, la
casa es pequea.
Cuando comparamos tambin se puede usar the ms er o more aunque
parezca error no lo es.
The more you study, the better youll do on the test.
Entre ms estudias, mejor te ir en tu exmen.
The bigger the house is, the more people you can invite.
Entre ms grande sea la casa, ms personas puedes invitar.
Lo que aprendimos antes es que se usa el superlativo as the biggest,
the most expensive, pero como acabamos de ver en los ejemplos anteriores
tambin se puede usar the con el comparativo: ermore
the bigger = entre mas grande
the more comfortable entre mas comodo
The biggest = el ms grande
The most comfortable el ms comodo
Write your own examples of the previous explanation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________

Translate into Spanish


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

177 one hundred and seventy-seven

Do you want to walk along the river?


Dont argue with your friend, she is just trying to help.
The more acorns the squirrels eat, the worse the winter will be.
The weather is rainy and cloudy today, in the mountains is foggy and windy.
I had to get a birthday card and cake for my nephew last Sunday.

6. I used to play with beetles when I was little, now I dont even want to touch
them.
7. That bench in the garage is not very strong it can not hold too much weight.
8. My mother is allergic to bee stings; my daughter is allergic to berries.
9. I dont know how to draw a bird, its beak and wings.
10. I used to have a mountain bike but it was stolen when I left it by
the door in front of my house.
Translate into English
1. Has visto la pelicula del cisne negro?
2. Tu crees que un zorro es un animal salvaje?
3. Los trabajadores deben usar cinturn ancho y mandil.
4. Me pregunto si puedo jugar con esa pelota playera?
5. Me puedes llevar al aeropuerto mas cercano para tomar mi avin?
6. Deseara tener un aire acondicionado en cada cuarto de la casa.
7. Los acrbatas se ven tan hermosos en su actuacin.
8. Muchas personas se baan en traje de bao en ese lago, parece playa.
9. Necesito comprar un tapete para la salida de la tina de bao.
10. Ese silln esta tan amplio que dos personas caben en el.

178 one hundred and seventy-eight


Read and Translate: comb__________, do __________,fire__________,
fly__________,
Dictation
1. Have you seen the new pirate movie?
2. Do you believe that a bee is a wild insect?
3. The driver must wear his seat belt in the ambulance.

4. I wonder if I can play with red ants.


5. Can you take me to the nearest bus station to catch my bus?
6. I wish, I had beautiful music in every room.
7. The wind was calm this morning.
8. Many bees come out during the summer to eat honey.
9. I need to do my homework again; I was wrong in my previous one.
10. That bench is so little that it cannot hold too many people.
Conversation
1. Do you have a bossy aunt?
2. Have you lost something and search and didnt find?
3. Whose book is this?
4. Have you ever lived in an apartment building?
5. Do you get scared when balloons pop?
6. Do you like bats?
7. Can you recognize the big dipper in the night sky?
8. What do you think about all this rain?
9. Have you seen the news about the ocean waves?
10. Do you like berries?
11. Do you like the summer?
12. Have you ever taken ballet lessons?
13. Have you ever flown in an airplane?
14. Have you ever eaten a whole cake?
15. Have you ever bumped into a wire in the street?

Lesson 46
Fried chicken pollo frito

179 one hundred and seventy-nine


Hairbrush cepillo del pelo

Fries papas a la francesa

Harp harpa

Frog rana

Have a cold tener un resfriado

Frying pan cacerola

Have a cough tener tos

Garlic ajo

Have a headache tener dolor de

Gas station estacin del gas

cabeza

Gray gris

Have a snowball fight ten una

Genie genio (de la lampara)

pelea de bolas de nieve

Giraffe jirafa

Have a stomachache tener dolor

Globe glob terraquio

de estomago

Gloves - guantes

Helicopter - helicoptero

Glue pegamento

Helmet casco

Go fishing ir a pescar

Hiking boots botas de alpinismo

Go ice-skating ir a patinar en

Hippopotamus Hippo hipoptamo

hielo

Hook gancho

Go kayaking ir a andar en kayak

Hop brincar, saltar,

(bote para uno)

Horn cuerno, claxon

Go skating ir a patinar

Hospital hospital

Go skiing ve a esquiar

Hungry hambriento

Go sledding ir en trineo

Husky llenito (gordito)

Go swimming ir a nadar

Hyena hiena

Goat chivo

Ice cream cone cono de nieve

Gorilla gorila

Ice skates patines para hielo

Grandma abuelita

Ink tinta

Grandpa - abuelito

In-line skates patine en linea

Grapes uvas

Iron plancha, planchar

Grasshopper grillo

Jacket chamarra

Green pepper chile morrn

Jam mermelado

Grill asar

Jeans pantalones de mezclilla

Guinea pig conejillo de indias

Jellyfish medusa

Guitar guitarra

Joey canguro bebe

Gum chicle

Sand dune montaita de arena

Shower regadera

Sandals sandalias

Science class clase de ciencias

Sandbox caja de arena

Silver plata

Starting line linea de inicio

Chew masticar

180 one hundred and eighty

Adjetivos terminados en -ing y en ed parecen verbos pero son adjetivos


Formula:
Someone is ed if something is ing or
If something is ing, it makes you ed
Anas job is boring. El trabajo de Ana es aburrido.
Ana is boring. Ana es aburrida.
Ana is bored because her job is boring.
Ana esta aburrida porque su trabajo es aburrido
Anas job is boring, so Ana is bored.
El trabajo de Ana es aburrido as que Ana se aburre.
ing todo el tiempo

ed en un momento especifico

Fascinating

fascinated

facinado

Exciting

excited

emocionado

Amusing

amused

entretenido

Amazing

amazed

asombroso

Astonishing

astonished

sorprendente

Shocking

shocked

conmocionado

Disgusting

disgusted

asqueado

Embarrassing

embarrassed

avergonzado

Confusing

confused

confundido

Horrifying

horrified

horrorizado

Terrifying

terrified

aterrado

Frightening

frightened

espantado

Depressing

depressed

deprimente

Worrying

worried

preocupado

Annoying

annoyed

molesto

Exhausting

exhausted

agotado

Satisfying

satisfied

satisfactorio

181 one hundred and eighty-one


Translate into Spanish
1.
2.
3.
4.

Some challenges in reality TV shows are dangerous.


The surviver has to risk everyting in the adventure in order to win.
Poverty is one of the factors in not eating healthy foods.
She works in a bookstore cleaning bookcases and organizing the
books.
5. Racism made blacks to go to the back of the bus.
6. Bumper cars are fun but people can get hurt.
7. The photos of the blue whale were the best part of the journey.
8. The bushes are getting wet with the rain.
9. Some people dont like cabbage and broccoli on their food.
10. That cabinet is full of cds but the CD player is out of order.
Translate into English
1. Hay muchos insectos en el jardin, una mariposa, una oruga y un
cienpies.
2. Hoy esta nublado y lluvioso.
3. Ese closet esta lleno de gorras, blusas, pulceras y botas.
4. Ese calendario tiene monumentos histricos.
5. La chita tiene garras pero los camellos, bufalos y los cabritos no.
6. A mi me gusta el chocolate con chile cuando lo preparan como mole.
7. El tiene una pierna rota y tiene que caminar a la parada del camin.
8. La cueva tiene una fogata, alguien debe estar adentro.
9. Voy a comprar una escoba nueva, la vieja se le rompi el palo.
10. El puente sobre el rio Mississippi se cay en 2007.

182 one hundred and eighty-two


Read and Translate: fry__________, glue__________, grill__________,
chew __________, hop __________, iron
Dictation
1. The heroic act was rewarded by the president.
2. The carpenter needs some wood to make the tables.
3. His cheeks turned red because he was ashamed.
4. The ten little chicks were very hungry.
5. It has been very cloudy lately.
6. The boy killed a centipede with a rock.
7. She was satisfied because the food was satisfying.
8. Their mom was worried because the weather was horrible.
9. We were so frightened because the movie was frightening.
10. He was so confused with the confusing newspaper article.
Conversation
1. Do you like cherries?
2. Do you like cereal for breakfast?
3. Do you use a calculator in your job?
4. Do you like lighting candles?
5. Do you have a carpet in your house?
6. Do you like exercising with beanbags?
7. Have you ever been to a cave?
8. Do you like exploring new places?
9. Do you like drinking coke from a bottle or from a can?
10. Do you like cheering in public?
11. Can you eat with chopsticks?
12. Do you like combing other peoples hair?
13. Do you like board games?
14. Do you know how to play the bongo drums?
15. Have you ever had chicks?

183 one hundred and eighty-three


Lesson 47
Herbs hierbas

Fabric tela

Jogging pants pantalones para

Mittens guantes

hacer ejercicio

Mixing bowl- tazn, platn, molde

Jump rope brincar la soga

Mom- mam

Jungle gym gimnacio (en un

Mommy mami

parque)

Monkey chango

Kangaroo kanguro

Moose - alce

Keyboard tecleado

Mug taza

Kitten gatito

Museum museo

knee pads rodilleras

Mushroom champin

Knee rodilla

Neck cuello

Ladybug Catarina

Newspaper peridico

Lamb borrego

Nightgown bata de dormir

Lamp lmpara

Noodles sopa de fideo

Library biblioteca

North star estrella del norte

Lifesaver salva vidas

Nurse enfermera

Lightning - rayo

Nuts nueces

Lion len

Octopus pulpo

Lizard iguana

Orange juice jugo de naranja

Lunchroom cafeteria

Ostrich avestruz

Magic wand barita magica

Outfit atuendo

Mail carrier cartero

Owl bho

Mailbox- buzon

Pail balde

Make a snowman haz un mueco

Paintbrush pincel, brocha

de nieve

Painter pintor

Marker marcador

Paints pinturas

Mask googles

Pajamas piyama

Mermaid sirenita

Palm tree palmera

merry-go-round carrucel

Pancakes hotcakes

Message mensaje

Pants pantalones

Mirror espejo

PE physical education educacion

Stormy tormentoso

fisica

Stove estufa

Spotted con manchas

Treat dulcesito, panecillo, algo

Squirrel ardilla

rico

Stapler engrapadora

Sneakers tenis

Spot encontrar

184 one hundred and eighty-four

So= tan, muy se usa ms un adjetivo o adverbio.


Such= tal como, semejante, parecido se usa ms un sustantivo
I was so tired.

It was such beatiful weather.

Adj.

sustantivo

Cuando agregamos detalles a las oraciones, los detalles se pueden poner al


final de la oracion o al principiol
Tim will go on vacation.
Tim will go on vacation by plane.
After his final exams, Tim will go on vacation by plane.

Translate into Spanish


1. I
2. I
3. I
4. I
5. I
6. I
7. I
8. I
9. I
10. I

have never been in a fire truck. But I have some firefighter friends.
did not learn how to play the flute when I was in junior high.
have done many things butI have never flown a kite before.
have been fishing in the river, because the ocean is very dangerous.
had read lots of comic books but I do not collect them.
will be able to take a vacation pretty soon.
should do this cartwheel on a mat, so I dont get hurt.
must do the chopping of the veggies on the cutting board.
might have the DVD player fixed, or buy a new one, Im not sure.
may take swimming lessons, but I dont want to wear flippers.

Translate into English

185 one hundred and eighty-five

1.
2.
3.
4.

Tengo que hacer galletas para la fiesta de cumpleaos.


Las alfombras voladoras solo se ven en las pelculas.
Los delfines son los animales mas inteligentes del ocano.
Mi amigo tiene que ir al dentista pero a el no le gusta esperar en el
consultorio.
5. Los ventiladores elctricos no gastan mucha electricidad.
6. Las liblulas tienen alas muy largas.
7. Muchas personas dicen que la carne de congrejo es muy deliciosa.
8. Casi todas las calles tienen pintadas las lneas para el cruce peatonal.
9. Las muecas barbies son muy populares.
10. A mi familia y a mi nos encantan las donas.

Read andTranslate: jump __________, knee __________,


spot__________,

Dictation
1. Some clowns are pretty funny, but others are just scary.
2. I love coconut water, but I dont like the coconut milk, its too
thick.
3. I like putting my feet on the coffee table.
4. The teacher asked the students to have their own colored pencils.
5. Girls need to comb their hair by themselves.
6. People get pretty excited when they see dolphins in the ocean.
7. Many tourists bring flippers, fishing poles, fishing nets, and fishing
lines
when they go to the beach.

8. Everytime there is a firework show the firefighters get their fire


truck
ready at the fire station.
9. Some bands need cymbals, drums and flutes.
10. Kids love to do somersaults, headstands, handstands and cartwheels.

Conversation

186 one hundred and eighty-six

1. Have you ever seen an eagle up close?


2. Do you wear earrings on your ears?
3. Do you believe in elves?
4. Have you ever written with feathers and ink?
5. Have you ever touched an elephant?
6. Do you like going on the Ferris wheel?
7. Do you like to color with crayons?
8. Have you ever eaten crocodile meat?
9. Have you seen the fairy movies?
10. Do you like pens that have erasers?
11. Have you ever worn a crown?
12. Have you seen little people?
13. Do you like flowered clothes?
14. Do you know anybody that has broken an elbow?
15. Do you like buying flowers at the flower shop?
16. Have you seen anybody with an eye patch?
17. Do you know anybody that has a cricket as a pet?
18. What colors are ducklyings?
19. What color are ducks?
20.Have you seen a comet?

187 one hundred and eighty-seven


Lesson 48
Art arte

Porridge avena

Its a piece of cake es muy facil

Post office oficina postal

Parrot perico

Potato chips papitas

Party hat gorro de fiesta

Pouch bolcita

Paw pata de animal

Presents regalos

Pencil case caja de lpices

Prince prncipe

Penguin pingino

Princess princesa

Pet shop tienda de mascotas

Pumpkin calabaza

Piano class- clase de piano

Puppet marioneta

Pijama piyama

Puppy cachorrito

Pillow almohada

Purple morado

Pineapple pia

Puzzle rompecabezas

Pink rosita

Queen rena

Pirate captain capitn pirata

Quilt colcha

Pirate flag bandera pirata

Racoon mapache

Pirate ship barco pirata

Rainbow arcoiris

Platypus ornitorringo

Raincoat impermiable

Play cards jugar cartas

Rainy -lluvioso

Play hide and seek jugar a las

Rattlesnake serpiente de

escondidas

cascabel

Play hopscotch jugar al bebe leche

Recorder flauta dulce

Play soccer jugar futbol

Rectangle rectngulo

Play tag jugar a la trais

Restaurant restaurante

play baseball jugar beisbal

Restroom tocador, bao

play basketball jugar basket

Rhinoceros rinoceronte

Plum ciruela

Ribbon liston

Polar bear oso polar

Ride a bike andar en bicicleta

Plice car - patrulla

Ring anillo, timbrar

Police officer oficial de policia

Rocket cohete

Police station estacin de policia

Roller coaster montaa rusa

Pond laguito

Ruler regla

Popcorn palomitas

Running a race coreer una

Trunk cajuela,

carrera

T-shirt playera

Treasure chest cofre del


tesoro
Trumpet trompeta

188 One hundred and eighty-eight


Infinitive after adjectives: despus de un adjetivo el verbo se escribe en
infinitivo con la particula to. A veces la particula to se traduce como para
y a veces slo indica que el siguiente verbo termina en ar, er, ir, depende
de la oracin.
It is easy to understand him. Es facil entenderlo.
It is cold to go swimming. Hace frio para ir a nadar.
Se le llama appositive (perteneciente o relativo a la posicin): Cuando
queremos especificar de quien estamos hablando, podemos agregar el
nombre de la persona o lo que hace la persona para que quede ms claro
de quien se esta hablando separandolo con comas.
My cousin, Ana is working as a photographer.
Appositive, sujeto verbo + complement (entre sujeto y verbo no hay
coma)
Ana, my cousin, is working as a photographer.
Sujeto, appositive, verbo + complement (entre appositive y verbo s hay
coma)

Translate into Spanish


1. You have to wear jeans for the party.

2. We did a lot of ice fishing last winter.


3. They have eaten fried chicken from KFC.
4. He had done plenty of snow balls for the snow fight.
5. She had been doing kayaking wearing a jacket and a helmet.
6. The gorilla and the guinea pig will be able to be friends.
7. You should do this grilling outside.
8. You must wear gloves because it is very cold outside.
9. You might go skating if it is cold enough.
10. You may play the guitar when you are done with your homework.

Translate into English

189 one hundred and eighty-nine

1. El oficial dijo que los carros pasaran si el semforo estuviera en verde.


2. El gancho para pezcar tiene un chicle.
3. El helado es de chocolate.
4. El chivo brinca y golpea a otros chivos con sus cuernos.
5. A mi no me gusta planchar.
6. Los bebes canguros se duermen en la bolsita de su mam.
7. Yo nunca me he subido a un helicptero.
8. Te gusta ir al zoolgico para ver hipoptamos, elefantes, hienas, etc.
9. Te gustara tener un genio que te diera pizza con chiles morrones.
10. Haba muchas medusas la ultima vez que fui a la playa.
Read and Translate: play__________, record__________, rain__________,
rest__________, ride__________, ring __________,
Dictation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

I love fries with my burguer, so I cook them at home in a frying pan.


A glove is round and a map is flat.
My grandma and grandpa are dead.
The grasshopper can be green or brown.
The sky has looked very gray all week.

6. I dont use a hear brush I prefer a comb.


7. I had a cold last week.
8. She had a terrible headache last Tuesday.
9. My brothers birthday is today, and well celebrate it tonight.
10. There were many fish in the ocean last time I went there.

Conversation

190 one hundred and ninety

1. Do you like garlic bread?


2. Did you go swimming last week end?
3. Have you ever gone sledding?
4. Have you ever gone water skiing?
5. What do giraffes look like?
6. Did you go ice-skating last winter?
7. Do you like to skate?
8. What flavor is your favorite ice-cream?
9. Do you like jam?
10. Do you like harp music?
11. Have you ever touched a frog?
12. Have you ever seen jellyfish?
13. Do you have a headache?
14. Do you have a cough?
15. Do you have a stomachache?
16. Are you hungry?
17. Do you like green or purple grapes?
18. Do you like to wear jeans?
19. Do you have a globe in your house?
20.Do you know how to skate on in-line skates?
21. Do you like to grill?

191 one hundred and ninty-one

Lesson 49
Sand dune montaita de arena

Skirt falda

Sandals sandalias

Skis esqus

Sandbox caja de arena

Sled trineo

Sandcastle castillo de arena

Sleeping bag bolsa de dormir

Satellite satlite

Sleepy sooliento

Sausages - salchichas

Sleigh trineo

Saxophone saxofon

Slippers Pantunflas

Scarecrow - espantapajaros

Snail caracol

Scarf bufanda

Snake serpiente

Scary de miedo

Sneakers tenis

Scissors tijeras

Snorkel respirador para el mar

Seahorse caballo de mar

Snowball pelota de nieve

Seal foca

Snowflake hojuela de nieve

Seaweed - algas

Snowman mueco de nieve

Seeds semillas

Snowy- nevado

Seesaw sube y baja

Soap jabn

Shake hands with saludar de mano a

Soccer practice practica de

Shake your hands sacdete las manos

futbol

Shark tiburn

Socks calcetines

Sheep Borrego, oveja

Space shuttle nave avin espacial

Shell conchita

Spaceship nave espacial

Shiny brilloso

Spider araa

Shipwreck barco hundido

Spotted con manchas

Shirt camisa

Squirrel ardilla

Shooting star estrella fugas

Stapler engrapadora

Shovel pala

Starfish estrella de mar

Shower regadera

Starting line linea de inicio

Science class clase de ciencias

Stomach estomago

Silver plata

Stormy tormentoso

Sink lavabo

Stove estufa

Skateboard patineta

Suddenly de repente

Treasure map mapa del tesoro

Train tren

Tree rbol

Train station estacin del tren

Triangle tringulo

Treasure tesoro

Sand lijar

Treat dulcesito, panecillo, algo rico,


tratar

192 one hundred and ninety-two


Word order in English
Jim
Subject

does
Auxiliar

not
Negacin

ever
Adverbio

run
Verb

to his office in the morning


C. Place

C. Time

Los verbos en gerundio tambien se pueden usar como adjetivos cuando se usan sin
el to be.
The baby crying on his moms arms is hungry.
El bebe llorn en los brazos de su mam tiene hambre.
Sujeto adjetivo complement verbo adjetivo.
The boy walking on the road is going to his house.
El nio caminante en el camino va a su casa.
Por lo regular usamos los verbos en gerundio con el verbo to be
I am writing. Yo estoy escribiendo
En este caso writing es verbo por ir despus del verbo to be

Write your own examples of ing adjectives


1. _________________________________________________________
2. _________________________________________________________
3. _________________________________________________________
4. _________________________________________________________
5. _________________________________________________________
6. _________________________________________________________
7. _________________________________________________________
8. _________________________________________________________
9. _________________________________________________________
10. _________________________________________________________

193 one hundred and ninety-three


Translate into Spanish
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Jogging pants are very comfortable to jump rope.


I dont like wearing mittens when I am cooking.
He has to go to the library to buy a new PE manual.
She hurt her knee when she was jumping rope.
The mail career rides a motorcycle because it is easier to reach the
mailboxes.
6. Those are magic markers; you need a special light to see the writing.
7. I need a mixing bowl, mushrooms, nuts, orange juice, and some octopus
for the salad.
8. I prefer to eat papaya better than pancakes for breakfast.
9. I love noodle soup with cheese and Italian herbs.
10. I need a full size mirror to look at myself when I am trying pants on.
Translate into English
1. La estrella del norte es la ms brillante.
2. Ese balde sucio y aquella brocha rota son para pintar la cafetera en la
tarde.
3. Los canguros son de Australia.

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

A mi no me gusta usar rodilleras cuando voy en bicicleta.


Me encanta ver a los leones en el zoolgico el domingo por la maana.
El salvavidas se muri por ir a rescatar a alguien despus de almorzar.
Me duele el cuello por dormir en el sof ayer.
No me gusta dormir con bata de dormir, prefiero piyamas.
La enfermera gritona se fue de vacaciones a la ciudad de Mexico
anoche.
10. Esa palmera esta muy alta pero el seor si puede escalarla todos los
dias.

194 one hundred and ninety-four


Read and Translate: sand __________, shake __________, ski __________,
treat __________,

Dictation
1. My friend got me a new green outfit from a magazine.
2. When they went to the zoo they took some amazing pictures of the moose.
3. To make a snow man, the snow needs to be almost melting so it can stick
together.
4. Owls are good for keeping small birds away and not getting the buildings
dirty.
5. The computer keyboard is kind of dirty.
6. The newspaper has a lot of bad news lately.
7. I went to the museum last week and there was a painter painting himself.
8. Kids love going on the merry go round no matter what age they are.
9. Monkeys have a jungle gym in their cage.
10. There are many tales about mermaids, but I dont think they are real.
Conversation

1. Do you like wearing masks when you are painting?


2. Do you like leaving messages in peoples cell phones?
3. Do you like to eat lamb meat?
4. Have you ever tried ostrich?
5. Do you get scared when there is lightning?
6. Do you like to call your mother: mom or mommy?
7. Do you have a special mug for your coffee?
8. What color are ladybugs?
9. Would you like to have a pet lizard?
10. Do you like kittens?

Lesson 50
Hiking ir a caminar

195 one hundred and ninety-five


Parade desfile

Plague -plaga

Rub your tummy sbate la

Sleepy sooliento

estomago

Sleigh trineo

Skirt falda

Slippers Pantunflas

Skis esqus

Strawberry-fresa

Sled trineo

Stripped rayado

Sleeping bag bolsa de dormir

Submarine submarino

Snorkel respirador para el mar

Sunglasses lentes de sol

Snowball pelota de nieve

Sunny -soleado

Snowflake hojuela de nieve

Sunscreen bloqueador solar

Snowman mueco de nieve

Supermarket supermercado

Snowy- nevado

Surfboard tabla para surfear

Soap jabn

Sweater sueter

Soccer practice practica de futbol

Sweatshirt sudadera

Socks calcetines

Swimming class- clase de natacin

Space shuttle nave avin espacial

Swimming pool- alberca

Spaceship nave espacial

Swimsuit traje de bao

Toy store juguetera

Swing columpio

Tusk colmillo de elefante

Talk with friends hablar con

TV- tv

amigos

Vacuum cleaner aspiradora

Tent tienda de campaa

Violin violin

Thirsty sediento

Volcano volcan

Tiger tigre

Waiter mesero

Toast tostado

Waitress mesera

Toaster tostador

Wallet cartera

Toilet taza del bao

Walrus-foca

Tomato jitomate

Wastebasket bote de basura

Tongue lengua

Waterfall cascada

Toothbrush cepillo de dientes

Watermelon sandia

Toothpaste paste de dientes

Web telaraa

Touch your nose tocate la nariz

Whale ballena

Towel toalla

Whiskers bigotes (de gato)

Tower torre

Whiteboard pizarron
Windy ventoso
Wait server
Is anybody waiting on you?
Alguien te esta atendiendo?
Yes, the waitress.

Si la mesera.
196 one hundred and ninety-six
Prepositions: by por, en, in dentro de, on en, sobre, at en, a, al
car, train, plane, boat, ship, bus, bicycle, rail, air, sea, subway
In + my car, a taxi,
On + the train
In an armchair

On a chair

at the bus stop

In a garden

on the floor

at the door

In a river

on the ground

at the window

In the sky

on the wall

at the top of the page

In a mirror

on the grass

at the bottom of the page

In a picture

on your nose

at the end of the street

In a photo

on the bulletin board

at the front desk

In a line

on the left

at the traffic light

In a row

on the right

at/on the corner

In your mouth

on the way

at work

In bed

on a farm

at a station

In prison/jail

on page 7

at an airport

In the hospital

on the shelf

at the seashore

In the ocean

on the first floor

at sea

In the water

on a road

at the meeting

In a country

on the coast

at the concert

Write some sentences using some of the previous prepositions

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________

197 one hundred and ninety-seven


Tiempos compuestos: auxiliaries o modales + el verbo to be + el verbo + ing.
I will be studying:

yo estare estudiando.

He can be reading:

yo puedo estar estudiando.

She could be coming: ella pud estar viniendo.


They would be able to be running: Ellos podran estar corriendo.
We should be talking: nosotros deberamos estar hablando.
Mary has been laughing: Maria ha estado riendose.
Roy and Robert have been sleeping: Roy y Roberto han estado durmiendo.
Anna had been eating: Anna haba estado comiendo.
Complete the exercise with the correct prepositions:
1. The English class is _________ Monday______ school. (el, en)
2. The book is due ________ three months_______the library.(por, en)
3. The school is out __________ Sunday.(el)

4. We are ________ the year 2011.(en)


5. Today is the 1st ________ May. (de)
6. We are _________ July.(en)
7. They are ________ the ocean. (en)
8. I will be working ___________ 20 days. (por)
9. Open the book _______ page 200 (en)
10. Ill meet you ______ the bus stop. (en)
Translate into Spanish
1. The parrot that is in the tree is little and green.
2. That party hat has a picture of a birthday cake on it.
3. I dont like to play cards. I rather run races.
4. Piano lessons are more expensive than soccer practice.
5. He believes that basketball helps people to be taller.
6. It has been rainy lately, and a beautiful rainbow was formed in the east.
7. The queen likes to wear purple raincoats and a purple ribbon for her head.
8. The prince is giving the princess a gold ring.
9. Kids at school are playing hopscotch, baseball, and tag.
10. That quilt was made with 50 squares of fabric.

Translate into English

198 one hundred and ninety-eight

1. Tengo que comprar algunas cosas para la escuela: una regla y un caja para
lpices.
2. Te gustaria jugo de pia o de ciruela con tus papitas?
3. Sabias que los kanguros tienen una bolcita para sus bebes.
4. Quieres jugar beisbol o escondidas?
5. Sabes tocar la flauta?
6. Me puedes llevar a la oficina postal?
7. Traite el impermiable rocita parece que va a llover.
8. El le dio a ella un cachorrito con un anillo amarrado al cuello.
9. Si tu fueras el capitn de un barco pirata como seria tu bandera?
10. La colcha esta hecha de pedazos de rectngulos de diferentes telas.
Read and Translate: hike __________, swing __________,

toast__________,
Touch __________, rub __________, ski __________, vacuum
__________,
Wait __________,

Dictation
1. Could you please bring me my pillow, my pijamas and a quilt?
2. The police officer is parking his police car outside of the police station.
3. I dont really like porridge, I prefer to eat pumpkin and milk.
4. The birthday boy received a lot of presents: a puzzle, a rocket and a purple
puppet.
5. I think that movie popcorn tastes better than home made popcorn.
6. There is a rattlesnake, a raccon, a platypus and a rhinocerous in the pond
outside the city.
7. Polar bears and penguins live in cold places like the Arctic and Alaska.
8. Before going on the roller coaster, youd better go to the restroom.
9. The restaurant where we ate yesterday is next to the pet shop the paw
10. Its a piece of cake for me to ride a bike without using my hands.
Conversation
1. Did you already watch the pirate movie?
2. Do you know how to make quilts?
3. Do you know where the restroom is?
4. Have you ever seen a penguin or a polar bear?
5. Do you like platypuses?

Lesson 51
Abolish abolir

199 one hundred and ninety-nine


Arable arable, cultibable

Aborigine aborigen

Archipelago archipilago

Absorb absorber

Arid rido

Abstract abstracto
Accelerate acelerar

Arrival llegada

Accompanist acompaante

Artifact artefacto

Accompany acompaar
Accounting contabilidad
Acculturate aculturar
Adapt adaptar

Artery arteria
Artist artista
Assembly line linea de montaje
Assets bienes
Astronaut astronauta
Astronomer astrnomo

Addiction adiccin

Atmosphere atmosfera

Administration administracin

Atom tomo

Advertising publicidad
Agriculture agricultura
Air traffic controller controlador

Atonal carente de una tonalidad

de trnsito areo

Audition audicin

Airfield aerdromo

definida
Attributes atributos

Airliner avin de lnea

Author autor
Authority autorizacin

Airlines aerolineas

Aviation aviacin

Airplane avin
Airport aeropuerto
Algae algas
Alimentary canal tubo digestivo
Ally aliado
Altitude altitud
Amendment enmienda
Amphibian anfibio
Analogous anloga
Anatomy anatoma
Ancestor antepasado
And long-term y largo plazo
Anthology antologa
Antibiotic antibitico
Aqueduct acueducto

Bacteria bacterias
Baggage claim area de reclamo de
equipaje
Baggage equipaje
Balance sheet balance
Ballads baladas
Ballerina bailarina
Ballet balet
Barbarian brbaro
Barter trueque
Basic Concepts conceptos bsicos
Bass bajo
Bay baha
Bayou salida de un rio
Behavior comportamiento,
Behave comportarse

200 two hundred


Los verbos en pasado participio tambien se pueden usar como adjetivos cuando
no van seguidos del verbo have, has o had.
The homework written in the computer was copied by several students.
La tarea escrita en la computadora se copio por varios estudiantes.
Sujeto adjetivo complemento verbo complemento
Los verbos en pasado participio se usan despus de los auxiliaries have, has, y
had
I have eaten. Yo he comido.

He has gone. El ha ido


She had studied. Ella haba estudiado.

Translate into Spanish


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Suddenly the starfish was eaten by a shark, but then it was spitted out.
Some people like to eat seaweed, snails and sea food for their diet.
I wouldnt like to have neither a snake nor a spider for a pet.
I am collecting seeds so I can plant them next spring.
They like to pick up shells from the sea shore when they go to the beach.
We have a movie about a seal named Andre which lives in a farm as a pet.
I have a terrible stomachache; it must be all the pepper that I ate.
He will wear a scarecrow custom for Halloween again; He has for the last 5
years.
9. The seahorse is considered one of the best fathers in the animal kingdom.
10. I love wearing slippers, I rather be comfortable than fancy.

Translate into English


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

201 two hundred and one

Me gustan mucho las fresas, pero no crecen en Colima.


A ella no le gustan las ropas rayadas.
Hoy ha estado muy soleado, ponte bloueador solar y tus lentes.
A mis hijos les encanta ir a la juguetera los fines de semana.
A ellos les encanta ver la tele.
Ese mesero me dio un beso en la mano.

7. Algunas focas tienen colmillos?


8. Se venden sandias en una camioneta en la esquina.
9. Se hacen carteras de ballena?
10. Sabes que cosas se pueden hacer con telaraas?
Read and Translate: abolish __________, absorb __________, accelerate
__________, adapt __________, advertise __________, arable
__________, barter __________, behave __________,
Dictation
1. He loves strawberry pie a lot, but they dont grow strawberries in this town.
2. The waiter brought toast, but I was thirsty.
3. Have you ever climbed up the volcano?
4. Do you vacuum your house? No, I dont have a rug.
5. The waitress has to wear a skirt for her work.
6. The teacher doesnt want a trash can next to the door.
7. I have to hang up the swings for the girls in the backyard.
8. There is a swimming pool in front of the park, but we have to pay to go in.
9. I have a new toaster for a year and I havent used it.
10. I am afraid of the tiger, even though it is so beautiful.
Conversation
1. Do you know what kinds of things are made with spider webs?
2. Do you know if wallets are made with whales?
3. Do seals have husks?
4. Do you like the violin music?
5. Do you buy your food at the supermarket?
6. Do you know how to surf?
7. Have you ever slept in a tent?
8. Do you like to wear swimsuit for the beach?
9. Have you ever been part of a parade?
10. Do you like windydays?
202 two hundred and two
Lesson 52
Ancient antiguo
To be bumped ser brincado (en
linea)
Benefits beneficios
Bias parcialidad
Binocular binocular

Bonus bono
Boundary lmite
Boycott boicotear, meter sancadilla
Brand marca
Breathe respirar
Breath aliento

Biology biologa
Biome biomaBiosphere biosfera
Blizzard ventisca, tormenta de
hielo
Blockade bloqueo
Blood type tipo de sangre
Blood vessel vaso sanguneo
Blues blues (tipo de musica)
Board bordo, pizarrn, mesa
directiva
Bonding unin
Bonds bonos
Bones huesos
Clues claves, pistas
Essay ensayo
Mummies momias
Once una vez
Secrets secretos
Twice dos veces
Weaver tejedor
Wooden leg pierna de Madera
Worm gusano
X-ray rayos x
Xylophone xilofono

Breathing respiracin, respirar


Budget presupuesto
Bureaucracy burocracia
Lack falta de
Caffeine cafena
Calorie caloras
Cameraman camargrafo
Canal canal
Candidate candidato
Cantata cantataCanyon can
Capillary capilar
Capital capital
Capital gain plusvaa
Capitalism capitalismo
Carbon carbn
Carbon dioxide dixido de carbono
Carcinogen carcingeno
Cardiac cardaco
Carry-on bolsa de mano
Cartilage cartlago
Cash flow flujo de fondos $
Catalyst capitalizador
Cells celulas
Cellular celular

Yogurt yogurt

Cinema cine
Circulation circulacin

Yo-yo yoyo

Circumference circunferencia

Yuchy guacatelas
Yummy rico
Zebra zebra
Upset irritado, molesto

203 two hundred and three


Preguntas Indirectas: Paresen preguntas pero no son.
I dont know what time it is. Neither do I.
When we finish, we will take the bus. So will he.

What we do, its not important for them. It doesnt matter to me


either.
Do you know what time it is? Yes, I know the time. Its 7 oclock.
La pregunta es do you know?
Estas son preguntas directas:
What time is it? Its 7 oclock.
When will we finish? Im not sure.
What will we do if it starts to rain? Well stay in.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Write your own examples of indirect questions


_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________

Translate into Spanish


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

An air traffic controller works in an airport, watching airplaines altitude.


My ancestors were from different nationalities.
He needs to take antibiotics for his illness during 8 days.
That land is so arid, nothing grows in it.
He has to study anatomy in order to become a doctor.
Going to the gym shows results in along term, but you can feel good right
the way.
7. The art school has many artists from diverse disciplines as teachers.
8. Ill meet you at the airport right after my arrival at the baggage claim area.
9. The lemon agriculture is going down hill because of the yellow dragon disease.
10. The arable lands will be planted with non-citrus land until they can get rid
of the plague of the yellow dragon.

204 two hundred and four


Translate into English
1. Acelerale! El carro va muy lento.
2. Su aliado es muy algo.
3. Sabes cuales son los animales anfivios?
4. Tienes un reloj anlogo?
5. mi tubo digestivo esta irritado por comer tanto chile.

6. Sus arterias de ella estn llenas de grasa y por eso esta enferma.
7. El compfuncionamientoortamiento de los aviones en el aerdromo tiene que
estar vigilado.
8. El va a hacer un trueque con sus bienes.
9. La bailarina esta bailando acompaada de baladas tocadas con un bajo.
10. El autor escribi la antologa utilizando unos atributos muy brbaros.
Read and Translate: to be bumped __________, bond __________, breathe
__________,
Dictation
1. The 13th Amendment was passed by the Congress on January 31 st, 1865 to
abolish slavery in the US.
2. Aborigines are those indigineous people in Australia.
3. The atom is a basic unit of matter that consists of a dense, central nucleus.
4. Archipelago is a group of islands.
5. Artists need to go through many auditions before they get a job.
6. Bring me a mop please to absorb and clean the coffee stain.
7. Read the book abstract before you buy it to find out if you are going to like
it.
8. I need to adapt this artifact in addition to use it in the aqueduct.
9. The atmosphere is full of astronauts accompanied by the aviation
astronomer.
10. You can find lots of algae in the bay used to make medicine to kill bacteria.
Conversation
1. Do you like going to the bayou of boca de pascuales?
2. Do you do your own accounting?
3. Have you ever worked in an assemply line?
4. Have you ever taken ballet lessons?
5. Do you have to do balance sheets in your job or school?
6. Are you studying administration?
7. Do you work in advertising?
8. Would you like to work for an airliner?
9. Which airlines have traveled by?
10. Do you behave?
11. Do you need authorization to go to the movies?
205 two hundred and five
Lesson 53
Civilization civilizacin
Country pas
Clarinet clarinete

Country western pas

Classical clsico

occidental

Classify clasificar

Craftsman artesano

Climate clima

Crash chocar

Club club

Credit crdito
Crop cosecha, cortar

Coastal costeras
Coffeehouse cafeteria

Culture cultura

Collateral colateral
Collective bargaining negociaciones
colectivas
Colony colonia

Cyclic cclica

Commission comisin
Company compaia
Compensation compensacin
Competition competencia

Data datos

Compounds compuestos
Compromise compromiso
Concave cncavo
Concert concierto
Concert artist: solo artista de
concierto

Cyclone cicln
Dance danza, baile
Dance band grupo de baile
Debate debate
Debt deuda
Debut debut
Deciduous caduco
Dedicate dedicar
Dedicated dedicado
Default defecto
Delays retrasos

Conditions condiciones
Conductor conductor

Delegation delegacin
Demand demanda
Demand curve curva de
demanda
Demographer demgrafo

Confirm confirmar

Departure salida

Concert hall sala de conciertos


Condensation condensacin

Coniferous confero

Desalinization desalinizacin

Constellation constelacin

Desert desierto

Contralto contraltoControl tower torre de control


Convection conveccinConvex convexo
Copilot copiloto

Design diseo
Diaphragm diafragma
Dictator dictador
Diffuse difusoDigestion digestin

Corporation empresa

206 two hundred and six


A veces tenemos los verbos auxiliares antes de los sujetos pero no son

preguntas, se escriben asi cuando tenemos palabras de lugar al principio de la


oracin, frases negativas, condicionales con los auxiliares would, had y were o
comparaciones.
In the room are the clothes that you were looking for.
Here is the pen that I bought.
There are the colored pencils that I need.
Nowhere have I heard such beautiful music.
Around the corner is Anas office.
Beyond those houses is the river where we are going.
Rarely was she so early in her job.
I would hire you were I in a hiring position.
Were he there, he would buy it for me.
My friend spends more hours on the computer than does my mom.
Subraya los verbos o auxiliaries de cada frase.
1. He has a desease in his cells; I think it is called leukemia.
2. They want to go to the cinema next week because it is half price.
3. Some people have circulatory problems because of lack of exercise.
4. They are going to boycott our plans to get a bigger cash flow.
5. The circumference of that ball is as big as his head.
6. She needs to buy a carry-on weaver for her long train trip.
7. There was a terrible blizzard up north, so many schools were closed.
8. He says that he has to study biology to work at the biosphere center.
9. I have never been to the gran canyon; I think it would be fabulous to go
there.
10. Once upon a time, there was a little girl that lived in the forest.
Translate into Spanish
1. My blood type is O+ , the same as two of my children.
2. Bankers sell bonds, sometimes people make money sometimes they loose.
3. We have over a hundred bones in our skeleton.
4. Some people receive bonus during Christmas time from their employers.
5. Her arteries have a blockade; her blood vesels carry very little blood.
6. I have a pair of black binoculars; but I get dizzy when I use them.
7. They have to learn how to write essays before they do their investigation
project.
8. Mummies hold ancient secrets that board of museums wants to reveal.
9. Breadthing is difficult when there is so much dust in the air.
10. Caffeine is supposed to wake people up, but it does not have an effect on me.
207 two hundred and seven

Translate into English


1. El tiene una enfermedad en sus celulas, creo que es leukemia.
2. Ellos quieren ir al cine la prxima cemana porque esta a mitad de precio.
3. Algunas personas tienen problemas respiratorios porque les falta ejercicio.
4. Ellos van a truncar nuestros planes de obtener ms efectivo.
5. La circunferencia de la pelota es tan grande como su cabeza.
6. Ella necesita comprar unos ganchos para tejer para su largo viaje en tren.
7. Haba una tormenta de nieve hacia el norte, asi que muchas escuelas estaban
cerradas.
8. El dice que el tiene que estudiar biologa para trabajar en el centro
9. Yo nunca he ido al gran caon, creo que seria fabuloso ir.
10. Erase una vez, haba una niita que viva en el bosque.
Read and Translate: classify __________, compete __________, compromise
__________, confirm __________, crash __________, crop __________,
dance __________, dedicate __________, delay __________, demand
__________, design __________, dictate __________,
Dictation
1. Is your budget enough for all the yummy things that you want to buy?
2. Do you have any clues to find the lost treasure?
3. I dont really like blues music; I think it is a little bit too depressing.
4. I have received the same phone call twice during this year.
5. He doesnt like to buy that brand of milk, he says it is not whole milk.
6. We must watch the calorie intake in order to prevent over weight problems.
7. Many people like to go swimming to the canal, but it is not safe, because
the flow can suddenly increase.
8. Ive been bumped twice in this airline.
9. The cash flow in that business is low thats why it does not have a capital
gain.
10. The school exams must not be bias because it does not give the same
benefits
to all students.
Conversation
1. Do you think that this city is getting acculturated?
2. Do you think that music is atonal?
3. Do you know the altitude of the airfield?
4. Have you ever seen somebody with a wooden leg?
5. Are there any worms in the garden?
6. Have you ever had x-rays taken?
7. Do you like the music that the xylophone produces?
8. Do you know how to play with a yo-yo?
9. Do you like yogurt?
208 two hundred and eight

Lesson 54
Frontier frontera

Heavy pesado

Fueling abastecer gasolina

Hemoglobin hemoglobina

Fusion fusin

Heritage patrimonio

Galaxy galaxia

Homologous homlogo

Gate puerta, porton

Horizon horizonte

Gene gen

Hormone hormona

Generation generacin

Horticulture horticultura

Genetics gentica
Genre gnero
Geology geologa
Geothermal geotrmica

Hue matiz, color


Humanitarian humanitario

Germ germen

Hydroelectric hidroelctrico

Geyser giser
Ghetto ghetto
Gift regalo
Gifted dotado, talentoso
Glacier glaciar
Glands glndulas
Globe mundo
Govern gobernar
Government gobierno
Grassland pradera
Gravity gravedad

Hybrid hbrido
Hydrocarbon hidrocarburo
Hymn , hymnal himno
Hypothesis hipotesis
Characters personajes
Charter alquilar (camin)
Chemistry qumica
Chlorophyll clorofila
Choir coro
Choral coral
Choreography coreograga
Chorus coro
Iceberg iceberg

Gross bruto, neto


Gulf golfo course campo

Icecap capa de hielo

Habitat habitat

Immigrate inmigrar

Harbor puerto
Harmonic armnico
Harmonious armonioso
Harmony armona
Harp arpa
Harvest cosecha
Heart corazn
Heat calor

Illiteracy analfabetismo
Immunization vacunacin
Import importar
Impressionism impresionismo
Income ingresos
Incoming entrante
Inertia inercia
Mood carcter, estado de nimo

209 Two hundred and nine


El uso de las preposiciones
By + ao se usa para el pasado perfecto had been, had done, etc.
In + ao, last year, three years ago se usa en pasado simple, I went, I
lived, etc.
Since 2008 and lately se usa en presente perfecto I have lived, he has
gone..

Translate into Spanish


1. The company biggest commission is for the director.
2. The staff is going to receive compensation for new years celebration.
3. The work conditions in that corporation are awful.
4. The craftsman makes sure that the culture of his ancestors continues to live.
5. There is a copilot in the control tower he is looking at the condensation data.
6. The solo artist has to dedicate his time to get ready for the debut.
7. He has digestion problems, thats why he cannot eat dairy products.
8. The students have to prepare a debate on collective bargain and demand.
9. The delegation staff has been dedicated to pay the debt.
10. The team won by default because the other team was absent.
Translate into English
1. Los estudiantes no saben que significa la palabra cclica.
2. la casa de la cultura tiene que dedicar un espacio para la contralto y sus
estudiantes.
3. El demgrafo tiene muchas encuestas que hacer.
4. La curva de la demanda sube en los das festivos.
5. Los pases occidentales tienen muchos problemas de medicamentos caducos.
6. Esa fotografa es difusa.
7. Ese carro choco ayer.
8. Esa empresa se dedica en la desalinizacin para vender agua potable.
9. Hay un confitero en esa tienda.
10. Ese edificio tiene dos puertas colaterales.

210 Two hundred and ten


Read and Translate: generate __________, govern __________, heat
__________, harvest __________, immigrate __________, import
__________,

Dictation
1. Some people dont like to play classical music.
2. The teacher told us to classify the verbs in present, past and past participle.
3. I hate cold climate, thats why I dont like going up the mountain.
4. There are many houses and hotels by the coastal areas.
5. The ant colony is getting flooded with the rain.
6. When you get invited to a party it is now common to confim your attendance.
7. The concert was a success and the conductor received all the credit.
8. He is going to compromise to sell his crop in the market.
9. The cyclone brought a lot of rain to the whole country.
10. There are many delays in the airplain departures because of the snow storm.
Conversation
1. Do you have a company of your own?
2. Do you know what countries have dictators?
3. Do you have a credit card?
4. Have you ever been to a concert?
5. Do you know which one is a concave triangle?
6. Do you know what compound words are?
7. Have you ever participated in a competition?
8. Is there a concert hall in Colima?
9. Do you like to dance?
10. Which is your favorite dance band?
11. Have you ever been in a desert?
12. Do you like to design things?
13. Do you know what a convex angle looks like?
14. Do you know how to spell toefl?
15. Do you know what a cd-rom is?

211 two hundred and eleven


Lesson 55
Director director
Discount stores tiendas de
descuento
Disease enfermedad
Distribution distribucin
Dividends dividendos
DNA ADN
Dominant dominante
Dormant inactivo
Drama drama
Drought sequia

Affect afectar
Damage daar
Daunting de enormes
proporciones
Erosion erosin
Evaporation evaporacin
Evolution evolucin
Exile exilio
Expedition expedicin

Drum tambor

Experiments experimentos
Export exportacin

Earnings ganancias
Earthquake temblor

Extinct extincin
Fauna fauna

Eclipse eclipse

Features caractersticas

Ecology ecologa

Fertile frtil

Economics economa
Element elemento

Feudal feudal

Elevation elevacin
Embryo embrin
Employee empleado
Employer empleador
Energy energa
Ensemble conjuntar

Fiction ficcin
Film pelcula
Flexible exchange de cambio
flexibles
Flight attendant auxiliar de vuelo
Flight vuelo
Flood inundacin

Entrepreneur empresario
Environment medio ambiente

Flora flora

Enzymes enzimas

Folk dance danza folklrica


Formula frmula

Epidemic epidemia
Equinox equinoccio
Herd manada
Insecticides insecticidas
Migration migracin

Flute flauta

Fossil fsiles
Franchise franquicia
French horn el corno francs
Fringe benefits margen de
ganancias
Frontal system sistema frontal
Task tarea

212 two hundred and twlve


Pronombre: others: se usa sin sustantivo, cuando el sustantivo ya fue
mencionado antes y queda sobre entendido.
Adjetivo: other y another se usa con o sin sustantivo.
Other = otro
Others= otros
Another= otro

the other el otro

the others: los otros


I have another book.
He has another.
Do you want the others?
We have the other book.
They have the other.
Translate into Spanish
1. Many artists used to live in the Ghetto.
2. As far as I know there arent any geysers here in Colima.
3. I have to buy a gift for my childrens birthdays.
4. I think, it is hard to keep the score for golf.
5. There are many types of grassland in the central regions of the USA.
6. I think that the moon has no gravity at all.
7. My gross income is not as big as the one in my contract.
8. Some crops were not harvested because they were destroyed by the rain.
9. The heat in this town is usually very humid.
10. The artist favorite style is impressionism.
Translate into English
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Muchos glaciares estan viajando hacia el sur debido al calentamiento global.


Algunas enfermedades afectan las glndulas.
El matiz de esa imagen es muy hermoso.
Los automviles hbridos son ms econmicos.
Hay muchos artistas que se han vuelto humanitarios

6. No se si hay horticultura en esta ciudad.


7. Algunas personas necesitan hormonas para curar sus enfermedades.
8. Los personajes de esa obra representan a miembros del coro.
9. El analfabetismo es un problema menos frecuente en estos tiempos.
10. El coro del himno de la u. de c. es lo nico que se cantar.

213 Two hundred and thirteen


Read and Translate: affect __________, export __________,

Dictation
1. The frontier between Mexico and USA is one of the most used.
2. I need to fuel the car before the arrow points to empty.
3. Some people fusion their companies to make a bigger and better one.
4. The Milky Way galaxy is not visible to the naked eye.
5. The school gate must remain shut for the studentssafety.
6. The genes of a person can be carried upto five generations
7. Genetics is a fascinating subject.
8. Geology is the study of the earth.
9. I dont know what geothermal means, do you?
10. There are many germs thats why we need to wash our hands frequently.
Conversation
1. At what age are kids allowed driving?
2. Whats your name?
3. How do you spell it?
4. Where are you going?
5. Who are you traveling with?
6. Where is your ticket?
7. Do you know how to crop pictures
8. What was the first Mexican civilization?
9. Do you know how to play the clarinet?
10. Do you like to go to the club to do exercise?
11. Where is a coffee house near here?
12. Do you have all your vaccination?
13. Have you ever played the harp?

14. Do you know the habitat of squirrels?


15. Have you seen the new harbor in Manzanillo?

214 Two hundred and fourteen


Lesson 56
Infection La infeccin
Influenza influenza
Inherited heredados
Insoluble insoluble
Instinct instinto
Instruments instrumentos
Interest inters
Trade comercio
Intestines intestinos
Invention invencin
Inventory inventario
Investment inversin
Ionization ionizacin
Irrigation riego

Legend leyenda
Liabilities pasivos (deudas)
Life vida
Ligament ligamento
Liter litro
Literature literatura
Loans prstamos
Short-term a corto plazo
Baggage equipaje
Luggage equipaje
Lungs pulmones
Lyrics of a song letra de una
cancin
Magma magma

Island isla

Magnetic field campo magntico

Issues cuestiones
Isthmus istmo

Majority mayora

Judicial judicial

Manager gerente
Mandate mandato

Jungle selva
Jury jurado
Kinetic cintico
Labor mano de obra
Labor unions sindicatos
Lakefront frente al lago
Cocoons capullo
Landing aterrizaje
Landing strip pista de
aterrizaje

Mammal mamfero

Manufacturing fabricacin
Marching band banda de guerra
Marine marina
Maritime martimo
Price precio
Marketing mercadeo
Mass masa
Mass production produccin en
masa
Matter asunto

Landlocked sin litoral

Meadow prado

Larva larva
Lava lava

Media medios de comunicacin


Medieval medieval

Leases contratos de
arrendamient
Legal legal

Mechanic mecnico
Mechanization mecanizacin
Melodically meldicamente

Melody meloda

Goods bienes, artculos

Merger fusin

215 Two hundred and fifteen


Suposiciones
She must be Alice. Ella debe ser Alicia. Ella ha de ser Alicia.
She must be here. Ella debe estar aqu. Ella ha de estar aqu.
She must be thirsty. Ella debe tener sed. Ella ha de tener sed.
It must be hot. Debe hacer calor. Ha de hacer calor.

Write your own suppositions


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________

Translate into Spanish


1. The director is directing a drama play and also a fiction film
simultaniously.
2. There is a dormant volcano in the border of Colima and Guadalajara
called
the snow volcano.
3. There are so many countries that have had droughts on the other hand
some others have floods, both causing terrible problems.
4. The earthquakes measurements are in the Richter scale.
5. The formulas for some medicines are the same, but the brand name is
different.

6. I dont enjoy reading fiction books, I rather read non-fiction


7. The fertile fauna makes the environment look beautiful.
8. The evolution of the flora is shown in the changing features of the
specimens.
9. The flight attendant on flight 364 is extremely short to do that task.
10. The employer told the employee to ensemble all the equipment.

216 Two hundred and sixteen


Translate into English
1. A mi me gust air a tiendas de descuento.
2. La enfermedad daa las enizimas y puede causar algunas epidemias.
3. La danza folklrica es comn en escuelas de baile.
4. Las franquicias tienen que pagar la mayor parte de sus ganancias.
5. La distribucin de dividendos no es justa para todos los empleados.
6. Tocar el corno francs es una tarea muy difcil.
7. El empresario dominante sabe mucho acerca de economa.
8. El rio causa mucha erosin a lo largo de todo el ro.
9. Cuando hay mucha evaporacin, el calor es ms insoportable.
10. Yo creo que tocar el tambor es mas fcil que tocar la flauta.
Read and Translate: infect __________, trade __________,

Dictation
1. The DNA testing is used to confirm paternity.
2. Some experiments are to have a better ecology system.
3. There are many animal species that have become extinct.
4. Some expeditions have been made to find dinosaur fossils.
5. I saw the moon eclipse at night time, it was amazing.
6. Solar energy is a basic element in ecology programs.
7. The exports and imports have to go through customs.
8. The dominant embryo will survive the experiment.
9. The elevation of the emigration is due to employment.
10. I dont know what the frontal system is.
Conversation
1. Do you know why birds migrate?
2. Do you know anybody on exile?
3. Do you know what flexible exchange is?

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Do you know what fringe benefits are?


Do you know what the equinox is?
Do you know what a feudal system is?
Do you know what fission is used for?
Have you seen the pictures of fiordos?

217 Two hundred and seventeen


Lesson 57
Connections conexiones
Flight vuelo
Merchandise mercancas
Metabolism metabolismo

Nomination nominacin
Nonfiction de no ficcin
Novel novela
Nucleus ncleo

Metamorphosis metamorfosis

Nutrient nutritivo

Meteor meteoro

Nutrition nutricin
Oasis oasis

Metropolitan Metropolitana
Microscope microscopio
Mineral mineral
Minority minora
Modern moderna
Molecules molculas
Monarchy monarqua
Monopoly monopolio
Monsoon monzn- aire (asa
meridional)

Obesity obesidad
Oboe oboe
Oboist oboista
Oceanic ocenicas
Oil painting pintura al leo
Olfactory olfativo
Oligarchy oligarqua
Opera house teatro de la pera
Oppression opresin

Morale moral
Mortgage hipoteca
Motivation motivacin
Movement movimiento
Music hall escenario

Optical ptico

Musical musical

Ore mineral

Mutation mutacin
Mystery misterio
Narcotic narctico
Nation nacin
Nationalism nacionalismo
Natural Disasters Desastres
naturales

Oratorio oratorio
Orbit rbita
Orchestra orquesta
Orchestrate orquestar
Organ rganos
Organism organismo
Outbound salida
Overbooking apartar asientos de
ms de los que tienen disponibles
Overpopulation sobrepoblacin

Natural resources recursos

Oxidation oxidacin

naturales

Oxygen oxgeno

Nerves nervios
Neuron neurona

Ozone ozono

Nicotine nicotina

Partnership asociacin
Pasteurization pasteurizacin

Nobility nobleza

Payable pagadero

Tag etiqueta, etiquetar

218 Two hundred and eighteen


Predicciones:
Note que isnt y arent se colocan despus del adverbio probably.
En positivo va despus del auxiliar y antes del verbo simple.
I am probably coming.

*I am probably not coming.

He is probably studying.

He probably isnt studying.

They are probably eating.

They probably arent eating.

It is probably raining.

It probably isnt raining.

Write your own predictions


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________

Translate into Spanish


1. The infection of the influenza can be prevented in some cases by a vaccine.
2. The most interested relatives inherited lakefront land.
3. The landing strip was covered with snow, so the airplanes had to go around
for an hour or so, while they were plowing all the snow.
4. When a volcano makes an eruption out comes lava also called hot magma.
5. The manager of that manufacturing company is overseeing the mass
production.

6. Some islands are still jungles inhabited by living creatures such as insects,
mammals and reptiles.
7. The marketing media sometimes use the lyrics of a song to create another
melody.
8. Ill meet you at the baggage claim area after my arrival; It usually takes me
a while to pick up my luggage.
9. When you pick me up at the airport, park in the short-term parking lot.
10. There will be a marching band at the parade on the 16 th of September.

219 two hundred and nineteen


Translate into English
1. La leyenda de la llorona todavia se escucha entre los nios.
2. Ahora es ms fcil obtener prstamos que antes.
3. Necesito un litro de leche por favor, gracias.
4. La mam de bambi se muri en le prado.
5. La fusin de las empresas trajo muchos beneficios.
6. La mayora de los seres vivos tienen instintos.
7. Los pulmones son sensibles al frio y al humo del cigarro.
8. Algunos artistas cantan asuntos cotidianos meldicamente.
9. Los contratos de arrendamiento deben ser del estado donde esta la casa,
sino no sirven.
10. La literatura mantiene vivos a los autores.
Read and Translate: tag __________,
Dictation
1. The mechanic is working to fulfill the insurance legal requirements first.
2. There is a magnetic field by the volcano, when turning the gears in nutral
the car goes up the hill.
3. The labor unions are suppost to improve the workers work conditions and
their benefits.
4. The fee for labor is sometimes bigger than the price for the parts
required for fixing the irrigation system.
5. A few hundred years ago there was no money, so people traded goods as
a way of shopping.
6. The jury is working on a judicial case, but the judge is not present
at the moment.
7. There are some monarch larvas and cocoons in my mothers garden.
8. I hurt my knee ligaments; they hurt when it is cold out.
9. The invention has many unsolved issues thats why its having trouble

getting investors.
10. Some instruments are made with mass production others one at a time.
Conversation
1. Do you like movies about medieval times?
2. Do you like to take inventory?
3. Do you like to eat fried pig intestines?
4. Would you like to be with the marines?
5. Do you know what the president mandates?

220 Two hundred and twenty


Lesson 58
Peninsula peninsula
Relationships relaciones
Performances actuaciones
Petition peticin
Petroleum petrleo
Phase fase
Physics fsica
Piano piano
Pianist pianista
Pigment pigmento
Pilot piloto
Pioneer pionero
Place lugar, colocar
Plain llanura
Plankton plancton
Plant planta
Plateau meseta
Plot trama
Poetry poesa
Polar region region polar
Politics poltica
Pollution contaminacin
Popular popular
Practice dar consulatas
(dr.)
Prairie pradera

Primitive primitivo
Principal principal, director
Processes procesos
Producer productor
Product producto
Production produccin
Profit ganancia
Profit sharing participacin en los beneficios
Prohibit prohibir
Promotion promocin
Prose prosa
Protagonist protagonista
Protein protena
Publicity publicidad
Publish publicar
Pulmonary pulmonar
Pulse pulso
Quotas cuotas
Radar radar
Ragtime rag-time
Ratify ratificar
Ration racin
Reaction reaccin
Realistic realistas
Receivable por cobrar
Recessive recesivo
Recital hall saln para recitales

Praise alabar

Recognize reconocer
Recycle reciclar

Precipitation

Reduction reduccin

precipitacin

Population density densidad de poblacin

Pricing precios
Primate primate

Performing arts center centro de artes


escnicas

By far por mucho

Prime rate tasa de inters referencial

Runt enano
Reef arrecife

221 Two hundred and twenty-one


Repaso de los tiempos verbales. *cuando usamos dos auxiliares juntos el primero
es el que se hace negativo. Cmbialas frases a pregunta y traduzca.
Present

He eats a lot.

He, she, it= does

He doesnt eat a lot of candy.

I, you, we, they = do

We eat.

Present continuousnow!!!

We dont eat.
He is eating a lot of candy.
He isnt eating a lot of candy.
We are eating.
We arent eating.
I am eating.

Futuro idiomatic

I am not eating.
He is going to eat a lot of candy.

Past

He isnt going to eat a lot of candy.


He ate a lot of candy.

I, you, he, she, it, we, they =

He didnt eat a lot of candy.

did
Past continuous

He was eating a lot of candy.

Past of future idiomatic

He wasnt eating a lot of candy.


He was going to eat a lot of candy.

He wasnt going to eat a lot of candy.


He will eat a lot of candy during

Future will eat= comer

halloween.
Future continuous

He wont eat a lot of candy.


He will be eating a lot of candy for two

will be eating= estar comiendo

hours.

Will + have= habr

He wont be eating a lot of candy.


He will have eaten a lot of candy.

Present perfect

He wont have eaten a lof of candy.


He has eaten a lot of candy.

has eaten: ha comido

He hasnt eaten a lot of candy.

he, she, it= has

We have eaten.

I, you, we, they = have


Present perfect continuous. has

We havent eaten.
He has been eating a lot of candy.

been eating = ha estado

He hasnt been eating a lot of candy.

comiendo.
Past perfect

He had eaten a lot of candy.

had eaten= haba comido

He hadnt eaten a lot of candy.

222 two hundred and twenty-two


Past perfect continuous
He had been eating a lot of candy.
Can

He hadnt been eating a lot of candy.


He can eat a lot of candy.

Can + have

He cant eat a lot of candy.


He can have eaten a lot of candy.

Could

He cant have eaten a lot of candy.


He could eat a lot of candy.

Could + have

He couldnt eat a lot of candy.


He could have eaten a lot of candy.

Should = consejos

He couldnt have eaten a lot of candy.


He should eat a lot of candy.

Should + have

He shouldnt eat a lot of candy.


He should have eaten a lot of candy.

Must

He shouldnt have eaten a lot of candy.


He must eat a lot of medicine.

Must + have

He mustnt eat a lot of candy.


He must have eaten a lot of candy.
He mustnt have eaten a lot of candy.
He probably hasnt eaten a lot of candy.

Would = a

If he had money to buy candy, he would eat


them.
He wouldnt eat a lot of candy.
He would have eaten a lot of candy.

Might = 50%

He wouldnt have eaten a lot of candy.


He might have eaten a lot of candy.

May = permiso o

He might not have eaten a lot of candy.


May I eat a lot of candy?

posibilidad

He may have eaten a lot of candy.

Ought to

He may not have eaten a lot of candy.


He ought to eat a lot of candy.

Be able to= can

He shouldnt eat a lot of candy.


He is (not) able to eat a lot of candy.
He will be able to eat candy tomorrow.
I am able to eat a lot of candy.
You are (not) able to eat a lot of candy.

Translate into Spanish

223 two hundred and twenty-three

1. The mortgage of the house is very high; it is more than what I make in a
month.
2. I think that the merchandise of that store is used, because it doesnt
have
a tag.
3. Some scientists use the microscope to look at molecules and other
organisms.
4. I dont like the monopoly game, I think it is boring.
5. Natural disasters are causing a lot of damage to the natural resources.
6. That novel was nominated for best nonfiction.
7. To solve that mystery the investigators must have nerves of steel.
8. Obesity is a problem that is seen more often due to bad nutrition.
9. Overbooking a flight is very common during holiday sesason.
10. Gold is one of the hardes minerals; it can be scratched with a harder one
such as a diamond.

Translate into English


1. Ese seor tiene problemas en su metabolism.
2. Esa tienda vende mercancia hecha en Mxico.
3. Hay personas temerosas de los meteoritos piensan que se van a estrellar
contra la tierra.
4. La minora de los estadounidenses son blancos.
5. Las conexiones de internet se pueden contratar en distintas compaas.
6. El nucleo de la manzana tiene semillas, pocas personas se las comen.
7. Algunos pases tienen miembros de la nobleza en un castillo.
8. La mutacin de algunas especies es debido al abuso de algunos
insecticidas.
9. La orilla del oceano fue daada por el huracan y las tormentas tropicales.
10. La oxidacin de los tejidos se debe al oxigeno en el ambiente.

224 two hundred and twenty-four


Read and Translate: Place __________, plant __________, price __________,
process __________, produce __________, prohibit __________, promote
__________, publish __________, react __________, receive __________,
recognize __________, recycle __________, perform

Dictation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Milk goes through pasteurization before it is sold in a store.


The partnership between schools is necessary to improve education.
Some painters like to paint using oil paint instead of water paint.
The opera house has an organ in it, but not just anybody can play it.
Joseph is going to the moon and he is getting his oxygen tank ready right
now.
6. The ozone layer is getting thinner and thinner by the minute.
7. The oboist is warming up because she has her debut today at the music hall.

8. There is a national movement to increase the nutrient intake in people.


9. There is a modern nicotine patch to keep people from using cigarrets.
10. Some people need to take a daily dose of narcotics to be able to sleep at
night.
Conversation
1. Do you know what countries, cities or states are over populated?
2. Do you know what countries are ruled by a monarchy?
3. Did you know that some neurons can be reproduced?
4. Do you know what the olfactory system is?
5. Do you know what towns are still under oppression?
6. Do you know what ore is?
7. Do you know where the outbound of the river is?
8. Have you seen an oasis?
9. Do you know the temperature of the nucleus of the earth?
10. Do you know what optical system means?

Lesson 59
Refinery refinera

225 two hundred and twenty-five

Reflex reflejo

Sculpture escultura
Seat assignment asignacin de

Reform reforma

asientos

Refraction refraccin

Secrete secretan

Reggae reggae

Security system sistema de

Regulation regulacin
Rehearse ensayar

seguridad
Seed semilla

Renewable renovables

Sell venta
Sensory sensorial

Represent representan
Reserve reserva
Reservoir depsito de reserva
Reschedule reprogramar
Retail al por menor
Revenue ingresos, impuestos
Revolt revuelta

Set conjunto, colocar


Setting ajuste
Settlement asentamiento
Shade sombra
Shareholder accionista
Short story cuento

Rhythm ritmo

Shuttle (autobus) transporte

Rhythmically rtmicamente

(autobus)

Risks riesgos
Rock rock, roca

Schedule horario

Romance romance
Root raz

Skeleton esqueleto

Singable cantable
Sketch dibujo
Slum tugurios

Rotation rotacin
Rough weather intemperie

Small groups: duet, trio, quartet

Roughage forraje

pequeos grupos: do, tro, cuarteto

Runway pista de avin

Smog niebla con humo

Rural rural

Solar solar

Salaries salarios
Sanction sancin
Satellite satlite

Sole proprietorship* propietario


nico
Soprano soprano

Savannah sabana

Sovereignty soberana

Saxophone saxfono

Space espacio
Species especies

Science fiction ciencia ficcin


Score of music puntuacin de la
msica
Script guin

Speculation especulacin
Spirituals spirituals
Spore espora
Staff personal
Stage scenario

226 two hundred and twenty-six


SINGULAR

PLURAL

Alumnus

Alumni

Alumno

Cactus

Cacti

Cactus

Focus

foci/focuses

Foco

Stimulus

Stimuli

Estmulo

Analysis

Analyses

Anlisis

Basis

Bases

Base

Crisis

Crises

Crisis

Diagnosis

Diagnoses

Diagnstico

Hypothesis

Hypotheses

Hiptesis

Oasis

Oases

Oasis

Parenthesis

Parentheses

Parntesis

Synthesis

Syntheses

Sntesis

Synopsis

Synopses

Sinopsis

Appendix

Appendices

Apndice

Index

indeces/indexes

ndice

Matrix

matrices/matrixes

Matriz

Bureau

bureaus/bureaux

Oficina,
departamento

Criterion

Criteria

Criterio

Curriculum

Curricula

Plan de estudios

Datum

Data

Dato

Medium

Media

Medio

Phenomenon

Phenomena

Fenmeno

Formula

formulae/formulas

Frmula

Vita

Vitae

Vita

Louse

Lice

piojo

227 two hundred and twenty-seven

Write some sentences using the irregular plurals.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________

Translate into Spanish


1. The partners are going to share their profit equally.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

The producer is taking his product to the market to sell.


The precipitation this year has been greater than last year by far.
He got a promotion so now he is the principal of the school.
Since the primate was captured, its baby needs to find its herd.
The productions quotas werent met, so the prices went up.
The solo pianist performance was praised by the audience.
The realistic painting won the contest and got al the publicity in the
first page of the newspapers.
9. There is a new recycling program in the next town, which is going to
reduce the trash amount.
10. The population of this town and their vehicles is producing a lot of
pollution in the city.

228 two hundred and twenty-eight


Translate into English
1. Hay muchos arrecifes en Manzanillo que estan siendo destruidos por la
construccin del nuevo muelle.
2. La mayora de los botes de pesca tienen un radar que les indica donde hay
peces.
3. El peridico pionero publica frases en poesa y prosa todos los fines de
semana.
4. Los Plancton son creaturas del ocano.
5. El pas tiene distintas caractersticas geogrficas tales como: llanuras,
mesetas, praderas, y desiertos.
6. Muchos polticos ratificaron lo publicado en el peridico.
7. La protagonista reacciono mal ante los cambios de la trama.
8. Muchos enfermos estn recibiendo una racion de protenas diarias en
pldoras.
9. Esas plantas se usan por su pigmento.
10. Ese piloto ha viajado por muchos lugares incluyendo las regiones polares.
Read and Translate: reform __________, regulate __________, rehearse
__________, renew __________, represent __________, reschedule
__________, revolt __________, sell __________, set __________, shade

__________, sketch __________,


Dictation
1. The Peninsula of Yucatan is in the south of the country.
2. Work relationships need to be extrectly professional.
3. The performing arts center is recognized for its beautiful recital hall.
4. The petroleum in Mexico needs to go through a process to make it into gas.
5. The students are writing a petition to have more elective classes.
6. Some popular songs are translated into several languages.
7. That doctor doesnt practice anymore, shes retired.
8. The runt of the family is always making a mess.
9. I have a pulmonary condition, thats why I cant drink cold pop.
10. The physics department is working on reducing the steps that the recycling
process takes.
Conversation
1. Do your parents prohibit you to do something that you like to do?
2. Are you familiary with the dance ragtime?
3. Do you know what the prime rate at the bank is at right now?
4. Do you know how to take peoples pulse?
5. Do you know what countries are in a recessive
229 two hundred and twenty-nine
Lesson 60
Statistics estadsticas
Stem tallo

Arrangements acuerdos
Expense gasto

Step paso
Steppe estepa

Theater teatro

Stewardess azafata

Theory teora

Stimulant estimulante

Ticket counter mostrador de

Stimulation estmulo
Stock valores de la bolsa
Stockholder accionista
Stocks acciones
Stomach estmago

boletos

Storm tormenta
Strait estrecho
Strikes huelgas
Studio estudio
Style estilo
Substances sustancias

Theatrical teatral

Tidewater orilla del mar, marea


Tonally tonalmente
Tone, tonality tono, tonalidad
Topography topografa
Trade balance balanza comercial
Trademark marca
Traditional tradicionales
Transport transporte
Travel viajar

Supermarkets supermercados
Supply suministro
Symbiosis simbiosis

Treaty tratado

Symphony sinfona

Troupe grupo
Trumpet trompeta

Takeoff despegue

Trombone trombn
Tropics trpicos

Tundra tundra

Talented talentoso

Tune meloda

Tariffs tarifas
Technique tcnica
Technology tecnologa

Turbine turbina
Turbulence turbulencia

Tectonic plate placas tectnicas


Telescope telescopio

Typhoon tifn, tornado


Tyranny tirana
Ultraviolet ultravioleta

Tenement vivienda

Unanimous unnime

Terminal terminal

Urban urbano

Terracing terrazas

Vaccinate vacunar

Territories territorios

Vacuum vaco

Textile textil

Vapor vapor
Vein vena

230 two hundred and thirty


Review of Modals: they are verbs that modify other verbs.
Can
will
would
might
Should
may
Can is used to speak abilities.

must

ought to

could

Should is used when asking for or giving advice. It is also used when asking
for suggestions.
May is used to ask for permission.
The future with will/wont is used for the future.
Will is also used for spontaneous decisions. Spontaneous decisions are
decisions made AT the moment of speaking.
Will is used for predictions:
Will is used for scheduled public events
Will is used for promises
The future with 'going to' is used to speak about future intentions or

plans made before the present moment. Use the following forms with
'going to'.
Going to is used for planned decisions. Planned decisions are decisions
made BEFORE the moment of speaking.
Going to is used for predicting an action that you see is about to happen:
Going to is used for future intentions:
Write one sentence with each of the modals
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________

231 two hundred and thirty-one


Read and translate the following sentences:
1. He can play the piano.
2. I must leave soon.
3. They can't visit next week.
4. You shouldn't go to that film.
5. I think you should see a doctor.
6. He can speak Japanese.
7. Jack's hungry. I'll make her a sandwich.
8. That's difficult! I'll help you with the problem.
9. It will snow tomorrow.
10. She won't win the game.
Read and Translate: step __________, strike __________,
supply __________, take off __________, arrange __________,
Dictation

1. The concert will begin at 8 o'clock.


2. The class won't start next week.
3. I'll help you with your homework after class.
4. She isn't going to take a vacation this year.
5. I'm going to study Languages at the university next year.
6. We're going to stay at the Hilton in New York next week.
7. Watch out! You're going to hit that car!
8. Look at those clouds. It's going to rain.
9. I'm going to be a policeman when I grow up.
10. Katherine is going to study English when she goes to the University.
Conversation
1. Can you play golf?
2. Can you help me?
3. What should I do?
4. May I help you?
5. May I visit you this afternoon?
6. What type of job should I get?
7. Will you marry me?
8. When will the train leave?
9. Where are you going to stay in France?
10. Are we going to study French next semester?
232 two hundred and thirty-two
Vobulary 61
Be in the know tener conocimiento de

Eat like a bird comer poquito

entender a alguien o algo por completo

Eat like a horse comer mucho

Know better saberlo por experiencia

Feel like a million sentirse muy bien

Know how to saber como

Fit like a glove quedarle bien (ropa)

Know one's ABCs saber lo bsico

Go like clockwork suceder sin

Know someone or something like a

problemas

book conocer a alguien o algo muy

Know someone or something like the

bien.

back of one's hand saber o conocer a

Know scope of something saber algo a

alguien con lujo de detalle

lo amplio

Like a fish out of water fuera de

Know someone by sight conocer a

lugar

alguien de vista

Read someone like a book entender a

Know something from memory

alguien (su motivacin)

saberselo de memoria

Put (stick) one's nose in

Know something inside out saber algo

entrometerse

al derecho y alreves

Put a cork in it! Permanecer callado

Know the score conocer los hechos

Put down criticar a alguien

Know the tricks of the trade saber

Put on the Ritz/dog hacer algo

los trucos de cierta area (actividad)

especial para alguien

Venture empresa
Vertebrate vertebrado

Put some distance between someone

Vertical vertical

de alguien

and someone or something alejarse

Viola viola

Put someone away meter a alguien en

Violin violin

la cercel

Virus virus

Put someone on hacerle bromas a

Vitamin vitamina

alguien

Voice voz

Put someone up darle alojo a alguien

Volcano volcn

Put the finger on someone

Voltaje voltaje, tensin

identificar a alguien

Volume volumen

Put the heat / screws on someone

Wages salario
Watercolor acuarela
Weather tiempo, clima
Wholesale al por mayor
Wilderness desierto, inmensidad del
mar
Withdraw retirar, alejarse

Presionar a alguien
Put the moves on someone Tartar de
seducir a alguien
Sell like hotcakes venderse muy bien
Sleep like a log (dormir muy bien)
Watch someone like a hawk
(observar a alguien cuidadosamente)
Race carrera (de autos, a pie, etc.)

233 two hundred and thirty-three


Homonyms: suenan igual pero
significan y se escriben diferente
aisle - noun -> the walkway, as in a theater
isle - noun -> island
allowed - past tense of the verb 'to allow' -> to permit
aloud - adverb -> using the voice, not silently
ate - verb -> past tense of the verb 'to eat'
eight - number -> the number 8
ball - noun -> a round object used in games and sports

bawl - verb -> to cry (usually very hard)


bear - verb -> to stand something
bare - adjective -> naked, without clothing
base - noun -> the bottom support of something
bass - noun -> the lowest pitches in music, singer of the lowest pitches
billed - verb -> past tense of the verb 'to bill'
build - verb -> to construct
blew - verb -> past tense of the verb 'to blow'
blue - adjective -> a colour
board - noun -> a plan of wood
bored - adjective -> not interested
break - verb -> to damage something
brake - noun -> stopping device on a vehicle
buy - verb -> to purchase
by - preposition -> often used to express the agent in a passive sentence
bye - noun -> farewell
capital - noun -> A town or city that is head of government
capitol - noun -> A building where the government meets
cell - noun -> a small room, usually in a prison
sell - verb -> to provide for sale
cent - noun -> 1/100 of a dollar
scent - noun -> an aroma
sent - verb -> past tense of the verb 'to send'
chance - noun -> not on purpose
chants - noun (plural) -> simple song or melody

234 two hundred and thirty-four


Verbos Transitivos e Intransitivos
Se was holding some flowers.
Los transitivos necesitan de un objeto.
She smilled.
Los intransitivos no necesitan un objeto.
Cleft sentences se utilizan los conectores who, what, etc. como sujetos de la
oracin.

It was my brother who lent me the money


What you need is a holiday.
Make a list of transitive and intransitive verbs

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________

Read and translate


1. I quickly walked down the aisle and took my seat.
2. He grew up on the isle of Elba.
3. His mother allowed him to stay up late on Saturday.
4. She read the story aloud.
5. She ate a quick lunch and returned to work.
6. I bought eight tickets to the concert.
7. He took a ball to the beach to play with the children.
8. Please don't bawl! It's not that bad.
9. He can't bear exams.
10. He stood outside in the rain completely bare.

235 two hundred and thirty-five


Read and Translate: withdraw __________, fit __________, sell __________,
Dictation
1. I think we need a new base for that lamp.
2. I sang bass in the church choir.
3. She billed the clients for $4,000.
4. They build houses in Portland, Oregon.
5. She blew a lot of bubbles at her birthday party.
6. Her house is painted blue.

7. I used a board to cover the window.


8. He was bored by the meeting.
9. Unfortunately, He often breaks his toys!
10. He used the brake to stop quickly.
Conversation
1. Do they often buy clothes in that shop?
2. How have you been?
3. How is your family?
4. Did you have a nice weekend?
5. What kind of movies do you like?
6. What is your favorite food?
7. What has been your favorite vacation?
8. What is your favorite tv show?
9. Who is your favorite singer?
10. Who is your favorite actor/actress?
11. If you could live somewhere else where would it be?
12. Are you allergic to anything?
13. What is your hobbie?
14. What do you like to do in your free time?
15. What is your favorite color?
16. What kind of clothes do you like to wear?
17. Do you like to wear accessories?
18. Do you wear glasses?
19. Do you have pets?
20.Do you live in the city or in the country?

Lesson 62
Globe esfera,

236 two hundred and thirty-six


Phoneme fonema

Pie pay (pastelillo)

Microphone micrfono

Rope cuerda

Transport transportar

Soap jabn

Portable porttil

Large grande

Actually en realidad

Exit salida

At present actualmente

Hay paja,

Attend asistir

Balloon globo

Assist ayudar

Foot pie

Pregnant embarazada

Clothes ropa

Embarased apenada

Soup sopa

Relatives parientes

Long largo, extraar

Parents papas (pap y mam)

Success exito

Knot nudo

There is hay

Nude desnudo

Family familia

Currently en el presente

Center ncleo, centro de algo

Advertisement anuncio

Downtown centro de la ciudad

Warning advertencia

Kind clase, tipo de

Bachelor soltero

Class clase de escuela

Bachelors degree licenciatura

Desert desierto

Blank espacio en blanco en un papel

Dessert postre

Blind ciego

Auditorium auditorio

Shield blindar, proteger

Audition audicin

Camp campamento

Astrology astrologa

Country campo

Astronaut astronaut

Career carrera professional

Biography biografa

Race carrera (corriendo, autos,

Biology biologa

etc.)

Dictate dictar

Choke atragantarse

Dictator dictador

Chrash chocar

Misin misin

Colored de color, coloreado

Transmit transmitir

Reddish colorado, de color rojo

Pedal pedal

Constipation estreimiento

Pedestal pedestal

Cold constipado, respriado

Check cheque

Courage valenta

stunning asombroso

Anger coraje

Poinsettias noche Buena

Startled sobresaltado

(planta)

Wandered desviar/vagar

Veered desviar

Fiddleheads elechos

Calaber calavera

Tucked escondidos

Undermined excavar

Demise muerte
237 two hundred and thiry-seven

Cognados:
los cognados son palabras en ingls que se parecen al espaol y significan lo
mismo.

Family= familia se parecen y significan lo mismo.


Falsos cognados:
hay palabras en ingls que se paresen al espaol pero significan otra cosa.
Hay= paja

relatives = parientes

There is/ there are = hay

parents = papas

A estos se les llama falsos cognados


Los modismos son frases que no se deben traducir tal cual, sino debemos
conocer el uso que se le da a la frase, para lograr esto debemos estar en
contacto con programas de televisin actuales, msica y si es posible con algn
nativo del ingls.
Whats up? = que onda?
Tenemos en ingls palabras que terminan en ly parecen adverbios pero en
realidad son adjetivos.
Costly costoso

Early temprano

Friendly amigable

kindly amable

Lively animado

Lonely solo

Manly varonil

Daily diario

Hourly cada hora Monthly mensual

Nightly de noche

Weekly semanal

Quarterly trimestral

Yearly annual

Lovely encantador

Northerly del norte

Easterly del este

Southerly del sur

Westerly del oeste

Likely probable

The costly TV is in the living room. The cheap TV is in the bedroom.

Se usan los guiones entre palabras cuando las palabras son adjetivo de un
sustantivo.
Adjetivo + sustantivo
He is one year old.

She has a one-year-old boy.

238 two hundred and thiry-eight


Read and translate the sentences
1. Talk to Tim. Hes in the know.
2. You know better than to do that!
3. I wish he had acted differently. He certainly knew better!
4. Id call technical support and ask someone with the know-how.
5. Lets ask Tom. He knows all the tricks of the trade.
6. I think we need to bring in a specialist who knows the tricks of the trade.
7. I dont think he should do this. He doesnt even know his ABCs.
8. She knows Jerry like a book.
9. I think Peter knows the Johnson account like a book. Ask him.
10. I know Peter by sight. Ill get to the airport.
Read and Translate: exit__________, long _________, dictate _________,
transmit_________, check_________, color_________, crash_________,
chock_________, race_________, camp_________, shield_________,
blind_________, attend_________, assist_________, advertise_________,
warn_________,

Dictation
1. She knows the piece from memory.
2. Susan is the expert. Shes knows this stuff inside out.
3. Let me do it. I know this inside out.
4. We need to bring somebody in who knows the ropes.
5. Ive never used Linux so I really dont know the ropes of installation.
6. I know the score. Dont try to fool me.
7. Please stop making excuses. I know the score and I know you are to blame.
8. Tom, put a cork in it! I cant hear what Mary is saying.
9. Jack put him down and he hasnt been the same since.
10. Dont put me down!

239 two hundred and thiry-nine


Conversation
1. Can you sing New York, New York from memory?
2. Do you know Mary by sight?
3. Do you know the ABCs of programming?
4. Are you in the know about the current crisis?
5. Do you have the know-how to upgrade our servers?
6. Could you put me up for the night?
7. What time is it, please?
8. Do you know what day is today?
9. Do you believe in UFOs ?
10. Do you like going to the dentist?
11. Do you enjoy going to the doctor
12. Do you have a lucky number?
13. Do you have any charms?
14. Do you like to wear jewelry?
15. What kind of shoes do you like?
16. Do you like to keep you hair long or short?
17. Do you like going to the ocean?
18. Do you like going to the river?
19. Do you like going to the volcan o?
20.Do you like to go downtown?

240 Two hundred and forty


Lesson 63
Brochures folletos

prices precios

career carrera de estudios

programs programas

credits creditos

psychology psicologia

department departamento

Publications publicaciones

Doctorate programs programas de

Radio Communications comunicacin

doctorado

por radio

documentation documentos

recommend recomendar

Equipment equip (instrumental)

register registrar

evaluated evaluado

requirements requisitos

Exchange students estudiantes de

restaurant restaurante

intercambio

scholarships becas

Extracurricular extracurricular

stay hospedarse

facilities baos

Television Broadcasting pasar o

finance finanzas

salir en televisin

foreign extranjero

transcripts calificacines

bachelor degrees licenciaturas

translating traducir

Infrastructure infraestructura

under graduate degrees studios

institution institucin

tcnicos

Investigations investigacin

uniform uniforme

Job d+escriptions descripcin del

university universidad

empleo

Web information informacin de la

job empleo

web

law leyes

Be ware of the dog cuidado con el

master programs programas de

perro.

maestria

I wasnt aware yo no sabia

masters maestrias

Flip a coin jugar volados con

nearby cercano

monedas.

On-line clases en linea

Freeze congelar

opportunities oportunidades

Freezer congelador

Participant participate, aspirante

Boil hervir

people gente

Beat derrotar

PH D estudios de doctorado

Disolve disolver

position posicin, puesto

Hub eje, cubo

post graduate degrees grados de

Swollen inchado

posgrado

Iridescent colores del arcoris

stalwart leal

Heart murmur soplo cardiaco

wean destetar

Omen presagio

carrillion campanario

Flattering halagador

forerunner ancestro

Weevils gorgojos

flair talento

Tethered atado
241 two hundred and forty-one

Condicionales:
Las condiciones se usan con la palabra if que puede ir al inicio de la frase o en
medio.
Para estas condiciones usamos los auxiliares: will, would, could y might.
El will/going to es para algo real, y el would, could y might es para algo irreal.
Figese que para estas oraciones no se usa el was sino el were aunque estemos
hablando de I, he, she, o it.
Hay condiciones que son rutinarias o reales a estas se les llama cero
condicional. Para esta condicin ambas frases estn en presente simple.
If you give me money, I buy the tortillas.
I buy the tortillas if you give me money.
If you warm up water to 100 degrees celsius, it boils.
Water boils if you warm it up to 100 degrees celsius.
Hay otras condiciones que no son rutina pero si son reales, a este se le
llama primer condicional.
Para esta condicin una frase esta en presente simple y la otra en futuro
ya sea con el will o going to.
If you give me enough money, I will buy a plain ticket.
I will buy a plain ticket if you give me enough money.
Hay otras condiciones que no sucedern, es hipottica, a este se le llama
segundo condicional.
Para esta condicin se usan los auxiliares, would, could o might y en la otra
frase el verbo se usa en pasado.
If you gave me the money, I would buy a car.
I would buy a car if you gave me the money.
Hay otras condiciones que se les llama hipoteticas, se les llama tercer
condicional. Para esta condicin utilizamos los tiempos perfectos con la
ayuda de los auxiliares have, has, y had.
If you had given me the money, I could have bought a house.
I could have bought a house if you had given me the money.

Las condiciones con el wish son para situaciones irreales, la frase que le
sigue puede estar en pasado, pasado perfecto o con el auxiliar would.
I wish I had some money.
I wish I had won the race.
I wish you would stop calling me.
Aqu hay otras palabras para expresar condiciones: wish, unless, provided,
providing, as long as, however, whoever, whichever, no matter

242 two hundred and forty-two


Unless we buy the tickets now, we wont have seats.
Robert will fail the exam, unless he studies more.
You can pass, provided that you study a lot.
Providing he doesnt misbehave, Andrew wont be punished at home.
Ill teach you English, as long as you come to class.
Grandma will never hear you, however loud you speak to her.
No matter how fast he drives, he can never beat me.
Whoever calls me, tell them I dont live here.
Whichever roads you choose, Ill go with you.

Complete with the appropriate conditional and the verb in parenthesis.


1. If it rains, I _____________________________________ (take) my
umbrella.
2. If I won the lottery, ______________________________ (travel) around
the world.
3. If you ________________________________________ water, it turns
into ice. (freeze)
4. If it snows today, I ______________________________________
(stay) home.
5. I will study harder if I _____________________________________
(have) a final exam.
6. I might not go to the party on Saturday if it ________________________
(to be) raining hard.

7. She would go more often to the dentist if it ___________________so


expensive. (to be + not)
8. John could come tomorrow if he _______________________________
busy (to be + not)
9. They would have to study a little bit if they _________________ (to do)
most of their work.
10. If I wasnt this tired, I ____________________________ (to go) to the
park.

243 two hundred and forty-three


Translate into Spanish.
1. Ill give you a lift if it rains.
2. If you leave now youl be home in two hours.
3. If water freezes, it expands.
4. If I made the wrong decision then I would regrete it.
5. If he were alive, he would be 100 years old today.
6. If I had known how difficult this job was, I wouldnt have taken it.
7. If Bob wasnt so lazy, he would have passed the exam.
8. If the doctor had been in the office, Mary would still be alive.
9. If I had a more reliable car, Id drive to USA
10. If I am hungry, I eat, otherwise I get a headache.
Translate into English.
1. Si nieva, usare mi gorro.
2. Si ganara mi equipo de fut bol yo iria a verlos jugar.
3. Si metes agua al congelador, se congela.
4. Se tengo examen final estudio mucho.
5. Si tuviera un examen final estudiara mucho.
6. Si me mojo me enfermo.
7. Si el azcar se moja se disuelve
8. Ella vendra si le llamaran
9. El perro ladrara si escuchara un ruido extrao.
10. l trabajara si no tuviera dinero.
Read and Translate: evaluate_________, Exchange_________,
master_________, Price_________, register_________,
recommend_________, require_________, stay_________,
translate_________, bol_________, beat_________, dissolve_________

Dictation
1. Mary asked Joy, Do you like apples?
2. Joy answered, Yes, I love peeled apples!
3. Sue asked me, Can you come tomorrow?
4. I replied, Sure, what time do you want me to stop by?
5. Mr. Smith asked the teacher, Does Liz study a lot?
6. Mr. Robinson said, no, she never does
7. I am asking you, are you happy?
8. I am answering, yes, I am very happy.
9. Could you come on Saturday? Alice asked
10. No, I am very busy on the weekend. John replied.
244 two hundred and forty-four
Conversation Practice:
1. What is your name?
2. What do you do?
3. What is your telephone number?
4. Where is your office?
5. What kind of programs do you have there?
6. Do you have programs for foreign people?
7. Do you have scholarships?
8. Do you know where the facilities are?
9. Can you recommend a good place to stay?
10. Is there a good restaurant nearby?
11. Can you tell me about your master programs?
12. Do you have PH D in arts, psychology, etc.?
13. Where is the law campus?
14. How many degrees does the university have?
15. How many master degrees does the university have?
16. How many ph degrees does the university have?
17. What are the prices for the masters in education?
18. Do you know how many credits does the career in finance have?
19. What do I have to do to register to the high school?
20.What documentation do I need to be a student in the music school?
21. Are there job opportunities for foreign people at the university?
22.What are the requirements for that position?
23.Where is the department of education to have my transcripts evaluated?
24.Do you know of a translating institution?
25.Where could I buy the school uniform?

Inny meeny miny mo, catch a tiger by the toe if it heils let it go.

245 two hundred and forty-five

Euphemisms: son modismos para decir lo mismo sin que suene grocero o doloroso.

Batting for the other side instead of homosexual

Bit the big one instead of died

Bit the farm instead of died

Cement shoes instead of dead

Bit the dust instead of died

Croaked instead of dead

Kick the bucket instead of die

Blow chunks instead of vomited

Hide the sausage instead of sex

Making whoopee instead of sex

Well-hung instead of having a large penis

Adult entertainment instead of pornography

Adult beverages instead of beer or liquor

Au natural instead of naked

Big-boned instead of heavy or overweight

Portly instead of heavy or overweight

Chronologically-challenged instead of late

Comfort woman instead of prostitute

Use the rest room instead of go to the bathroom

Break wind instead of pass gas

Economical with the truth instead of liar

Powder your nose instead of use the rest room

The birds and the bees instead of sex

Between jobs instead of unemployed

Go all the way instead of have sex

Domestic engineer instead of maid

Sanitation engineer instead of garbage man

Vertically-challenged instead of short

Sleep together instead of have sex

Passed away instead of died

Correctional facility instead of jail

Departed instead of died

Differently-abled instead of handicapped or disabled

Fell off the back of a truck instead of stolen

Ethnic cleansing instead of genocide

Turn a trick instead of engage in prostitution

Negative patient outcome instead of dead

Relocation center instead of prison camp

Collateral damage instead of accidental deaths

Letting someone go instead of firing someone

Put to sleep instead of euthanize

Pregnancy termination instead of abortion

On the streets instead of homeless

Garbage collector = waste disposal worker, sanitation worker, waste management, etc.

Secretary = administrative assistant, clerical assistant, executive assistant, personal


assistant, etc.

Janitor = custodian, caretaker, superintendent, maintenance worker, etc.

Boss = supervisor, executive, director, manager, etc.

School = institute, academy, university, conservatory, etc.

Fat = overweight, full-figured, big boned, chubby, plump, voluptuous, portly, etc.

Poor = working class, of modest means, of humble origins, low-income, unable to make
ends meet, in debt, etc.

Handicapped = disabled, differently abled, physically challenged, disadvantaged, etc.

Remedial = developmental, special needs, etc.

Homeless = without a roof over ones head, on the streets, destitute, dispossessed,
displaced, etc.

Going to the other side for death,

Do it or come together in reference to a sexual act.

Passed away for die.

On the streets for homeless.

Adult entertainment for pornography.

Comfort woman for prostitute

Between jobs for unemployed.

Registro en la SEP Nacional # 03-2012-081012033800-01

Williams English
Book
To be or not to be, Thats the question.
Ser o no ser, esa es la pregunta.
William Shakespeare from Hamlet 3/1

Autor: Ins Margarita Gutirrez Gonzlez


Editado por: Dra. Mara Magdalena Gonzlez Gutirrez

Index
1.- To be
2.- Alphabet
3.- To be in negative and
questions, adjetivos y
posesivos
4.- To be in negativequestions
5.- Numbers, to be +
adjetivos
6.- To be + edades
7.- To be + adjectives
8.- Adjectives +
sustantivos, A/an
9.- you
11.- Present simple
12.- Verb + to + verb
14.- 1st, 2nd, etc. ordinales
dates
15.- Prepositions + days
and months
19.- In, on + place
21.- Like
22.- Have
24.- Home
25.- The, this, these,
these ones
26.- That, those, those
ones
28.- Gerund
29.- Present continuous
or progressive
31.- Shopping,
swimming, etc.
32.- Going to

46.- Imperatives and lets


Do and make
49.- Prepositions + ing
50.- Possessive pronouns
53.- There is/are
54.- Possessives
57.- Past of to be was/were,
for & to
60.- Phrasal verbs, Past
continuous
61.- Past of going to
62.- There was/were
65.- Adverbs
66.- Could
69.- Irregular Verbs in past
70.- Regular verbs in past
73.- Did Aux.
77.- Will & shall
78.- To & ing
81.- Prepositions in
questions?
84.- Be able to en futuro
87.- Present perfect
88.- Since, for, already, still,
anymore/longer
92.- How to
Present perfect
continuous
93.- Present perfect
continuous
96.- Asas & past perfect
97.- Both and, eitheror ,
neithernor, not onlybut
also

33.- Objective pronouns.


34.- Punctuation
37.- Prepositions + time
38.- Can
41.- Do/does auxiliaries
42.- Short answers
43.- To al final de las
frases.

116.- verb + preposition,


say and tell
117.- verb + or/er
120.- Each, both, etc.
irregular plurals.
121.- Countable and
uncountables.
122.-Irregular plurals
125.- Tag? & some/any
126.- Every
127.- Plural words,
Singular words, on/action
verbs
130.- Passive voice
131.- Believe vs. think
132.- palabras para grupos
135.- Reflexive pronouns,
Very and too
139.- Prefixes and suffixes
142.- Used to
146.- Connectors= before,
after, when,
150.- Connectors: that,
which,
161.- Adjectives
153.- Adjectives

100.- Would
101.- If
105.- Comparatives and
superlatives
106.- er, est, more, most
107.- should
111.- modals
115.- less, least
objective pronoun

185.- So/such
complement order
189.- Adjective +
infinite
191.- Word order
193.- Verb + ing =
adjectives
197.- Prepositions
198.- Modals + be +
ing
201.- Verb + ed =
adjectives
204.- Indirect
questions
207.- Inverted
aux/verb + subject
210.- Prepositions by,
in, since,
213.- Other(s),
another
216,. Suposiciones
219.- Prediction
222.- Verb tense
review
223.- Verb tense
review

157.- But, and, too, so,


neithernor, eitheror,
158.- Adverbs
161.- Wish and if,
condiciones
165.- Connectors
whoever, hay
169.- Have + got,
suggest, prefer, would
rather
173.- Direct speech
177.- Imperative, the + er
/more
181.- Ed/ing
adjectives

227.- Singular and


plural
231.-Modal review
234.- Homonyms
235.- Transitive &
intransitive verbs
238.- Cognates,
idioms, ly adjectives,
dash242.- Condicionales